/src/glib/glib/pcre/pcre_compile.c
Line | Count | Source |
1 | | /************************************************* |
2 | | * Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions * |
3 | | *************************************************/ |
4 | | |
5 | | /* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax |
6 | | and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language. |
7 | | |
8 | | Written by Philip Hazel |
9 | | Copyright (c) 1997-2012 University of Cambridge |
10 | | |
11 | | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
12 | | Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without |
13 | | modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: |
14 | | |
15 | | * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, |
16 | | this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. |
17 | | |
18 | | * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright |
19 | | notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the |
20 | | documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. |
21 | | |
22 | | * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its |
23 | | contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from |
24 | | this software without specific prior written permission. |
25 | | |
26 | | THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" |
27 | | AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE |
28 | | IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE |
29 | | ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE |
30 | | LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR |
31 | | CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF |
32 | | SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS |
33 | | INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN |
34 | | CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) |
35 | | ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE |
36 | | POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. |
37 | | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
38 | | */ |
39 | | |
40 | | |
41 | | /* This module contains the external function pcre_compile(), along with |
42 | | supporting internal functions that are not used by other modules. */ |
43 | | |
44 | | |
45 | | #include "config.h" |
46 | | |
47 | 0 | #define NLBLOCK cd /* Block containing newline information */ |
48 | | #define PSSTART start_pattern /* Field containing processed string start */ |
49 | 0 | #define PSEND end_pattern /* Field containing processed string end */ |
50 | | |
51 | | #include "pcre_internal.h" |
52 | | |
53 | | #ifdef GLIB_COMPILATION |
54 | | #include "gstrfuncs.h" |
55 | | #else |
56 | | #include <glib.h> |
57 | | #endif |
58 | | |
59 | | /* When PCRE_DEBUG is defined, we need the pcre(16)_printint() function, which |
60 | | is also used by pcretest. PCRE_DEBUG is not defined when building a production |
61 | | library. We do not need to select pcre16_printint.c specially, because the |
62 | | COMPILE_PCREx macro will already be appropriately set. */ |
63 | | |
64 | | #ifdef PCRE_DEBUG |
65 | | /* pcre_printint.c should not include any headers */ |
66 | | #define PCRE_INCLUDED |
67 | | #include "pcre_printint.c" |
68 | | #undef PCRE_INCLUDED |
69 | | #endif |
70 | | |
71 | | |
72 | | /* Macro for setting individual bits in class bitmaps. */ |
73 | | |
74 | 0 | #define SETBIT(a,b) a[b/8] |= (1 << (b%8)) |
75 | | |
76 | | /* Maximum length value to check against when making sure that the integer that |
77 | | holds the compiled pattern length does not overflow. We make it a bit less than |
78 | | INT_MAX to allow for adding in group terminating bytes, so that we don't have |
79 | | to check them every time. */ |
80 | | |
81 | 0 | #define OFLOW_MAX (INT_MAX - 20) |
82 | | |
83 | | |
84 | | /************************************************* |
85 | | * Code parameters and static tables * |
86 | | *************************************************/ |
87 | | |
88 | | /* This value specifies the size of stack workspace that is used during the |
89 | | first pre-compile phase that determines how much memory is required. The regex |
90 | | is partly compiled into this space, but the compiled parts are discarded as |
91 | | soon as they can be, so that hopefully there will never be an overrun. The code |
92 | | does, however, check for an overrun. The largest amount I've seen used is 218, |
93 | | so this number is very generous. |
94 | | |
95 | | The same workspace is used during the second, actual compile phase for |
96 | | remembering forward references to groups so that they can be filled in at the |
97 | | end. Each entry in this list occupies LINK_SIZE bytes, so even when LINK_SIZE |
98 | | is 4 there is plenty of room for most patterns. However, the memory can get |
99 | | filled up by repetitions of forward references, for example patterns like |
100 | | /(?1){0,1999}(b)/, and one user did hit the limit. The code has been changed so |
101 | | that the workspace is expanded using malloc() in this situation. The value |
102 | | below is therefore a minimum, and we put a maximum on it for safety. The |
103 | | minimum is now also defined in terms of LINK_SIZE so that the use of malloc() |
104 | | kicks in at the same number of forward references in all cases. */ |
105 | | |
106 | 0 | #define COMPILE_WORK_SIZE (2048*LINK_SIZE) |
107 | 0 | #define COMPILE_WORK_SIZE_MAX (100*COMPILE_WORK_SIZE) |
108 | | |
109 | | /* The overrun tests check for a slightly smaller size so that they detect the |
110 | | overrun before it actually does run off the end of the data block. */ |
111 | | |
112 | 0 | #define WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN (100) |
113 | | |
114 | | /* Private flags added to firstchar and reqchar. */ |
115 | | |
116 | 0 | #define REQ_CASELESS 0x10000000l /* Indicates caselessness */ |
117 | 0 | #define REQ_VARY 0x20000000l /* Reqchar followed non-literal item */ |
118 | | |
119 | | /* Repeated character flags. */ |
120 | | |
121 | 0 | #define UTF_LENGTH 0x10000000l /* The char contains its length. */ |
122 | | |
123 | | /* Table for handling escaped characters in the range '0'-'z'. Positive returns |
124 | | are simple data values; negative values are for special things like \d and so |
125 | | on. Zero means further processing is needed (for things like \x), or the escape |
126 | | is invalid. */ |
127 | | |
128 | | #ifndef EBCDIC |
129 | | |
130 | | /* This is the "normal" table for ASCII systems or for EBCDIC systems running |
131 | | in UTF-8 mode. */ |
132 | | |
133 | | static const short int escapes[] = { |
134 | | 0, 0, |
135 | | 0, 0, |
136 | | 0, 0, |
137 | | 0, 0, |
138 | | 0, 0, |
139 | | CHAR_COLON, CHAR_SEMICOLON, |
140 | | CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN, CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN, |
141 | | CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN, CHAR_QUESTION_MARK, |
142 | | CHAR_COMMERCIAL_AT, -ESC_A, |
143 | | -ESC_B, -ESC_C, |
144 | | -ESC_D, -ESC_E, |
145 | | 0, -ESC_G, |
146 | | -ESC_H, 0, |
147 | | 0, -ESC_K, |
148 | | 0, 0, |
149 | | -ESC_N, 0, |
150 | | -ESC_P, -ESC_Q, |
151 | | -ESC_R, -ESC_S, |
152 | | 0, 0, |
153 | | -ESC_V, -ESC_W, |
154 | | -ESC_X, 0, |
155 | | -ESC_Z, CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET, |
156 | | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET, |
157 | | CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT, CHAR_UNDERSCORE, |
158 | | CHAR_GRAVE_ACCENT, 7, |
159 | | -ESC_b, 0, |
160 | | -ESC_d, ESC_e, |
161 | | ESC_f, 0, |
162 | | -ESC_h, 0, |
163 | | 0, -ESC_k, |
164 | | 0, 0, |
165 | | ESC_n, 0, |
166 | | -ESC_p, 0, |
167 | | ESC_r, -ESC_s, |
168 | | ESC_tee, 0, |
169 | | -ESC_v, -ESC_w, |
170 | | 0, 0, |
171 | | -ESC_z |
172 | | }; |
173 | | |
174 | | #else |
175 | | |
176 | | /* This is the "abnormal" table for EBCDIC systems without UTF-8 support. */ |
177 | | |
178 | | static const short int escapes[] = { |
179 | | /* 48 */ 0, 0, 0, '.', '<', '(', '+', '|', |
180 | | /* 50 */ '&', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, |
181 | | /* 58 */ 0, 0, '!', '$', '*', ')', ';', '~', |
182 | | /* 60 */ '-', '/', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, |
183 | | /* 68 */ 0, 0, '|', ',', '%', '_', '>', '?', |
184 | | /* 70 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, |
185 | | /* 78 */ 0, '`', ':', '#', '@', '\'', '=', '"', |
186 | | /* 80 */ 0, 7, -ESC_b, 0, -ESC_d, ESC_e, ESC_f, 0, |
187 | | /* 88 */-ESC_h, 0, 0, '{', 0, 0, 0, 0, |
188 | | /* 90 */ 0, 0, -ESC_k, 'l', 0, ESC_n, 0, -ESC_p, |
189 | | /* 98 */ 0, ESC_r, 0, '}', 0, 0, 0, 0, |
190 | | /* A0 */ 0, '~', -ESC_s, ESC_tee, 0,-ESC_v, -ESC_w, 0, |
191 | | /* A8 */ 0,-ESC_z, 0, 0, 0, '[', 0, 0, |
192 | | /* B0 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, |
193 | | /* B8 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ']', '=', '-', |
194 | | /* C0 */ '{',-ESC_A, -ESC_B, -ESC_C, -ESC_D,-ESC_E, 0, -ESC_G, |
195 | | /* C8 */-ESC_H, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, |
196 | | /* D0 */ '}', 0, -ESC_K, 0, 0,-ESC_N, 0, -ESC_P, |
197 | | /* D8 */-ESC_Q,-ESC_R, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, |
198 | | /* E0 */ '\\', 0, -ESC_S, 0, 0,-ESC_V, -ESC_W, -ESC_X, |
199 | | /* E8 */ 0,-ESC_Z, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, |
200 | | /* F0 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, |
201 | | /* F8 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 |
202 | | }; |
203 | | #endif |
204 | | |
205 | | |
206 | | /* Table of special "verbs" like (*PRUNE). This is a short table, so it is |
207 | | searched linearly. Put all the names into a single string, in order to reduce |
208 | | the number of relocations when a shared library is dynamically linked. The |
209 | | string is built from string macros so that it works in UTF-8 mode on EBCDIC |
210 | | platforms. */ |
211 | | |
212 | | typedef struct verbitem { |
213 | | int len; /* Length of verb name */ |
214 | | int op; /* Op when no arg, or -1 if arg mandatory */ |
215 | | int op_arg; /* Op when arg present, or -1 if not allowed */ |
216 | | } verbitem; |
217 | | |
218 | | static const char verbnames[] = |
219 | | "\0" /* Empty name is a shorthand for MARK */ |
220 | | STRING_MARK0 |
221 | | STRING_ACCEPT0 |
222 | | STRING_COMMIT0 |
223 | | STRING_F0 |
224 | | STRING_FAIL0 |
225 | | STRING_PRUNE0 |
226 | | STRING_SKIP0 |
227 | | STRING_THEN; |
228 | | |
229 | | static const verbitem verbs[] = { |
230 | | { 0, -1, OP_MARK }, |
231 | | { 4, -1, OP_MARK }, |
232 | | { 6, OP_ACCEPT, -1 }, |
233 | | { 6, OP_COMMIT, -1 }, |
234 | | { 1, OP_FAIL, -1 }, |
235 | | { 4, OP_FAIL, -1 }, |
236 | | { 5, OP_PRUNE, OP_PRUNE_ARG }, |
237 | | { 4, OP_SKIP, OP_SKIP_ARG }, |
238 | | { 4, OP_THEN, OP_THEN_ARG } |
239 | | }; |
240 | | |
241 | | static const int verbcount = sizeof(verbs)/sizeof(verbitem); |
242 | | |
243 | | |
244 | | /* Tables of names of POSIX character classes and their lengths. The names are |
245 | | now all in a single string, to reduce the number of relocations when a shared |
246 | | library is dynamically loaded. The list of lengths is terminated by a zero |
247 | | length entry. The first three must be alpha, lower, upper, as this is assumed |
248 | | for handling case independence. */ |
249 | | |
250 | | static const char posix_names[] = |
251 | | STRING_alpha0 STRING_lower0 STRING_upper0 STRING_alnum0 |
252 | | STRING_ascii0 STRING_blank0 STRING_cntrl0 STRING_digit0 |
253 | | STRING_graph0 STRING_print0 STRING_punct0 STRING_space0 |
254 | | STRING_word0 STRING_xdigit; |
255 | | |
256 | | static const pcre_uint8 posix_name_lengths[] = { |
257 | | 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 4, 6, 0 }; |
258 | | |
259 | | /* Table of class bit maps for each POSIX class. Each class is formed from a |
260 | | base map, with an optional addition or removal of another map. Then, for some |
261 | | classes, there is some additional tweaking: for [:blank:] the vertical space |
262 | | characters are removed, and for [:alpha:] and [:alnum:] the underscore |
263 | | character is removed. The triples in the table consist of the base map offset, |
264 | | second map offset or -1 if no second map, and a non-negative value for map |
265 | | addition or a negative value for map subtraction (if there are two maps). The |
266 | | absolute value of the third field has these meanings: 0 => no tweaking, 1 => |
267 | | remove vertical space characters, 2 => remove underscore. */ |
268 | | |
269 | | static const int posix_class_maps[] = { |
270 | | cbit_word, cbit_digit, -2, /* alpha */ |
271 | | cbit_lower, -1, 0, /* lower */ |
272 | | cbit_upper, -1, 0, /* upper */ |
273 | | cbit_word, -1, 2, /* alnum - word without underscore */ |
274 | | cbit_print, cbit_cntrl, 0, /* ascii */ |
275 | | cbit_space, -1, 1, /* blank - a GNU extension */ |
276 | | cbit_cntrl, -1, 0, /* cntrl */ |
277 | | cbit_digit, -1, 0, /* digit */ |
278 | | cbit_graph, -1, 0, /* graph */ |
279 | | cbit_print, -1, 0, /* print */ |
280 | | cbit_punct, -1, 0, /* punct */ |
281 | | cbit_space, -1, 0, /* space */ |
282 | | cbit_word, -1, 0, /* word - a Perl extension */ |
283 | | cbit_xdigit,-1, 0 /* xdigit */ |
284 | | }; |
285 | | |
286 | | /* Table of substitutes for \d etc when PCRE_UCP is set. The POSIX class |
287 | | substitutes must be in the order of the names, defined above, and there are |
288 | | both positive and negative cases. NULL means no substitute. */ |
289 | | |
290 | | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
291 | | static const pcre_uchar string_PNd[] = { |
292 | | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
293 | | CHAR_N, CHAR_d, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
294 | | static const pcre_uchar string_pNd[] = { |
295 | | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
296 | | CHAR_N, CHAR_d, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
297 | | static const pcre_uchar string_PXsp[] = { |
298 | | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
299 | | CHAR_X, CHAR_s, CHAR_p, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
300 | | static const pcre_uchar string_pXsp[] = { |
301 | | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
302 | | CHAR_X, CHAR_s, CHAR_p, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
303 | | static const pcre_uchar string_PXwd[] = { |
304 | | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
305 | | CHAR_X, CHAR_w, CHAR_d, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
306 | | static const pcre_uchar string_pXwd[] = { |
307 | | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
308 | | CHAR_X, CHAR_w, CHAR_d, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
309 | | |
310 | | static const pcre_uchar *substitutes[] = { |
311 | | string_PNd, /* \D */ |
312 | | string_pNd, /* \d */ |
313 | | string_PXsp, /* \S */ /* NOTE: Xsp is Perl space */ |
314 | | string_pXsp, /* \s */ |
315 | | string_PXwd, /* \W */ |
316 | | string_pXwd /* \w */ |
317 | | }; |
318 | | |
319 | | static const pcre_uchar string_pL[] = { |
320 | | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
321 | | CHAR_L, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
322 | | static const pcre_uchar string_pLl[] = { |
323 | | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
324 | | CHAR_L, CHAR_l, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
325 | | static const pcre_uchar string_pLu[] = { |
326 | | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
327 | | CHAR_L, CHAR_u, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
328 | | static const pcre_uchar string_pXan[] = { |
329 | | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
330 | | CHAR_X, CHAR_a, CHAR_n, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
331 | | static const pcre_uchar string_h[] = { |
332 | | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_h, '\0' }; |
333 | | static const pcre_uchar string_pXps[] = { |
334 | | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
335 | | CHAR_X, CHAR_p, CHAR_s, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
336 | | static const pcre_uchar string_PL[] = { |
337 | | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
338 | | CHAR_L, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
339 | | static const pcre_uchar string_PLl[] = { |
340 | | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
341 | | CHAR_L, CHAR_l, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
342 | | static const pcre_uchar string_PLu[] = { |
343 | | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
344 | | CHAR_L, CHAR_u, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
345 | | static const pcre_uchar string_PXan[] = { |
346 | | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
347 | | CHAR_X, CHAR_a, CHAR_n, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
348 | | static const pcre_uchar string_H[] = { |
349 | | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_H, '\0' }; |
350 | | static const pcre_uchar string_PXps[] = { |
351 | | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
352 | | CHAR_X, CHAR_p, CHAR_s, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
353 | | |
354 | | static const pcre_uchar *posix_substitutes[] = { |
355 | | string_pL, /* alpha */ |
356 | | string_pLl, /* lower */ |
357 | | string_pLu, /* upper */ |
358 | | string_pXan, /* alnum */ |
359 | | NULL, /* ascii */ |
360 | | string_h, /* blank */ |
361 | | NULL, /* cntrl */ |
362 | | string_pNd, /* digit */ |
363 | | NULL, /* graph */ |
364 | | NULL, /* print */ |
365 | | NULL, /* punct */ |
366 | | string_pXps, /* space */ /* NOTE: Xps is POSIX space */ |
367 | | string_pXwd, /* word */ |
368 | | NULL, /* xdigit */ |
369 | | /* Negated cases */ |
370 | | string_PL, /* ^alpha */ |
371 | | string_PLl, /* ^lower */ |
372 | | string_PLu, /* ^upper */ |
373 | | string_PXan, /* ^alnum */ |
374 | | NULL, /* ^ascii */ |
375 | | string_H, /* ^blank */ |
376 | | NULL, /* ^cntrl */ |
377 | | string_PNd, /* ^digit */ |
378 | | NULL, /* ^graph */ |
379 | | NULL, /* ^print */ |
380 | | NULL, /* ^punct */ |
381 | | string_PXps, /* ^space */ /* NOTE: Xps is POSIX space */ |
382 | | string_PXwd, /* ^word */ |
383 | | NULL /* ^xdigit */ |
384 | | }; |
385 | 0 | #define POSIX_SUBSIZE (sizeof(posix_substitutes) / sizeof(pcre_uchar *)) |
386 | | #endif |
387 | | |
388 | | #define STRING(a) # a |
389 | | #define XSTRING(s) STRING(s) |
390 | | |
391 | | /* The texts of compile-time error messages. These are "char *" because they |
392 | | are passed to the outside world. Do not ever re-use any error number, because |
393 | | they are documented. Always add a new error instead. Messages marked DEAD below |
394 | | are no longer used. This used to be a table of strings, but in order to reduce |
395 | | the number of relocations needed when a shared library is loaded dynamically, |
396 | | it is now one long string. We cannot use a table of offsets, because the |
397 | | lengths of inserts such as XSTRING(MAX_NAME_SIZE) are not known. Instead, we |
398 | | simply count through to the one we want - this isn't a performance issue |
399 | | because these strings are used only when there is a compilation error. |
400 | | |
401 | | Each substring ends with \0 to insert a null character. This includes the final |
402 | | substring, so that the whole string ends with \0\0, which can be detected when |
403 | | counting through. */ |
404 | | |
405 | | static const char error_texts[] = |
406 | | "no error\0" |
407 | | "\\ at end of pattern\0" |
408 | | "\\c at end of pattern\0" |
409 | | "unrecognized character follows \\\0" |
410 | | "numbers out of order in {} quantifier\0" |
411 | | /* 5 */ |
412 | | "number too big in {} quantifier\0" |
413 | | "missing terminating ] for character class\0" |
414 | | "invalid escape sequence in character class\0" |
415 | | "range out of order in character class\0" |
416 | | "nothing to repeat\0" |
417 | | /* 10 */ |
418 | | "operand of unlimited repeat could match the empty string\0" /** DEAD **/ |
419 | | "internal error: unexpected repeat\0" |
420 | | "unrecognized character after (? or (?-\0" |
421 | | "POSIX named classes are supported only within a class\0" |
422 | | "missing )\0" |
423 | | /* 15 */ |
424 | | "reference to non-existent subpattern\0" |
425 | | "erroffset passed as NULL\0" |
426 | | "unknown option bit(s) set\0" |
427 | | "missing ) after comment\0" |
428 | | "parentheses nested too deeply\0" /** DEAD **/ |
429 | | /* 20 */ |
430 | | "regular expression is too large\0" |
431 | | "failed to get memory\0" |
432 | | "unmatched parentheses\0" |
433 | | "internal error: code overflow\0" |
434 | | "unrecognized character after (?<\0" |
435 | | /* 25 */ |
436 | | "lookbehind assertion is not fixed length\0" |
437 | | "malformed number or name after (?(\0" |
438 | | "conditional group contains more than two branches\0" |
439 | | "assertion expected after (?(\0" |
440 | | "(?R or (?[+-]digits must be followed by )\0" |
441 | | /* 30 */ |
442 | | "unknown POSIX class name\0" |
443 | | "POSIX collating elements are not supported\0" |
444 | | "this version of PCRE is compiled without UTF support\0" |
445 | | "spare error\0" /** DEAD **/ |
446 | | "character value in \\x{...} sequence is too large\0" |
447 | | /* 35 */ |
448 | | "invalid condition (?(0)\0" |
449 | | "\\C not allowed in lookbehind assertion\0" |
450 | | "PCRE does not support \\L, \\l, \\N{name}, \\U, or \\u\0" |
451 | | "number after (?C is > 255\0" |
452 | | "closing ) for (?C expected\0" |
453 | | /* 40 */ |
454 | | "recursive call could loop indefinitely\0" |
455 | | "unrecognized character after (?P\0" |
456 | | "syntax error in subpattern name (missing terminator)\0" |
457 | | "two named subpatterns have the same name\0" |
458 | | "invalid UTF-8 string\0" |
459 | | /* 45 */ |
460 | | "support for \\P, \\p, and \\X has not been compiled\0" |
461 | | "malformed \\P or \\p sequence\0" |
462 | | "unknown property name after \\P or \\p\0" |
463 | | "subpattern name is too long (maximum " XSTRING(MAX_NAME_SIZE) " characters)\0" |
464 | | "too many named subpatterns (maximum " XSTRING(MAX_NAME_COUNT) ")\0" |
465 | | /* 50 */ |
466 | | "repeated subpattern is too long\0" /** DEAD **/ |
467 | | "octal value is greater than \\377 in 8-bit non-UTF-8 mode\0" |
468 | | "internal error: overran compiling workspace\0" |
469 | | "internal error: previously-checked referenced subpattern not found\0" |
470 | | "DEFINE group contains more than one branch\0" |
471 | | /* 55 */ |
472 | | "repeating a DEFINE group is not allowed\0" /** DEAD **/ |
473 | | "inconsistent NEWLINE options\0" |
474 | | "\\g is not followed by a braced, angle-bracketed, or quoted name/number or by a plain number\0" |
475 | | "a numbered reference must not be zero\0" |
476 | | "an argument is not allowed for (*ACCEPT), (*FAIL), or (*COMMIT)\0" |
477 | | /* 60 */ |
478 | | "(*VERB) not recognized\0" |
479 | | "number is too big\0" |
480 | | "subpattern name expected\0" |
481 | | "digit expected after (?+\0" |
482 | | "] is an invalid data character in JavaScript compatibility mode\0" |
483 | | /* 65 */ |
484 | | "different names for subpatterns of the same number are not allowed\0" |
485 | | "(*MARK) must have an argument\0" |
486 | | "this version of PCRE is not compiled with Unicode property support\0" |
487 | | "\\c must be followed by an ASCII character\0" |
488 | | "\\k is not followed by a braced, angle-bracketed, or quoted name\0" |
489 | | /* 70 */ |
490 | | "internal error: unknown opcode in find_fixedlength()\0" |
491 | | "\\N is not supported in a class\0" |
492 | | "too many forward references\0" |
493 | | "disallowed Unicode code point (>= 0xd800 && <= 0xdfff)\0" |
494 | | "invalid UTF-16 string\0" |
495 | | /* 75 */ |
496 | | "name is too long in (*MARK), (*PRUNE), (*SKIP), or (*THEN)\0" |
497 | | "character value in \\u.... sequence is too large\0" |
498 | | ; |
499 | | |
500 | | /* Table to identify digits and hex digits. This is used when compiling |
501 | | patterns. Note that the tables in chartables are dependent on the locale, and |
502 | | may mark arbitrary characters as digits - but the PCRE compiling code expects |
503 | | to handle only 0-9, a-z, and A-Z as digits when compiling. That is why we have |
504 | | a private table here. It costs 256 bytes, but it is a lot faster than doing |
505 | | character value tests (at least in some simple cases I timed), and in some |
506 | | applications one wants PCRE to compile efficiently as well as match |
507 | | efficiently. |
508 | | |
509 | | For convenience, we use the same bit definitions as in chartables: |
510 | | |
511 | | 0x04 decimal digit |
512 | | 0x08 hexadecimal digit |
513 | | |
514 | | Then we can use ctype_digit and ctype_xdigit in the code. */ |
515 | | |
516 | | /* Using a simple comparison for decimal numbers rather than a memory read |
517 | | is much faster, and the resulting code is simpler (the compiler turns it |
518 | | into a subtraction and unsigned comparison). */ |
519 | | |
520 | 0 | #define IS_DIGIT(x) ((x) >= CHAR_0 && (x) <= CHAR_9) |
521 | | |
522 | | #if 0 |
523 | | #ifndef EBCDIC |
524 | | |
525 | | /* This is the "normal" case, for ASCII systems, and EBCDIC systems running in |
526 | | UTF-8 mode. */ |
527 | | |
528 | | static const pcre_uint8 digitab[] = |
529 | | { |
530 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 0- 7 */ |
531 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 8- 15 */ |
532 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 16- 23 */ |
533 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 24- 31 */ |
534 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - ' */ |
535 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* ( - / */ |
536 | | 0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c, /* 0 - 7 */ |
537 | | 0x0c,0x0c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 8 - ? */ |
538 | | 0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /* @ - G */ |
539 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* H - O */ |
540 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* P - W */ |
541 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* X - _ */ |
542 | | 0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /* ` - g */ |
543 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* h - o */ |
544 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* p - w */ |
545 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* x -127 */ |
546 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 128-135 */ |
547 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 136-143 */ |
548 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 144-151 */ |
549 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 152-159 */ |
550 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 160-167 */ |
551 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 168-175 */ |
552 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 176-183 */ |
553 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191 */ |
554 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 192-199 */ |
555 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 200-207 */ |
556 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 208-215 */ |
557 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 216-223 */ |
558 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 224-231 */ |
559 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 232-239 */ |
560 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 240-247 */ |
561 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/* 248-255 */ |
562 | | |
563 | | #else |
564 | | |
565 | | /* This is the "abnormal" case, for EBCDIC systems not running in UTF-8 mode. */ |
566 | | |
567 | | static const pcre_uint8 digitab[] = |
568 | | { |
569 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 0- 7 0 */ |
570 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 8- 15 */ |
571 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 16- 23 10 */ |
572 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 24- 31 */ |
573 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 32- 39 20 */ |
574 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 40- 47 */ |
575 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 48- 55 30 */ |
576 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 56- 63 */ |
577 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - 71 40 */ |
578 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 72- | */ |
579 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* & - 87 50 */ |
580 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 88- 95 */ |
581 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - -103 60 */ |
582 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 104- ? */ |
583 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 112-119 70 */ |
584 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 120- " */ |
585 | | 0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /* 128- g 80 */ |
586 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* h -143 */ |
587 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 144- p 90 */ |
588 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* q -159 */ |
589 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 160- x A0 */ |
590 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* y -175 */ |
591 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* ^ -183 B0 */ |
592 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191 */ |
593 | | 0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /* { - G C0 */ |
594 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* H -207 */ |
595 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* } - P D0 */ |
596 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* Q -223 */ |
597 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* \ - X E0 */ |
598 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* Y -239 */ |
599 | | 0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c, /* 0 - 7 F0 */ |
600 | | 0x0c,0x0c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/* 8 -255 */ |
601 | | |
602 | | static const pcre_uint8 ebcdic_chartab[] = { /* chartable partial dup */ |
603 | | 0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /* 0- 7 */ |
604 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x01,0x00,0x00, /* 8- 15 */ |
605 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /* 16- 23 */ |
606 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 24- 31 */ |
607 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /* 32- 39 */ |
608 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 40- 47 */ |
609 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 48- 55 */ |
610 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 56- 63 */ |
611 | | 0x01,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - 71 */ |
612 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x80, /* 72- | */ |
613 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* & - 87 */ |
614 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x00,0x00, /* 88- 95 */ |
615 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - -103 */ |
616 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x10,0x00,0x80, /* 104- ? */ |
617 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 112-119 */ |
618 | | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 120- " */ |
619 | | 0x00,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x12, /* 128- g */ |
620 | | 0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* h -143 */ |
621 | | 0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* 144- p */ |
622 | | 0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* q -159 */ |
623 | | 0x00,0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* 160- x */ |
624 | | 0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* y -175 */ |
625 | | 0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* ^ -183 */ |
626 | | 0x00,0x00,0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191 */ |
627 | | 0x80,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x12, /* { - G */ |
628 | | 0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* H -207 */ |
629 | | 0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* } - P */ |
630 | | 0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* Q -223 */ |
631 | | 0x00,0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* \ - X */ |
632 | | 0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* Y -239 */ |
633 | | 0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c, /* 0 - 7 */ |
634 | | 0x1c,0x1c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/* 8 -255 */ |
635 | | #endif |
636 | | #endif /* 0 */ |
637 | | |
638 | | /* Definition to allow mutual recursion */ |
639 | | |
640 | | static BOOL |
641 | | compile_regex(int, pcre_uchar **, const pcre_uchar **, int *, BOOL, BOOL, int, int, |
642 | | int *, int *, branch_chain *, compile_data *, int *); |
643 | | |
644 | | |
645 | | |
646 | | /************************************************* |
647 | | * Find an error text * |
648 | | *************************************************/ |
649 | | |
650 | | /* The error texts are now all in one long string, to save on relocations. As |
651 | | some of the text is of unknown length, we can't use a table of offsets. |
652 | | Instead, just count through the strings. This is not a performance issue |
653 | | because it happens only when there has been a compilation error. |
654 | | |
655 | | Argument: the error number |
656 | | Returns: pointer to the error string |
657 | | */ |
658 | | |
659 | | static const char * |
660 | | find_error_text(int n) |
661 | 0 | { |
662 | 0 | const char *s = error_texts; |
663 | 0 | for (; n > 0; n--) |
664 | 0 | { |
665 | 0 | while (*s++ != 0) {}; |
666 | 0 | if (*s == 0) return "Error text not found (please report)"; |
667 | 0 | } |
668 | 0 | return s; |
669 | 0 | } |
670 | | |
671 | | |
672 | | /************************************************* |
673 | | * Expand the workspace * |
674 | | *************************************************/ |
675 | | |
676 | | /* This function is called during the second compiling phase, if the number of |
677 | | forward references fills the existing workspace, which is originally a block on |
678 | | the stack. A larger block is obtained from malloc() unless the ultimate limit |
679 | | has been reached or the increase will be rather small. |
680 | | |
681 | | Argument: pointer to the compile data block |
682 | | Returns: 0 if all went well, else an error number |
683 | | */ |
684 | | |
685 | | static int |
686 | | expand_workspace(compile_data *cd) |
687 | 0 | { |
688 | 0 | pcre_uchar *newspace; |
689 | 0 | int newsize = cd->workspace_size * 2; |
690 | |
|
691 | 0 | if (newsize > COMPILE_WORK_SIZE_MAX) newsize = COMPILE_WORK_SIZE_MAX; |
692 | 0 | if (cd->workspace_size >= COMPILE_WORK_SIZE_MAX || |
693 | 0 | newsize - cd->workspace_size < WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN) |
694 | 0 | return ERR72; |
695 | | |
696 | 0 | newspace = (PUBL(malloc))(IN_UCHARS(newsize)); |
697 | 0 | if (newspace == NULL) return ERR21; |
698 | 0 | memcpy(newspace, cd->start_workspace, cd->workspace_size * sizeof(pcre_uchar)); |
699 | 0 | cd->hwm = (pcre_uchar *)newspace + (cd->hwm - cd->start_workspace); |
700 | 0 | if (cd->workspace_size > COMPILE_WORK_SIZE) |
701 | 0 | (PUBL(free))((void *)cd->start_workspace); |
702 | 0 | cd->start_workspace = newspace; |
703 | 0 | cd->workspace_size = newsize; |
704 | 0 | return 0; |
705 | 0 | } |
706 | | |
707 | | |
708 | | |
709 | | /************************************************* |
710 | | * Check for counted repeat * |
711 | | *************************************************/ |
712 | | |
713 | | /* This function is called when a '{' is encountered in a place where it might |
714 | | start a quantifier. It looks ahead to see if it really is a quantifier or not. |
715 | | It is only a quantifier if it is one of the forms {ddd} {ddd,} or {ddd,ddd} |
716 | | where the ddds are digits. |
717 | | |
718 | | Arguments: |
719 | | p pointer to the first char after '{' |
720 | | |
721 | | Returns: TRUE or FALSE |
722 | | */ |
723 | | |
724 | | static BOOL |
725 | | is_counted_repeat(const pcre_uchar *p) |
726 | 0 | { |
727 | 0 | if (!IS_DIGIT(*p)) return FALSE; |
728 | 0 | p++; |
729 | 0 | while (IS_DIGIT(*p)) p++; |
730 | 0 | if (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) return TRUE; |
731 | | |
732 | 0 | if (*p++ != CHAR_COMMA) return FALSE; |
733 | 0 | if (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) return TRUE; |
734 | | |
735 | 0 | if (!IS_DIGIT(*p)) return FALSE; |
736 | 0 | p++; |
737 | 0 | while (IS_DIGIT(*p)) p++; |
738 | |
|
739 | 0 | return (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET); |
740 | 0 | } |
741 | | |
742 | | |
743 | | |
744 | | /************************************************* |
745 | | * Handle escapes * |
746 | | *************************************************/ |
747 | | |
748 | | /* This function is called when a \ has been encountered. It either returns a |
749 | | positive value for a simple escape such as \n, or a negative value which |
750 | | encodes one of the more complicated things such as \d. A backreference to group |
751 | | n is returned as -(ESC_REF + n); ESC_REF is the highest ESC_xxx macro. When |
752 | | UTF-8 is enabled, a positive value greater than 255 may be returned. On entry, |
753 | | ptr is pointing at the \. On exit, it is on the final character of the escape |
754 | | sequence. |
755 | | |
756 | | Arguments: |
757 | | ptrptr points to the pattern position pointer |
758 | | errorcodeptr points to the errorcode variable |
759 | | bracount number of previous extracting brackets |
760 | | options the options bits |
761 | | isclass TRUE if inside a character class |
762 | | |
763 | | Returns: zero or positive => a data character |
764 | | negative => a special escape sequence |
765 | | on error, errorcodeptr is set |
766 | | */ |
767 | | |
768 | | static int |
769 | | check_escape(const pcre_uchar **ptrptr, int *errorcodeptr, int bracount, |
770 | | int options, BOOL isclass) |
771 | 0 | { |
772 | | /* PCRE_UTF16 has the same value as PCRE_UTF8. */ |
773 | 0 | BOOL utf = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0; |
774 | 0 | const pcre_uchar *ptr = *ptrptr + 1; |
775 | 0 | pcre_int32 c; |
776 | 0 | int i; |
777 | |
|
778 | 0 | GETCHARINCTEST(c, ptr); /* Get character value, increment pointer */ |
779 | 0 | ptr--; /* Set pointer back to the last byte */ |
780 | | |
781 | | /* If backslash is at the end of the pattern, it's an error. */ |
782 | |
|
783 | 0 | if (c == 0) *errorcodeptr = ERR1; |
784 | | |
785 | | /* Non-alphanumerics are literals. For digits or letters, do an initial lookup |
786 | | in a table. A non-zero result is something that can be returned immediately. |
787 | | Otherwise further processing may be required. */ |
788 | | |
789 | 0 | #ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */ |
790 | | /* Not alphanumeric */ |
791 | 0 | else if (c < CHAR_0 || c > CHAR_z) {} |
792 | 0 | else if ((i = escapes[c - CHAR_0]) != 0) c = i; |
793 | | |
794 | | #else /* EBCDIC coding */ |
795 | | /* Not alphanumeric */ |
796 | | else if (c < 'a' || (!MAX_255(c) || (ebcdic_chartab[c] & 0x0E) == 0)) {} |
797 | | else if ((i = escapes[c - 0x48]) != 0) c = i; |
798 | | #endif |
799 | | |
800 | | /* Escapes that need further processing, or are illegal. */ |
801 | | |
802 | 0 | else |
803 | 0 | { |
804 | 0 | const pcre_uchar *oldptr; |
805 | 0 | BOOL braced, negated; |
806 | |
|
807 | 0 | switch (c) |
808 | 0 | { |
809 | | /* A number of Perl escapes are not handled by PCRE. We give an explicit |
810 | | error. */ |
811 | | |
812 | 0 | case CHAR_l: |
813 | 0 | case CHAR_L: |
814 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR37; |
815 | 0 | break; |
816 | | |
817 | 0 | case CHAR_u: |
818 | 0 | if ((options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0) |
819 | 0 | { |
820 | | /* In JavaScript, \u must be followed by four hexadecimal numbers. |
821 | | Otherwise it is a lowercase u letter. */ |
822 | 0 | if (MAX_255(ptr[1]) && g_ascii_isxdigit(ptr[1]) != 0 |
823 | 0 | && MAX_255(ptr[2]) && g_ascii_isxdigit(ptr[2]) != 0 |
824 | 0 | && MAX_255(ptr[3]) && g_ascii_isxdigit(ptr[3]) != 0 |
825 | 0 | && MAX_255(ptr[4]) && g_ascii_isxdigit(ptr[4]) != 0) |
826 | 0 | { |
827 | 0 | c = 0; |
828 | 0 | for (i = 0; i < 4; ++i) |
829 | 0 | { |
830 | 0 | int cc = *(++ptr); |
831 | 0 | #ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */ |
832 | 0 | if (cc >= CHAR_a) cc -= 32; /* Convert to upper case */ |
833 | 0 | c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc < CHAR_A)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); |
834 | | #else /* EBCDIC coding */ |
835 | | if (cc >= CHAR_a && cc <= CHAR_z) cc += 64; /* Convert to upper case */ |
836 | | c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc >= CHAR_0)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); |
837 | | #endif |
838 | 0 | } |
839 | |
|
840 | 0 | #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 |
841 | 0 | if (c > (utf ? 0x10ffff : 0xff)) |
842 | | #else |
843 | | #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE16 |
844 | | if (c > (utf ? 0x10ffff : 0xffff)) |
845 | | #endif |
846 | | #endif |
847 | 0 | { |
848 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR76; |
849 | 0 | } |
850 | 0 | else if (utf && c >= 0xd800 && c <= 0xdfff) *errorcodeptr = ERR73; |
851 | 0 | } |
852 | 0 | } |
853 | 0 | else |
854 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR37; |
855 | 0 | break; |
856 | | |
857 | 0 | case CHAR_U: |
858 | | /* In JavaScript, \U is an uppercase U letter. */ |
859 | 0 | if ((options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) == 0) *errorcodeptr = ERR37; |
860 | 0 | break; |
861 | | |
862 | | /* In a character class, \g is just a literal "g". Outside a character |
863 | | class, \g must be followed by one of a number of specific things: |
864 | | |
865 | | (1) A number, either plain or braced. If positive, it is an absolute |
866 | | backreference. If negative, it is a relative backreference. This is a Perl |
867 | | 5.10 feature. |
868 | | |
869 | | (2) Perl 5.10 also supports \g{name} as a reference to a named group. This |
870 | | is part of Perl's movement towards a unified syntax for back references. As |
871 | | this is synonymous with \k{name}, we fudge it up by pretending it really |
872 | | was \k. |
873 | | |
874 | | (3) For Oniguruma compatibility we also support \g followed by a name or a |
875 | | number either in angle brackets or in single quotes. However, these are |
876 | | (possibly recursive) subroutine calls, _not_ backreferences. Just return |
877 | | the -ESC_g code (cf \k). */ |
878 | | |
879 | 0 | case CHAR_g: |
880 | 0 | if (isclass) break; |
881 | 0 | if (ptr[1] == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN || ptr[1] == CHAR_APOSTROPHE) |
882 | 0 | { |
883 | 0 | c = -ESC_g; |
884 | 0 | break; |
885 | 0 | } |
886 | | |
887 | | /* Handle the Perl-compatible cases */ |
888 | | |
889 | 0 | if (ptr[1] == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET) |
890 | 0 | { |
891 | 0 | const pcre_uchar *p; |
892 | 0 | for (p = ptr+2; *p != 0 && *p != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET; p++) |
893 | 0 | if (*p != CHAR_MINUS && !IS_DIGIT(*p)) break; |
894 | 0 | if (*p != 0 && *p != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) |
895 | 0 | { |
896 | 0 | c = -ESC_k; |
897 | 0 | break; |
898 | 0 | } |
899 | 0 | braced = TRUE; |
900 | 0 | ptr++; |
901 | 0 | } |
902 | 0 | else braced = FALSE; |
903 | | |
904 | 0 | if (ptr[1] == CHAR_MINUS) |
905 | 0 | { |
906 | 0 | negated = TRUE; |
907 | 0 | ptr++; |
908 | 0 | } |
909 | 0 | else negated = FALSE; |
910 | | |
911 | | /* The integer range is limited by the machine's int representation. */ |
912 | 0 | c = 0; |
913 | 0 | while (IS_DIGIT(ptr[1])) |
914 | 0 | { |
915 | 0 | if (((unsigned int)c) > INT_MAX / 10) /* Integer overflow */ |
916 | 0 | { |
917 | 0 | c = -1; |
918 | 0 | break; |
919 | 0 | } |
920 | 0 | c = c * 10 + *(++ptr) - CHAR_0; |
921 | 0 | } |
922 | 0 | if (((unsigned int)c) > INT_MAX) /* Integer overflow */ |
923 | 0 | { |
924 | 0 | while (IS_DIGIT(ptr[1])) |
925 | 0 | ptr++; |
926 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR61; |
927 | 0 | break; |
928 | 0 | } |
929 | | |
930 | 0 | if (braced && *(++ptr) != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) |
931 | 0 | { |
932 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR57; |
933 | 0 | break; |
934 | 0 | } |
935 | | |
936 | 0 | if (c == 0) |
937 | 0 | { |
938 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR58; |
939 | 0 | break; |
940 | 0 | } |
941 | | |
942 | 0 | if (negated) |
943 | 0 | { |
944 | 0 | if (c > bracount) |
945 | 0 | { |
946 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR15; |
947 | 0 | break; |
948 | 0 | } |
949 | 0 | c = bracount - (c - 1); |
950 | 0 | } |
951 | | |
952 | 0 | c = -(ESC_REF + c); |
953 | 0 | break; |
954 | | |
955 | | /* The handling of escape sequences consisting of a string of digits |
956 | | starting with one that is not zero is not straightforward. By experiment, |
957 | | the way Perl works seems to be as follows: |
958 | | |
959 | | Outside a character class, the digits are read as a decimal number. If the |
960 | | number is less than 10, or if there are that many previous extracting |
961 | | left brackets, then it is a back reference. Otherwise, up to three octal |
962 | | digits are read to form an escaped byte. Thus \123 is likely to be octal |
963 | | 123 (cf \0123, which is octal 012 followed by the literal 3). If the octal |
964 | | value is greater than 377, the least significant 8 bits are taken. Inside a |
965 | | character class, \ followed by a digit is always an octal number. */ |
966 | | |
967 | 0 | case CHAR_1: case CHAR_2: case CHAR_3: case CHAR_4: case CHAR_5: |
968 | 0 | case CHAR_6: case CHAR_7: case CHAR_8: case CHAR_9: |
969 | |
|
970 | 0 | if (!isclass) |
971 | 0 | { |
972 | 0 | oldptr = ptr; |
973 | | /* The integer range is limited by the machine's int representation. */ |
974 | 0 | c -= CHAR_0; |
975 | 0 | while (IS_DIGIT(ptr[1])) |
976 | 0 | { |
977 | 0 | if (((unsigned int)c) > INT_MAX / 10) /* Integer overflow */ |
978 | 0 | { |
979 | 0 | c = -1; |
980 | 0 | break; |
981 | 0 | } |
982 | 0 | c = c * 10 + *(++ptr) - CHAR_0; |
983 | 0 | } |
984 | 0 | if (((unsigned int)c) > INT_MAX) /* Integer overflow */ |
985 | 0 | { |
986 | 0 | while (IS_DIGIT(ptr[1])) |
987 | 0 | ptr++; |
988 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR61; |
989 | 0 | break; |
990 | 0 | } |
991 | 0 | if (c < 10 || c <= bracount) |
992 | 0 | { |
993 | 0 | c = -(ESC_REF + c); |
994 | 0 | break; |
995 | 0 | } |
996 | 0 | ptr = oldptr; /* Put the pointer back and fall through */ |
997 | 0 | } |
998 | | |
999 | | /* Handle an octal number following \. If the first digit is 8 or 9, Perl |
1000 | | generates a binary zero byte and treats the digit as a following literal. |
1001 | | Thus we have to pull back the pointer by one. */ |
1002 | | |
1003 | 0 | if ((c = *ptr) >= CHAR_8) |
1004 | 0 | { |
1005 | 0 | ptr--; |
1006 | 0 | c = 0; |
1007 | 0 | break; |
1008 | 0 | } |
1009 | | |
1010 | | /* \0 always starts an octal number, but we may drop through to here with a |
1011 | | larger first octal digit. The original code used just to take the least |
1012 | | significant 8 bits of octal numbers (I think this is what early Perls used |
1013 | | to do). Nowadays we allow for larger numbers in UTF-8 mode and 16-bit mode, |
1014 | | but no more than 3 octal digits. */ |
1015 | | |
1016 | 0 | case CHAR_0: |
1017 | 0 | c -= CHAR_0; |
1018 | 0 | while(i++ < 2 && ptr[1] >= CHAR_0 && ptr[1] <= CHAR_7) |
1019 | 0 | c = c * 8 + *(++ptr) - CHAR_0; |
1020 | 0 | #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 |
1021 | 0 | if (!utf && c > 0xff) *errorcodeptr = ERR51; |
1022 | 0 | #endif |
1023 | 0 | break; |
1024 | | |
1025 | | /* \x is complicated. \x{ddd} is a character number which can be greater |
1026 | | than 0xff in utf or non-8bit mode, but only if the ddd are hex digits. |
1027 | | If not, { is treated as a data character. */ |
1028 | | |
1029 | 0 | case CHAR_x: |
1030 | 0 | if ((options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0) |
1031 | 0 | { |
1032 | | /* In JavaScript, \x must be followed by two hexadecimal numbers. |
1033 | | Otherwise it is a lowercase x letter. */ |
1034 | 0 | if (MAX_255(ptr[1]) && g_ascii_isxdigit(ptr[1]) != 0 |
1035 | 0 | && MAX_255(ptr[2]) && g_ascii_isxdigit(ptr[2]) != 0) |
1036 | 0 | { |
1037 | 0 | c = 0; |
1038 | 0 | for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i) |
1039 | 0 | { |
1040 | 0 | int cc = *(++ptr); |
1041 | 0 | #ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */ |
1042 | 0 | if (cc >= CHAR_a) cc -= 32; /* Convert to upper case */ |
1043 | 0 | c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc < CHAR_A)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); |
1044 | | #else /* EBCDIC coding */ |
1045 | | if (cc >= CHAR_a && cc <= CHAR_z) cc += 64; /* Convert to upper case */ |
1046 | | c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc >= CHAR_0)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); |
1047 | | #endif |
1048 | 0 | } |
1049 | 0 | } |
1050 | 0 | break; |
1051 | 0 | } |
1052 | | |
1053 | 0 | if (ptr[1] == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET) |
1054 | 0 | { |
1055 | 0 | const pcre_uchar *pt = ptr + 2; |
1056 | |
|
1057 | 0 | c = 0; |
1058 | 0 | while (MAX_255(*pt) && g_ascii_isxdigit(*pt) != 0) |
1059 | 0 | { |
1060 | 0 | int cc = *pt++; |
1061 | 0 | if (c == 0 && cc == CHAR_0) continue; /* Leading zeroes */ |
1062 | | |
1063 | 0 | #ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */ |
1064 | 0 | if (cc >= CHAR_a) cc -= 32; /* Convert to upper case */ |
1065 | 0 | c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc < CHAR_A)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); |
1066 | | #else /* EBCDIC coding */ |
1067 | | if (cc >= CHAR_a && cc <= CHAR_z) cc += 64; /* Convert to upper case */ |
1068 | | c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc >= CHAR_0)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); |
1069 | | #endif |
1070 | |
|
1071 | 0 | #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 |
1072 | 0 | if (c > (utf ? 0x10ffff : 0xff)) { c = -1; break; } |
1073 | | #else |
1074 | | #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE16 |
1075 | | if (c > (utf ? 0x10ffff : 0xffff)) { c = -1; break; } |
1076 | | #endif |
1077 | | #endif |
1078 | 0 | } |
1079 | |
|
1080 | 0 | if (c < 0) |
1081 | 0 | { |
1082 | 0 | while (MAX_255(*pt) && g_ascii_isxdigit(*pt) != 0) pt++; |
1083 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR34; |
1084 | 0 | } |
1085 | |
|
1086 | 0 | if (*pt == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) |
1087 | 0 | { |
1088 | 0 | if (utf && c >= 0xd800 && c <= 0xdfff) *errorcodeptr = ERR73; |
1089 | 0 | ptr = pt; |
1090 | 0 | break; |
1091 | 0 | } |
1092 | | |
1093 | | /* If the sequence of hex digits does not end with '}', then we don't |
1094 | | recognize this construct; fall through to the normal \x handling. */ |
1095 | 0 | } |
1096 | | |
1097 | | /* Read just a single-byte hex-defined char */ |
1098 | | |
1099 | 0 | c = 0; |
1100 | 0 | while (i++ < 2 && MAX_255(ptr[1]) && g_ascii_isxdigit(ptr[1]) != 0) |
1101 | 0 | { |
1102 | 0 | int cc; /* Some compilers don't like */ |
1103 | 0 | cc = *(++ptr); /* ++ in initializers */ |
1104 | 0 | #ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */ |
1105 | 0 | if (cc >= CHAR_a) cc -= 32; /* Convert to upper case */ |
1106 | 0 | c = c * 16 + cc - ((cc < CHAR_A)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); |
1107 | | #else /* EBCDIC coding */ |
1108 | | if (cc <= CHAR_z) cc += 64; /* Convert to upper case */ |
1109 | | c = c * 16 + cc - ((cc >= CHAR_0)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); |
1110 | | #endif |
1111 | 0 | } |
1112 | 0 | break; |
1113 | | |
1114 | | /* For \c, a following letter is upper-cased; then the 0x40 bit is flipped. |
1115 | | An error is given if the byte following \c is not an ASCII character. This |
1116 | | coding is ASCII-specific, but then the whole concept of \cx is |
1117 | | ASCII-specific. (However, an EBCDIC equivalent has now been added.) */ |
1118 | | |
1119 | 0 | case CHAR_c: |
1120 | 0 | c = *(++ptr); |
1121 | 0 | if (c == 0) |
1122 | 0 | { |
1123 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR2; |
1124 | 0 | break; |
1125 | 0 | } |
1126 | 0 | #ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */ |
1127 | 0 | if (c > 127) /* Excludes all non-ASCII in either mode */ |
1128 | 0 | { |
1129 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR68; |
1130 | 0 | break; |
1131 | 0 | } |
1132 | 0 | if (c >= CHAR_a && c <= CHAR_z) c -= 32; |
1133 | 0 | c ^= 0x40; |
1134 | | #else /* EBCDIC coding */ |
1135 | | if (c >= CHAR_a && c <= CHAR_z) c += 64; |
1136 | | c ^= 0xC0; |
1137 | | #endif |
1138 | 0 | break; |
1139 | | |
1140 | | /* PCRE_EXTRA enables extensions to Perl in the matter of escapes. Any |
1141 | | other alphanumeric following \ is an error if PCRE_EXTRA was set; |
1142 | | otherwise, for Perl compatibility, it is a literal. This code looks a bit |
1143 | | odd, but there used to be some cases other than the default, and there may |
1144 | | be again in future, so I haven't "optimized" it. */ |
1145 | | |
1146 | 0 | default: |
1147 | 0 | if ((options & PCRE_EXTRA) != 0) switch(c) |
1148 | 0 | { |
1149 | 0 | default: |
1150 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR3; |
1151 | 0 | break; |
1152 | 0 | } |
1153 | 0 | break; |
1154 | 0 | } |
1155 | 0 | } |
1156 | | |
1157 | | /* Perl supports \N{name} for character names, as well as plain \N for "not |
1158 | | newline". PCRE does not support \N{name}. However, it does support |
1159 | | quantification such as \N{2,3}. */ |
1160 | | |
1161 | 0 | if (c == -ESC_N && ptr[1] == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET && |
1162 | 0 | !is_counted_repeat(ptr+2)) |
1163 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR37; |
1164 | | |
1165 | | /* If PCRE_UCP is set, we change the values for \d etc. */ |
1166 | |
|
1167 | 0 | if ((options & PCRE_UCP) != 0 && c <= -ESC_D && c >= -ESC_w) |
1168 | 0 | c -= (ESC_DU - ESC_D); |
1169 | | |
1170 | | /* Set the pointer to the final character before returning. */ |
1171 | |
|
1172 | 0 | *ptrptr = ptr; |
1173 | 0 | return c; |
1174 | 0 | } |
1175 | | |
1176 | | |
1177 | | |
1178 | | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
1179 | | /************************************************* |
1180 | | * Handle \P and \p * |
1181 | | *************************************************/ |
1182 | | |
1183 | | /* This function is called after \P or \p has been encountered, provided that |
1184 | | PCRE is compiled with support for Unicode properties. On entry, ptrptr is |
1185 | | pointing at the P or p. On exit, it is pointing at the final character of the |
1186 | | escape sequence. |
1187 | | |
1188 | | Argument: |
1189 | | ptrptr points to the pattern position pointer |
1190 | | negptr points to a boolean that is set TRUE for negation else FALSE |
1191 | | dptr points to an int that is set to the detailed property value |
1192 | | errorcodeptr points to the error code variable |
1193 | | |
1194 | | Returns: type value from ucp_type_table, or -1 for an invalid type |
1195 | | */ |
1196 | | |
1197 | | static int |
1198 | | get_ucp(const pcre_uchar **ptrptr, BOOL *negptr, int *dptr, int *errorcodeptr) |
1199 | 0 | { |
1200 | 0 | int c, i, bot, top; |
1201 | 0 | const pcre_uchar *ptr = *ptrptr; |
1202 | 0 | pcre_uchar name[32]; |
1203 | |
|
1204 | 0 | c = *(++ptr); |
1205 | 0 | if (c == 0) goto ERROR_RETURN; |
1206 | | |
1207 | 0 | *negptr = FALSE; |
1208 | | |
1209 | | /* \P or \p can be followed by a name in {}, optionally preceded by ^ for |
1210 | | negation. */ |
1211 | |
|
1212 | 0 | if (c == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET) |
1213 | 0 | { |
1214 | 0 | if (ptr[1] == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT) |
1215 | 0 | { |
1216 | 0 | *negptr = TRUE; |
1217 | 0 | ptr++; |
1218 | 0 | } |
1219 | 0 | for (i = 0; i < (int)(sizeof(name) / sizeof(pcre_uchar)) - 1; i++) |
1220 | 0 | { |
1221 | 0 | c = *(++ptr); |
1222 | 0 | if (c == 0) goto ERROR_RETURN; |
1223 | 0 | if (c == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) break; |
1224 | 0 | name[i] = c; |
1225 | 0 | } |
1226 | 0 | if (c != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) goto ERROR_RETURN; |
1227 | 0 | name[i] = 0; |
1228 | 0 | } |
1229 | | |
1230 | | /* Otherwise there is just one following character */ |
1231 | | |
1232 | 0 | else |
1233 | 0 | { |
1234 | 0 | name[0] = c; |
1235 | 0 | name[1] = 0; |
1236 | 0 | } |
1237 | | |
1238 | 0 | *ptrptr = ptr; |
1239 | | |
1240 | | /* Search for a recognized property name using binary chop */ |
1241 | |
|
1242 | 0 | bot = 0; |
1243 | 0 | top = PRIV(utt_size); |
1244 | |
|
1245 | 0 | while (bot < top) |
1246 | 0 | { |
1247 | 0 | i = (bot + top) >> 1; |
1248 | 0 | c = STRCMP_UC_C8(name, PRIV(utt_names) + PRIV(utt)[i].name_offset); |
1249 | 0 | if (c == 0) |
1250 | 0 | { |
1251 | 0 | *dptr = PRIV(utt)[i].value; |
1252 | 0 | return PRIV(utt)[i].type; |
1253 | 0 | } |
1254 | 0 | if (c > 0) bot = i + 1; else top = i; |
1255 | 0 | } |
1256 | | |
1257 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR47; |
1258 | 0 | *ptrptr = ptr; |
1259 | 0 | return -1; |
1260 | | |
1261 | 0 | ERROR_RETURN: |
1262 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR46; |
1263 | 0 | *ptrptr = ptr; |
1264 | 0 | return -1; |
1265 | 0 | } |
1266 | | #endif |
1267 | | |
1268 | | |
1269 | | |
1270 | | |
1271 | | /************************************************* |
1272 | | * Read repeat counts * |
1273 | | *************************************************/ |
1274 | | |
1275 | | /* Read an item of the form {n,m} and return the values. This is called only |
1276 | | after is_counted_repeat() has confirmed that a repeat-count quantifier exists, |
1277 | | so the syntax is guaranteed to be correct, but we need to check the values. |
1278 | | |
1279 | | Arguments: |
1280 | | p pointer to first char after '{' |
1281 | | minp pointer to int for min |
1282 | | maxp pointer to int for max |
1283 | | returned as -1 if no max |
1284 | | errorcodeptr points to error code variable |
1285 | | |
1286 | | Returns: pointer to '}' on success; |
1287 | | current ptr on error, with errorcodeptr set non-zero |
1288 | | */ |
1289 | | |
1290 | | static const pcre_uchar * |
1291 | | read_repeat_counts(const pcre_uchar *p, int *minp, int *maxp, int *errorcodeptr) |
1292 | 0 | { |
1293 | 0 | int min = 0; |
1294 | 0 | int max = -1; |
1295 | | |
1296 | | /* Read the minimum value and do a paranoid check: a negative value indicates |
1297 | | an integer overflow. */ |
1298 | |
|
1299 | 0 | while (IS_DIGIT(*p)) min = min * 10 + *p++ - CHAR_0; |
1300 | 0 | if (min < 0 || min > 65535) |
1301 | 0 | { |
1302 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR5; |
1303 | 0 | return p; |
1304 | 0 | } |
1305 | | |
1306 | | /* Read the maximum value if there is one, and again do a paranoid on its size. |
1307 | | Also, max must not be less than min. */ |
1308 | | |
1309 | 0 | if (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) max = min; else |
1310 | 0 | { |
1311 | 0 | if (*(++p) != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) |
1312 | 0 | { |
1313 | 0 | max = 0; |
1314 | 0 | while(IS_DIGIT(*p)) max = max * 10 + *p++ - CHAR_0; |
1315 | 0 | if (max < 0 || max > 65535) |
1316 | 0 | { |
1317 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR5; |
1318 | 0 | return p; |
1319 | 0 | } |
1320 | 0 | if (max < min) |
1321 | 0 | { |
1322 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR4; |
1323 | 0 | return p; |
1324 | 0 | } |
1325 | 0 | } |
1326 | 0 | } |
1327 | | |
1328 | | /* Fill in the required variables, and pass back the pointer to the terminating |
1329 | | '}'. */ |
1330 | | |
1331 | 0 | *minp = min; |
1332 | 0 | *maxp = max; |
1333 | 0 | return p; |
1334 | 0 | } |
1335 | | |
1336 | | |
1337 | | |
1338 | | /************************************************* |
1339 | | * Subroutine for finding forward reference * |
1340 | | *************************************************/ |
1341 | | |
1342 | | /* This recursive function is called only from find_parens() below. The |
1343 | | top-level call starts at the beginning of the pattern. All other calls must |
1344 | | start at a parenthesis. It scans along a pattern's text looking for capturing |
1345 | | subpatterns, and counting them. If it finds a named pattern that matches the |
1346 | | name it is given, it returns its number. Alternatively, if the name is NULL, it |
1347 | | returns when it reaches a given numbered subpattern. Recursion is used to keep |
1348 | | track of subpatterns that reset the capturing group numbers - the (?| feature. |
1349 | | |
1350 | | This function was originally called only from the second pass, in which we know |
1351 | | that if (?< or (?' or (?P< is encountered, the name will be correctly |
1352 | | terminated because that is checked in the first pass. There is now one call to |
1353 | | this function in the first pass, to check for a recursive back reference by |
1354 | | name (so that we can make the whole group atomic). In this case, we need check |
1355 | | only up to the current position in the pattern, and that is still OK because |
1356 | | and previous occurrences will have been checked. To make this work, the test |
1357 | | for "end of pattern" is a check against cd->end_pattern in the main loop, |
1358 | | instead of looking for a binary zero. This means that the special first-pass |
1359 | | call can adjust cd->end_pattern temporarily. (Checks for binary zero while |
1360 | | processing items within the loop are OK, because afterwards the main loop will |
1361 | | terminate.) |
1362 | | |
1363 | | Arguments: |
1364 | | ptrptr address of the current character pointer (updated) |
1365 | | cd compile background data |
1366 | | name name to seek, or NULL if seeking a numbered subpattern |
1367 | | lorn name length, or subpattern number if name is NULL |
1368 | | xmode TRUE if we are in /x mode |
1369 | | utf TRUE if we are in UTF-8 / UTF-16 mode |
1370 | | count pointer to the current capturing subpattern number (updated) |
1371 | | |
1372 | | Returns: the number of the named subpattern, or -1 if not found |
1373 | | */ |
1374 | | |
1375 | | static int |
1376 | | find_parens_sub(pcre_uchar **ptrptr, compile_data *cd, const pcre_uchar *name, int lorn, |
1377 | | BOOL xmode, BOOL utf, int *count) |
1378 | 0 | { |
1379 | 0 | pcre_uchar *ptr = *ptrptr; |
1380 | 0 | int start_count = *count; |
1381 | 0 | int hwm_count = start_count; |
1382 | 0 | BOOL dup_parens = FALSE; |
1383 | | |
1384 | | /* If the first character is a parenthesis, check on the type of group we are |
1385 | | dealing with. The very first call may not start with a parenthesis. */ |
1386 | |
|
1387 | 0 | if (ptr[0] == CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS) |
1388 | 0 | { |
1389 | | /* Handle specials such as (*SKIP) or (*UTF8) etc. */ |
1390 | |
|
1391 | 0 | if (ptr[1] == CHAR_ASTERISK) ptr += 2; |
1392 | | |
1393 | | /* Handle a normal, unnamed capturing parenthesis. */ |
1394 | | |
1395 | 0 | else if (ptr[1] != CHAR_QUESTION_MARK) |
1396 | 0 | { |
1397 | 0 | *count += 1; |
1398 | 0 | if (name == NULL && *count == lorn) return *count; |
1399 | 0 | ptr++; |
1400 | 0 | } |
1401 | | |
1402 | | /* All cases now have (? at the start. Remember when we are in a group |
1403 | | where the parenthesis numbers are duplicated. */ |
1404 | | |
1405 | 0 | else if (ptr[2] == CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE) |
1406 | 0 | { |
1407 | 0 | ptr += 3; |
1408 | 0 | dup_parens = TRUE; |
1409 | 0 | } |
1410 | | |
1411 | | /* Handle comments; all characters are allowed until a ket is reached. */ |
1412 | | |
1413 | 0 | else if (ptr[2] == CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN) |
1414 | 0 | { |
1415 | 0 | for (ptr += 3; *ptr != 0; ptr++) if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) break; |
1416 | 0 | goto FAIL_EXIT; |
1417 | 0 | } |
1418 | | |
1419 | | /* Handle a condition. If it is an assertion, just carry on so that it |
1420 | | is processed as normal. If not, skip to the closing parenthesis of the |
1421 | | condition (there can't be any nested parens). */ |
1422 | | |
1423 | 0 | else if (ptr[2] == CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS) |
1424 | 0 | { |
1425 | 0 | ptr += 2; |
1426 | 0 | if (ptr[1] != CHAR_QUESTION_MARK) |
1427 | 0 | { |
1428 | 0 | while (*ptr != 0 && *ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) ptr++; |
1429 | 0 | if (*ptr != 0) ptr++; |
1430 | 0 | } |
1431 | 0 | } |
1432 | | |
1433 | | /* Start with (? but not a condition. */ |
1434 | | |
1435 | 0 | else |
1436 | 0 | { |
1437 | 0 | ptr += 2; |
1438 | 0 | if (*ptr == CHAR_P) ptr++; /* Allow optional P */ |
1439 | | |
1440 | | /* We have to disambiguate (?<! and (?<= from (?<name> for named groups */ |
1441 | |
|
1442 | 0 | if ((*ptr == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN && ptr[1] != CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK && |
1443 | 0 | ptr[1] != CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) || *ptr == CHAR_APOSTROPHE) |
1444 | 0 | { |
1445 | 0 | int term; |
1446 | 0 | const pcre_uchar *thisname; |
1447 | 0 | *count += 1; |
1448 | 0 | if (name == NULL && *count == lorn) return *count; |
1449 | 0 | term = *ptr++; |
1450 | 0 | if (term == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN) term = CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN; |
1451 | 0 | thisname = ptr; |
1452 | 0 | while (*ptr != term) ptr++; |
1453 | 0 | if (name != NULL && lorn == ptr - thisname && |
1454 | 0 | STRNCMP_UC_UC(name, thisname, lorn) == 0) |
1455 | 0 | return *count; |
1456 | 0 | term++; |
1457 | 0 | } |
1458 | 0 | } |
1459 | 0 | } |
1460 | | |
1461 | | /* Past any initial parenthesis handling, scan for parentheses or vertical |
1462 | | bars. Stop if we get to cd->end_pattern. Note that this is important for the |
1463 | | first-pass call when this value is temporarily adjusted to stop at the current |
1464 | | position. So DO NOT change this to a test for binary zero. */ |
1465 | | |
1466 | 0 | for (; ptr < cd->end_pattern; ptr++) |
1467 | 0 | { |
1468 | | /* Skip over backslashed characters and also entire \Q...\E */ |
1469 | |
|
1470 | 0 | if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH) |
1471 | 0 | { |
1472 | 0 | if (*(++ptr) == 0) goto FAIL_EXIT; |
1473 | 0 | if (*ptr == CHAR_Q) for (;;) |
1474 | 0 | { |
1475 | 0 | while (*(++ptr) != 0 && *ptr != CHAR_BACKSLASH) {}; |
1476 | 0 | if (*ptr == 0) goto FAIL_EXIT; |
1477 | 0 | if (*(++ptr) == CHAR_E) break; |
1478 | 0 | } |
1479 | 0 | continue; |
1480 | 0 | } |
1481 | | |
1482 | | /* Skip over character classes; this logic must be similar to the way they |
1483 | | are handled for real. If the first character is '^', skip it. Also, if the |
1484 | | first few characters (either before or after ^) are \Q\E or \E we skip them |
1485 | | too. This makes for compatibility with Perl. Note the use of STR macros to |
1486 | | encode "Q\\E" so that it works in UTF-8 on EBCDIC platforms. */ |
1487 | | |
1488 | 0 | if (*ptr == CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET) |
1489 | 0 | { |
1490 | 0 | BOOL negate_class = FALSE; |
1491 | 0 | for (;;) |
1492 | 0 | { |
1493 | 0 | if (ptr[1] == CHAR_BACKSLASH) |
1494 | 0 | { |
1495 | 0 | if (ptr[2] == CHAR_E) |
1496 | 0 | ptr+= 2; |
1497 | 0 | else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr + 2, |
1498 | 0 | STR_Q STR_BACKSLASH STR_E, 3) == 0) |
1499 | 0 | ptr += 4; |
1500 | 0 | else |
1501 | 0 | break; |
1502 | 0 | } |
1503 | 0 | else if (!negate_class && ptr[1] == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT) |
1504 | 0 | { |
1505 | 0 | negate_class = TRUE; |
1506 | 0 | ptr++; |
1507 | 0 | } |
1508 | 0 | else break; |
1509 | 0 | } |
1510 | | |
1511 | | /* If the next character is ']', it is a data character that must be |
1512 | | skipped, except in JavaScript compatibility mode. */ |
1513 | |
|
1514 | 0 | if (ptr[1] == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET && |
1515 | 0 | (cd->external_options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) == 0) |
1516 | 0 | ptr++; |
1517 | |
|
1518 | 0 | while (*(++ptr) != CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET) |
1519 | 0 | { |
1520 | 0 | if (*ptr == 0) return -1; |
1521 | 0 | if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH) |
1522 | 0 | { |
1523 | 0 | if (*(++ptr) == 0) goto FAIL_EXIT; |
1524 | 0 | if (*ptr == CHAR_Q) for (;;) |
1525 | 0 | { |
1526 | 0 | while (*(++ptr) != 0 && *ptr != CHAR_BACKSLASH) {}; |
1527 | 0 | if (*ptr == 0) goto FAIL_EXIT; |
1528 | 0 | if (*(++ptr) == CHAR_E) break; |
1529 | 0 | } |
1530 | 0 | continue; |
1531 | 0 | } |
1532 | 0 | } |
1533 | 0 | continue; |
1534 | 0 | } |
1535 | | |
1536 | | /* Skip comments in /x mode */ |
1537 | | |
1538 | 0 | if (xmode && *ptr == CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN) |
1539 | 0 | { |
1540 | 0 | ptr++; |
1541 | 0 | while (*ptr != 0) |
1542 | 0 | { |
1543 | 0 | if (IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) { ptr += cd->nllen - 1; break; } |
1544 | 0 | ptr++; |
1545 | 0 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
1546 | 0 | if (utf) FORWARDCHAR(ptr); |
1547 | 0 | #endif |
1548 | 0 | } |
1549 | 0 | if (*ptr == 0) goto FAIL_EXIT; |
1550 | 0 | continue; |
1551 | 0 | } |
1552 | | |
1553 | | /* Check for the special metacharacters */ |
1554 | | |
1555 | 0 | if (*ptr == CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS) |
1556 | 0 | { |
1557 | 0 | int rc = find_parens_sub(&ptr, cd, name, lorn, xmode, utf, count); |
1558 | 0 | if (rc > 0) return rc; |
1559 | 0 | if (*ptr == 0) goto FAIL_EXIT; |
1560 | 0 | } |
1561 | | |
1562 | 0 | else if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) |
1563 | 0 | { |
1564 | 0 | if (dup_parens && *count < hwm_count) *count = hwm_count; |
1565 | 0 | goto FAIL_EXIT; |
1566 | 0 | } |
1567 | | |
1568 | 0 | else if (*ptr == CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE && dup_parens) |
1569 | 0 | { |
1570 | 0 | if (*count > hwm_count) hwm_count = *count; |
1571 | 0 | *count = start_count; |
1572 | 0 | } |
1573 | 0 | } |
1574 | | |
1575 | 0 | FAIL_EXIT: |
1576 | 0 | *ptrptr = ptr; |
1577 | 0 | return -1; |
1578 | 0 | } |
1579 | | |
1580 | | |
1581 | | |
1582 | | |
1583 | | /************************************************* |
1584 | | * Find forward referenced subpattern * |
1585 | | *************************************************/ |
1586 | | |
1587 | | /* This function scans along a pattern's text looking for capturing |
1588 | | subpatterns, and counting them. If it finds a named pattern that matches the |
1589 | | name it is given, it returns its number. Alternatively, if the name is NULL, it |
1590 | | returns when it reaches a given numbered subpattern. This is used for forward |
1591 | | references to subpatterns. We used to be able to start this scan from the |
1592 | | current compiling point, using the current count value from cd->bracount, and |
1593 | | do it all in a single loop, but the addition of the possibility of duplicate |
1594 | | subpattern numbers means that we have to scan from the very start, in order to |
1595 | | take account of such duplicates, and to use a recursive function to keep track |
1596 | | of the different types of group. |
1597 | | |
1598 | | Arguments: |
1599 | | cd compile background data |
1600 | | name name to seek, or NULL if seeking a numbered subpattern |
1601 | | lorn name length, or subpattern number if name is NULL |
1602 | | xmode TRUE if we are in /x mode |
1603 | | utf TRUE if we are in UTF-8 / UTF-16 mode |
1604 | | |
1605 | | Returns: the number of the found subpattern, or -1 if not found |
1606 | | */ |
1607 | | |
1608 | | static int |
1609 | | find_parens(compile_data *cd, const pcre_uchar *name, int lorn, BOOL xmode, |
1610 | | BOOL utf) |
1611 | 0 | { |
1612 | 0 | pcre_uchar *ptr = (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_pattern; |
1613 | 0 | int count = 0; |
1614 | 0 | int rc; |
1615 | | |
1616 | | /* If the pattern does not start with an opening parenthesis, the first call |
1617 | | to find_parens_sub() will scan right to the end (if necessary). However, if it |
1618 | | does start with a parenthesis, find_parens_sub() will return when it hits the |
1619 | | matching closing parens. That is why we have to have a loop. */ |
1620 | |
|
1621 | 0 | for (;;) |
1622 | 0 | { |
1623 | 0 | rc = find_parens_sub(&ptr, cd, name, lorn, xmode, utf, &count); |
1624 | 0 | if (rc > 0 || *ptr++ == 0) break; |
1625 | 0 | } |
1626 | |
|
1627 | 0 | return rc; |
1628 | 0 | } |
1629 | | |
1630 | | |
1631 | | |
1632 | | |
1633 | | /************************************************* |
1634 | | * Find first significant op code * |
1635 | | *************************************************/ |
1636 | | |
1637 | | /* This is called by several functions that scan a compiled expression looking |
1638 | | for a fixed first character, or an anchoring op code etc. It skips over things |
1639 | | that do not influence this. For some calls, it makes sense to skip negative |
1640 | | forward and all backward assertions, and also the \b assertion; for others it |
1641 | | does not. |
1642 | | |
1643 | | Arguments: |
1644 | | code pointer to the start of the group |
1645 | | skipassert TRUE if certain assertions are to be skipped |
1646 | | |
1647 | | Returns: pointer to the first significant opcode |
1648 | | */ |
1649 | | |
1650 | | static const pcre_uchar* |
1651 | | first_significant_code(const pcre_uchar *code, BOOL skipassert) |
1652 | 0 | { |
1653 | 0 | for (;;) |
1654 | 0 | { |
1655 | 0 | switch ((int)*code) |
1656 | 0 | { |
1657 | 0 | case OP_ASSERT_NOT: |
1658 | 0 | case OP_ASSERTBACK: |
1659 | 0 | case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT: |
1660 | 0 | if (!skipassert) return code; |
1661 | 0 | do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT); |
1662 | 0 | code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*code]; |
1663 | 0 | break; |
1664 | | |
1665 | 0 | case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY: |
1666 | 0 | case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY: |
1667 | 0 | if (!skipassert) return code; |
1668 | | /* Fall through */ |
1669 | | |
1670 | 0 | case OP_CALLOUT: |
1671 | 0 | case OP_CREF: |
1672 | 0 | case OP_NCREF: |
1673 | 0 | case OP_RREF: |
1674 | 0 | case OP_NRREF: |
1675 | 0 | case OP_DEF: |
1676 | 0 | code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*code]; |
1677 | 0 | break; |
1678 | | |
1679 | 0 | default: |
1680 | 0 | return code; |
1681 | 0 | } |
1682 | 0 | } |
1683 | | /* Control never reaches here */ |
1684 | 0 | } |
1685 | | |
1686 | | |
1687 | | |
1688 | | |
1689 | | /************************************************* |
1690 | | * Find the fixed length of a branch * |
1691 | | *************************************************/ |
1692 | | |
1693 | | /* Scan a branch and compute the fixed length of subject that will match it, |
1694 | | if the length is fixed. This is needed for dealing with backward assertions. |
1695 | | In UTF8 mode, the result is in characters rather than bytes. The branch is |
1696 | | temporarily terminated with OP_END when this function is called. |
1697 | | |
1698 | | This function is called when a backward assertion is encountered, so that if it |
1699 | | fails, the error message can point to the correct place in the pattern. |
1700 | | However, we cannot do this when the assertion contains subroutine calls, |
1701 | | because they can be forward references. We solve this by remembering this case |
1702 | | and doing the check at the end; a flag specifies which mode we are running in. |
1703 | | |
1704 | | Arguments: |
1705 | | code points to the start of the pattern (the bracket) |
1706 | | utf TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 mode |
1707 | | atend TRUE if called when the pattern is complete |
1708 | | cd the "compile data" structure |
1709 | | |
1710 | | Returns: the fixed length, |
1711 | | or -1 if there is no fixed length, |
1712 | | or -2 if \C was encountered (in UTF-8 mode only) |
1713 | | or -3 if an OP_RECURSE item was encountered and atend is FALSE |
1714 | | or -4 if an unknown opcode was encountered (internal error) |
1715 | | */ |
1716 | | |
1717 | | static int |
1718 | | find_fixedlength(pcre_uchar *code, BOOL utf, BOOL atend, compile_data *cd) |
1719 | 0 | { |
1720 | 0 | int length = -1; |
1721 | |
|
1722 | 0 | int branchlength = 0; |
1723 | 0 | pcre_uchar *cc = code + 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
1724 | | |
1725 | | /* Scan along the opcodes for this branch. If we get to the end of the |
1726 | | branch, check the length against that of the other branches. */ |
1727 | |
|
1728 | 0 | for (;;) |
1729 | 0 | { |
1730 | 0 | int d; |
1731 | 0 | pcre_uchar *ce, *cs; |
1732 | 0 | int op = *cc; |
1733 | |
|
1734 | 0 | switch (op) |
1735 | 0 | { |
1736 | | /* We only need to continue for OP_CBRA (normal capturing bracket) and |
1737 | | OP_BRA (normal non-capturing bracket) because the other variants of these |
1738 | | opcodes are all concerned with unlimited repeated groups, which of course |
1739 | | are not of fixed length. */ |
1740 | | |
1741 | 0 | case OP_CBRA: |
1742 | 0 | case OP_BRA: |
1743 | 0 | case OP_ONCE: |
1744 | 0 | case OP_ONCE_NC: |
1745 | 0 | case OP_COND: |
1746 | 0 | d = find_fixedlength(cc + ((op == OP_CBRA)? IMM2_SIZE : 0), utf, atend, cd); |
1747 | 0 | if (d < 0) return d; |
1748 | 0 | branchlength += d; |
1749 | 0 | do cc += GET(cc, 1); while (*cc == OP_ALT); |
1750 | 0 | cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
1751 | 0 | break; |
1752 | | |
1753 | | /* Reached end of a branch; if it's a ket it is the end of a nested call. |
1754 | | If it's ALT it is an alternation in a nested call. An ACCEPT is effectively |
1755 | | an ALT. If it is END it's the end of the outer call. All can be handled by |
1756 | | the same code. Note that we must not include the OP_KETRxxx opcodes here, |
1757 | | because they all imply an unlimited repeat. */ |
1758 | | |
1759 | 0 | case OP_ALT: |
1760 | 0 | case OP_KET: |
1761 | 0 | case OP_END: |
1762 | 0 | case OP_ACCEPT: |
1763 | 0 | case OP_ASSERT_ACCEPT: |
1764 | 0 | if (length < 0) length = branchlength; |
1765 | 0 | else if (length != branchlength) return -1; |
1766 | 0 | if (*cc != OP_ALT) return length; |
1767 | 0 | cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
1768 | 0 | branchlength = 0; |
1769 | 0 | break; |
1770 | | |
1771 | | /* A true recursion implies not fixed length, but a subroutine call may |
1772 | | be OK. If the subroutine is a forward reference, we can't deal with |
1773 | | it until the end of the pattern, so return -3. */ |
1774 | | |
1775 | 0 | case OP_RECURSE: |
1776 | 0 | if (!atend) return -3; |
1777 | 0 | cs = ce = (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_code + GET(cc, 1); /* Start subpattern */ |
1778 | 0 | do ce += GET(ce, 1); while (*ce == OP_ALT); /* End subpattern */ |
1779 | 0 | if (cc > cs && cc < ce) return -1; /* Recursion */ |
1780 | 0 | d = find_fixedlength(cs + IMM2_SIZE, utf, atend, cd); |
1781 | 0 | if (d < 0) return d; |
1782 | 0 | branchlength += d; |
1783 | 0 | cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
1784 | 0 | break; |
1785 | | |
1786 | | /* Skip over assertive subpatterns */ |
1787 | | |
1788 | 0 | case OP_ASSERT: |
1789 | 0 | case OP_ASSERT_NOT: |
1790 | 0 | case OP_ASSERTBACK: |
1791 | 0 | case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT: |
1792 | 0 | do cc += GET(cc, 1); while (*cc == OP_ALT); |
1793 | 0 | cc += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*cc]; |
1794 | 0 | break; |
1795 | | |
1796 | | /* Skip over things that don't match chars */ |
1797 | | |
1798 | 0 | case OP_MARK: |
1799 | 0 | case OP_PRUNE_ARG: |
1800 | 0 | case OP_SKIP_ARG: |
1801 | 0 | case OP_THEN_ARG: |
1802 | 0 | cc += cc[1] + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*cc]; |
1803 | 0 | break; |
1804 | | |
1805 | 0 | case OP_CALLOUT: |
1806 | 0 | case OP_CIRC: |
1807 | 0 | case OP_CIRCM: |
1808 | 0 | case OP_CLOSE: |
1809 | 0 | case OP_COMMIT: |
1810 | 0 | case OP_CREF: |
1811 | 0 | case OP_DEF: |
1812 | 0 | case OP_DOLL: |
1813 | 0 | case OP_DOLLM: |
1814 | 0 | case OP_EOD: |
1815 | 0 | case OP_EODN: |
1816 | 0 | case OP_FAIL: |
1817 | 0 | case OP_NCREF: |
1818 | 0 | case OP_NRREF: |
1819 | 0 | case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY: |
1820 | 0 | case OP_PRUNE: |
1821 | 0 | case OP_REVERSE: |
1822 | 0 | case OP_RREF: |
1823 | 0 | case OP_SET_SOM: |
1824 | 0 | case OP_SKIP: |
1825 | 0 | case OP_SOD: |
1826 | 0 | case OP_SOM: |
1827 | 0 | case OP_THEN: |
1828 | 0 | case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY: |
1829 | 0 | cc += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*cc]; |
1830 | 0 | break; |
1831 | | |
1832 | | /* Handle literal characters */ |
1833 | | |
1834 | 0 | case OP_CHAR: |
1835 | 0 | case OP_CHARI: |
1836 | 0 | case OP_NOT: |
1837 | 0 | case OP_NOTI: |
1838 | 0 | branchlength++; |
1839 | 0 | cc += 2; |
1840 | 0 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
1841 | 0 | if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(cc[-1])) cc += GET_EXTRALEN(cc[-1]); |
1842 | 0 | #endif |
1843 | 0 | break; |
1844 | | |
1845 | | /* Handle exact repetitions. The count is already in characters, but we |
1846 | | need to skip over a multibyte character in UTF8 mode. */ |
1847 | | |
1848 | 0 | case OP_EXACT: |
1849 | 0 | case OP_EXACTI: |
1850 | 0 | case OP_NOTEXACT: |
1851 | 0 | case OP_NOTEXACTI: |
1852 | 0 | branchlength += GET2(cc,1); |
1853 | 0 | cc += 2 + IMM2_SIZE; |
1854 | 0 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
1855 | 0 | if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(cc[-1])) cc += GET_EXTRALEN(cc[-1]); |
1856 | 0 | #endif |
1857 | 0 | break; |
1858 | | |
1859 | 0 | case OP_TYPEEXACT: |
1860 | 0 | branchlength += GET2(cc,1); |
1861 | 0 | if (cc[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP || cc[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP) cc += 2; |
1862 | 0 | cc += 1 + IMM2_SIZE + 1; |
1863 | 0 | break; |
1864 | | |
1865 | | /* Handle single-char matchers */ |
1866 | | |
1867 | 0 | case OP_PROP: |
1868 | 0 | case OP_NOTPROP: |
1869 | 0 | cc += 2; |
1870 | | /* Fall through */ |
1871 | |
|
1872 | 0 | case OP_HSPACE: |
1873 | 0 | case OP_VSPACE: |
1874 | 0 | case OP_NOT_HSPACE: |
1875 | 0 | case OP_NOT_VSPACE: |
1876 | 0 | case OP_NOT_DIGIT: |
1877 | 0 | case OP_DIGIT: |
1878 | 0 | case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE: |
1879 | 0 | case OP_WHITESPACE: |
1880 | 0 | case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR: |
1881 | 0 | case OP_WORDCHAR: |
1882 | 0 | case OP_ANY: |
1883 | 0 | case OP_ALLANY: |
1884 | 0 | branchlength++; |
1885 | 0 | cc++; |
1886 | 0 | break; |
1887 | | |
1888 | | /* The single-byte matcher isn't allowed. This only happens in UTF-8 mode; |
1889 | | otherwise \C is coded as OP_ALLANY. */ |
1890 | | |
1891 | 0 | case OP_ANYBYTE: |
1892 | 0 | return -2; |
1893 | | |
1894 | | /* Check a class for variable quantification */ |
1895 | | |
1896 | 0 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || defined COMPILE_PCRE16 |
1897 | 0 | case OP_XCLASS: |
1898 | 0 | cc += GET(cc, 1) - PRIV(OP_lengths)[OP_CLASS]; |
1899 | | /* Fall through */ |
1900 | 0 | #endif |
1901 | |
|
1902 | 0 | case OP_CLASS: |
1903 | 0 | case OP_NCLASS: |
1904 | 0 | cc += PRIV(OP_lengths)[OP_CLASS]; |
1905 | |
|
1906 | 0 | switch (*cc) |
1907 | 0 | { |
1908 | 0 | case OP_CRPLUS: |
1909 | 0 | case OP_CRMINPLUS: |
1910 | 0 | case OP_CRSTAR: |
1911 | 0 | case OP_CRMINSTAR: |
1912 | 0 | case OP_CRQUERY: |
1913 | 0 | case OP_CRMINQUERY: |
1914 | 0 | return -1; |
1915 | | |
1916 | 0 | case OP_CRRANGE: |
1917 | 0 | case OP_CRMINRANGE: |
1918 | 0 | if (GET2(cc,1) != GET2(cc,1+IMM2_SIZE)) return -1; |
1919 | 0 | branchlength += GET2(cc,1); |
1920 | 0 | cc += 1 + 2 * IMM2_SIZE; |
1921 | 0 | break; |
1922 | | |
1923 | 0 | default: |
1924 | 0 | branchlength++; |
1925 | 0 | } |
1926 | 0 | break; |
1927 | | |
1928 | | /* Anything else is variable length */ |
1929 | | |
1930 | 0 | case OP_ANYNL: |
1931 | 0 | case OP_BRAMINZERO: |
1932 | 0 | case OP_BRAPOS: |
1933 | 0 | case OP_BRAPOSZERO: |
1934 | 0 | case OP_BRAZERO: |
1935 | 0 | case OP_CBRAPOS: |
1936 | 0 | case OP_EXTUNI: |
1937 | 0 | case OP_KETRMAX: |
1938 | 0 | case OP_KETRMIN: |
1939 | 0 | case OP_KETRPOS: |
1940 | 0 | case OP_MINPLUS: |
1941 | 0 | case OP_MINPLUSI: |
1942 | 0 | case OP_MINQUERY: |
1943 | 0 | case OP_MINQUERYI: |
1944 | 0 | case OP_MINSTAR: |
1945 | 0 | case OP_MINSTARI: |
1946 | 0 | case OP_MINUPTO: |
1947 | 0 | case OP_MINUPTOI: |
1948 | 0 | case OP_NOTMINPLUS: |
1949 | 0 | case OP_NOTMINPLUSI: |
1950 | 0 | case OP_NOTMINQUERY: |
1951 | 0 | case OP_NOTMINQUERYI: |
1952 | 0 | case OP_NOTMINSTAR: |
1953 | 0 | case OP_NOTMINSTARI: |
1954 | 0 | case OP_NOTMINUPTO: |
1955 | 0 | case OP_NOTMINUPTOI: |
1956 | 0 | case OP_NOTPLUS: |
1957 | 0 | case OP_NOTPLUSI: |
1958 | 0 | case OP_NOTPOSPLUS: |
1959 | 0 | case OP_NOTPOSPLUSI: |
1960 | 0 | case OP_NOTPOSQUERY: |
1961 | 0 | case OP_NOTPOSQUERYI: |
1962 | 0 | case OP_NOTPOSSTAR: |
1963 | 0 | case OP_NOTPOSSTARI: |
1964 | 0 | case OP_NOTPOSUPTO: |
1965 | 0 | case OP_NOTPOSUPTOI: |
1966 | 0 | case OP_NOTQUERY: |
1967 | 0 | case OP_NOTQUERYI: |
1968 | 0 | case OP_NOTSTAR: |
1969 | 0 | case OP_NOTSTARI: |
1970 | 0 | case OP_NOTUPTO: |
1971 | 0 | case OP_NOTUPTOI: |
1972 | 0 | case OP_PLUS: |
1973 | 0 | case OP_PLUSI: |
1974 | 0 | case OP_POSPLUS: |
1975 | 0 | case OP_POSPLUSI: |
1976 | 0 | case OP_POSQUERY: |
1977 | 0 | case OP_POSQUERYI: |
1978 | 0 | case OP_POSSTAR: |
1979 | 0 | case OP_POSSTARI: |
1980 | 0 | case OP_POSUPTO: |
1981 | 0 | case OP_POSUPTOI: |
1982 | 0 | case OP_QUERY: |
1983 | 0 | case OP_QUERYI: |
1984 | 0 | case OP_REF: |
1985 | 0 | case OP_REFI: |
1986 | 0 | case OP_SBRA: |
1987 | 0 | case OP_SBRAPOS: |
1988 | 0 | case OP_SCBRA: |
1989 | 0 | case OP_SCBRAPOS: |
1990 | 0 | case OP_SCOND: |
1991 | 0 | case OP_SKIPZERO: |
1992 | 0 | case OP_STAR: |
1993 | 0 | case OP_STARI: |
1994 | 0 | case OP_TYPEMINPLUS: |
1995 | 0 | case OP_TYPEMINQUERY: |
1996 | 0 | case OP_TYPEMINSTAR: |
1997 | 0 | case OP_TYPEMINUPTO: |
1998 | 0 | case OP_TYPEPLUS: |
1999 | 0 | case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS: |
2000 | 0 | case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY: |
2001 | 0 | case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR: |
2002 | 0 | case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO: |
2003 | 0 | case OP_TYPEQUERY: |
2004 | 0 | case OP_TYPESTAR: |
2005 | 0 | case OP_TYPEUPTO: |
2006 | 0 | case OP_UPTO: |
2007 | 0 | case OP_UPTOI: |
2008 | 0 | return -1; |
2009 | | |
2010 | | /* Catch unrecognized opcodes so that when new ones are added they |
2011 | | are not forgotten, as has happened in the past. */ |
2012 | | |
2013 | 0 | default: |
2014 | 0 | return -4; |
2015 | 0 | } |
2016 | 0 | } |
2017 | | /* Control never gets here */ |
2018 | 0 | } |
2019 | | |
2020 | | |
2021 | | |
2022 | | |
2023 | | /************************************************* |
2024 | | * Scan compiled regex for specific bracket * |
2025 | | *************************************************/ |
2026 | | |
2027 | | /* This little function scans through a compiled pattern until it finds a |
2028 | | capturing bracket with the given number, or, if the number is negative, an |
2029 | | instance of OP_REVERSE for a lookbehind. The function is global in the C sense |
2030 | | so that it can be called from pcre_study() when finding the minimum matching |
2031 | | length. |
2032 | | |
2033 | | Arguments: |
2034 | | code points to start of expression |
2035 | | utf TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 mode |
2036 | | number the required bracket number or negative to find a lookbehind |
2037 | | |
2038 | | Returns: pointer to the opcode for the bracket, or NULL if not found |
2039 | | */ |
2040 | | |
2041 | | const pcre_uchar * |
2042 | | PRIV(find_bracket)(const pcre_uchar *code, BOOL utf, int number) |
2043 | 0 | { |
2044 | 0 | for (;;) |
2045 | 0 | { |
2046 | 0 | int c = *code; |
2047 | |
|
2048 | 0 | if (c == OP_END) return NULL; |
2049 | | |
2050 | | /* XCLASS is used for classes that cannot be represented just by a bit |
2051 | | map. This includes negated single high-valued characters. The length in |
2052 | | the table is zero; the actual length is stored in the compiled code. */ |
2053 | | |
2054 | 0 | if (c == OP_XCLASS) code += GET(code, 1); |
2055 | | |
2056 | | /* Handle recursion */ |
2057 | | |
2058 | 0 | else if (c == OP_REVERSE) |
2059 | 0 | { |
2060 | 0 | if (number < 0) return (pcre_uchar *)code; |
2061 | 0 | code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c]; |
2062 | 0 | } |
2063 | | |
2064 | | /* Handle capturing bracket */ |
2065 | | |
2066 | 0 | else if (c == OP_CBRA || c == OP_SCBRA || |
2067 | 0 | c == OP_CBRAPOS || c == OP_SCBRAPOS) |
2068 | 0 | { |
2069 | 0 | int n = GET2(code, 1+LINK_SIZE); |
2070 | 0 | if (n == number) return (pcre_uchar *)code; |
2071 | 0 | code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c]; |
2072 | 0 | } |
2073 | | |
2074 | | /* Otherwise, we can get the item's length from the table, except that for |
2075 | | repeated character types, we have to test for \p and \P, which have an extra |
2076 | | two bytes of parameters, and for MARK/PRUNE/SKIP/THEN with an argument, we |
2077 | | must add in its length. */ |
2078 | | |
2079 | 0 | else |
2080 | 0 | { |
2081 | 0 | switch(c) |
2082 | 0 | { |
2083 | 0 | case OP_TYPESTAR: |
2084 | 0 | case OP_TYPEMINSTAR: |
2085 | 0 | case OP_TYPEPLUS: |
2086 | 0 | case OP_TYPEMINPLUS: |
2087 | 0 | case OP_TYPEQUERY: |
2088 | 0 | case OP_TYPEMINQUERY: |
2089 | 0 | case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR: |
2090 | 0 | case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS: |
2091 | 0 | case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY: |
2092 | 0 | if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2; |
2093 | 0 | break; |
2094 | | |
2095 | 0 | case OP_TYPEUPTO: |
2096 | 0 | case OP_TYPEMINUPTO: |
2097 | 0 | case OP_TYPEEXACT: |
2098 | 0 | case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO: |
2099 | 0 | if (code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP |
2100 | 0 | || code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2; |
2101 | 0 | break; |
2102 | | |
2103 | 0 | case OP_MARK: |
2104 | 0 | case OP_PRUNE_ARG: |
2105 | 0 | case OP_SKIP_ARG: |
2106 | 0 | code += code[1]; |
2107 | 0 | break; |
2108 | | |
2109 | 0 | case OP_THEN_ARG: |
2110 | 0 | code += code[1]; |
2111 | 0 | break; |
2112 | 0 | } |
2113 | | |
2114 | | /* Add in the fixed length from the table */ |
2115 | | |
2116 | 0 | code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c]; |
2117 | | |
2118 | | /* In UTF-8 mode, opcodes that are followed by a character may be followed by |
2119 | | a multi-byte character. The length in the table is a minimum, so we have to |
2120 | | arrange to skip the extra bytes. */ |
2121 | |
|
2122 | 0 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
2123 | 0 | if (utf) switch(c) |
2124 | 0 | { |
2125 | 0 | case OP_CHAR: |
2126 | 0 | case OP_CHARI: |
2127 | 0 | case OP_EXACT: |
2128 | 0 | case OP_EXACTI: |
2129 | 0 | case OP_UPTO: |
2130 | 0 | case OP_UPTOI: |
2131 | 0 | case OP_MINUPTO: |
2132 | 0 | case OP_MINUPTOI: |
2133 | 0 | case OP_POSUPTO: |
2134 | 0 | case OP_POSUPTOI: |
2135 | 0 | case OP_STAR: |
2136 | 0 | case OP_STARI: |
2137 | 0 | case OP_MINSTAR: |
2138 | 0 | case OP_MINSTARI: |
2139 | 0 | case OP_POSSTAR: |
2140 | 0 | case OP_POSSTARI: |
2141 | 0 | case OP_PLUS: |
2142 | 0 | case OP_PLUSI: |
2143 | 0 | case OP_MINPLUS: |
2144 | 0 | case OP_MINPLUSI: |
2145 | 0 | case OP_POSPLUS: |
2146 | 0 | case OP_POSPLUSI: |
2147 | 0 | case OP_QUERY: |
2148 | 0 | case OP_QUERYI: |
2149 | 0 | case OP_MINQUERY: |
2150 | 0 | case OP_MINQUERYI: |
2151 | 0 | case OP_POSQUERY: |
2152 | 0 | case OP_POSQUERYI: |
2153 | 0 | if (HAS_EXTRALEN(code[-1])) code += GET_EXTRALEN(code[-1]); |
2154 | 0 | break; |
2155 | 0 | } |
2156 | | #else |
2157 | | (void)(utf); /* Keep compiler happy by referencing function argument */ |
2158 | | #endif |
2159 | 0 | } |
2160 | 0 | } |
2161 | 0 | } |
2162 | | |
2163 | | |
2164 | | |
2165 | | /************************************************* |
2166 | | * Scan compiled regex for recursion reference * |
2167 | | *************************************************/ |
2168 | | |
2169 | | /* This little function scans through a compiled pattern until it finds an |
2170 | | instance of OP_RECURSE. |
2171 | | |
2172 | | Arguments: |
2173 | | code points to start of expression |
2174 | | utf TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 mode |
2175 | | |
2176 | | Returns: pointer to the opcode for OP_RECURSE, or NULL if not found |
2177 | | */ |
2178 | | |
2179 | | static const pcre_uchar * |
2180 | | find_recurse(const pcre_uchar *code, BOOL utf) |
2181 | 0 | { |
2182 | 0 | for (;;) |
2183 | 0 | { |
2184 | 0 | int c = *code; |
2185 | 0 | if (c == OP_END) return NULL; |
2186 | 0 | if (c == OP_RECURSE) return code; |
2187 | | |
2188 | | /* XCLASS is used for classes that cannot be represented just by a bit |
2189 | | map. This includes negated single high-valued characters. The length in |
2190 | | the table is zero; the actual length is stored in the compiled code. */ |
2191 | | |
2192 | 0 | if (c == OP_XCLASS) code += GET(code, 1); |
2193 | | |
2194 | | /* Otherwise, we can get the item's length from the table, except that for |
2195 | | repeated character types, we have to test for \p and \P, which have an extra |
2196 | | two bytes of parameters, and for MARK/PRUNE/SKIP/THEN with an argument, we |
2197 | | must add in its length. */ |
2198 | | |
2199 | 0 | else |
2200 | 0 | { |
2201 | 0 | switch(c) |
2202 | 0 | { |
2203 | 0 | case OP_TYPESTAR: |
2204 | 0 | case OP_TYPEMINSTAR: |
2205 | 0 | case OP_TYPEPLUS: |
2206 | 0 | case OP_TYPEMINPLUS: |
2207 | 0 | case OP_TYPEQUERY: |
2208 | 0 | case OP_TYPEMINQUERY: |
2209 | 0 | case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR: |
2210 | 0 | case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS: |
2211 | 0 | case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY: |
2212 | 0 | if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2; |
2213 | 0 | break; |
2214 | | |
2215 | 0 | case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO: |
2216 | 0 | case OP_TYPEUPTO: |
2217 | 0 | case OP_TYPEMINUPTO: |
2218 | 0 | case OP_TYPEEXACT: |
2219 | 0 | if (code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP |
2220 | 0 | || code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2; |
2221 | 0 | break; |
2222 | | |
2223 | 0 | case OP_MARK: |
2224 | 0 | case OP_PRUNE_ARG: |
2225 | 0 | case OP_SKIP_ARG: |
2226 | 0 | code += code[1]; |
2227 | 0 | break; |
2228 | | |
2229 | 0 | case OP_THEN_ARG: |
2230 | 0 | code += code[1]; |
2231 | 0 | break; |
2232 | 0 | } |
2233 | | |
2234 | | /* Add in the fixed length from the table */ |
2235 | | |
2236 | 0 | code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c]; |
2237 | | |
2238 | | /* In UTF-8 mode, opcodes that are followed by a character may be followed |
2239 | | by a multi-byte character. The length in the table is a minimum, so we have |
2240 | | to arrange to skip the extra bytes. */ |
2241 | |
|
2242 | 0 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
2243 | 0 | if (utf) switch(c) |
2244 | 0 | { |
2245 | 0 | case OP_CHAR: |
2246 | 0 | case OP_CHARI: |
2247 | 0 | case OP_NOT: |
2248 | 0 | case OP_NOTI: |
2249 | 0 | case OP_EXACT: |
2250 | 0 | case OP_EXACTI: |
2251 | 0 | case OP_NOTEXACT: |
2252 | 0 | case OP_NOTEXACTI: |
2253 | 0 | case OP_UPTO: |
2254 | 0 | case OP_UPTOI: |
2255 | 0 | case OP_NOTUPTO: |
2256 | 0 | case OP_NOTUPTOI: |
2257 | 0 | case OP_MINUPTO: |
2258 | 0 | case OP_MINUPTOI: |
2259 | 0 | case OP_NOTMINUPTO: |
2260 | 0 | case OP_NOTMINUPTOI: |
2261 | 0 | case OP_POSUPTO: |
2262 | 0 | case OP_POSUPTOI: |
2263 | 0 | case OP_NOTPOSUPTO: |
2264 | 0 | case OP_NOTPOSUPTOI: |
2265 | 0 | case OP_STAR: |
2266 | 0 | case OP_STARI: |
2267 | 0 | case OP_NOTSTAR: |
2268 | 0 | case OP_NOTSTARI: |
2269 | 0 | case OP_MINSTAR: |
2270 | 0 | case OP_MINSTARI: |
2271 | 0 | case OP_NOTMINSTAR: |
2272 | 0 | case OP_NOTMINSTARI: |
2273 | 0 | case OP_POSSTAR: |
2274 | 0 | case OP_POSSTARI: |
2275 | 0 | case OP_NOTPOSSTAR: |
2276 | 0 | case OP_NOTPOSSTARI: |
2277 | 0 | case OP_PLUS: |
2278 | 0 | case OP_PLUSI: |
2279 | 0 | case OP_NOTPLUS: |
2280 | 0 | case OP_NOTPLUSI: |
2281 | 0 | case OP_MINPLUS: |
2282 | 0 | case OP_MINPLUSI: |
2283 | 0 | case OP_NOTMINPLUS: |
2284 | 0 | case OP_NOTMINPLUSI: |
2285 | 0 | case OP_POSPLUS: |
2286 | 0 | case OP_POSPLUSI: |
2287 | 0 | case OP_NOTPOSPLUS: |
2288 | 0 | case OP_NOTPOSPLUSI: |
2289 | 0 | case OP_QUERY: |
2290 | 0 | case OP_QUERYI: |
2291 | 0 | case OP_NOTQUERY: |
2292 | 0 | case OP_NOTQUERYI: |
2293 | 0 | case OP_MINQUERY: |
2294 | 0 | case OP_MINQUERYI: |
2295 | 0 | case OP_NOTMINQUERY: |
2296 | 0 | case OP_NOTMINQUERYI: |
2297 | 0 | case OP_POSQUERY: |
2298 | 0 | case OP_POSQUERYI: |
2299 | 0 | case OP_NOTPOSQUERY: |
2300 | 0 | case OP_NOTPOSQUERYI: |
2301 | 0 | if (HAS_EXTRALEN(code[-1])) code += GET_EXTRALEN(code[-1]); |
2302 | 0 | break; |
2303 | 0 | } |
2304 | | #else |
2305 | | (void)(utf); /* Keep compiler happy by referencing function argument */ |
2306 | | #endif |
2307 | 0 | } |
2308 | 0 | } |
2309 | 0 | } |
2310 | | |
2311 | | |
2312 | | |
2313 | | /************************************************* |
2314 | | * Scan compiled branch for non-emptiness * |
2315 | | *************************************************/ |
2316 | | |
2317 | | /* This function scans through a branch of a compiled pattern to see whether it |
2318 | | can match the empty string or not. It is called from could_be_empty() |
2319 | | below and from compile_branch() when checking for an unlimited repeat of a |
2320 | | group that can match nothing. Note that first_significant_code() skips over |
2321 | | backward and negative forward assertions when its final argument is TRUE. If we |
2322 | | hit an unclosed bracket, we return "empty" - this means we've struck an inner |
2323 | | bracket whose current branch will already have been scanned. |
2324 | | |
2325 | | Arguments: |
2326 | | code points to start of search |
2327 | | endcode points to where to stop |
2328 | | utf TRUE if in UTF-8 / UTF-16 mode |
2329 | | cd contains pointers to tables etc. |
2330 | | |
2331 | | Returns: TRUE if what is matched could be empty |
2332 | | */ |
2333 | | |
2334 | | static BOOL |
2335 | | could_be_empty_branch(const pcre_uchar *code, const pcre_uchar *endcode, |
2336 | | BOOL utf, compile_data *cd) |
2337 | 0 | { |
2338 | 0 | int c; |
2339 | 0 | for (code = first_significant_code(code + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*code], TRUE); |
2340 | 0 | code < endcode; |
2341 | 0 | code = first_significant_code(code + PRIV(OP_lengths)[c], TRUE)) |
2342 | 0 | { |
2343 | 0 | const pcre_uchar *ccode; |
2344 | |
|
2345 | 0 | c = *code; |
2346 | | |
2347 | | /* Skip over forward assertions; the other assertions are skipped by |
2348 | | first_significant_code() with a TRUE final argument. */ |
2349 | |
|
2350 | 0 | if (c == OP_ASSERT) |
2351 | 0 | { |
2352 | 0 | do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT); |
2353 | 0 | c = *code; |
2354 | 0 | continue; |
2355 | 0 | } |
2356 | | |
2357 | | /* For a recursion/subroutine call, if its end has been reached, which |
2358 | | implies a backward reference subroutine call, we can scan it. If it's a |
2359 | | forward reference subroutine call, we can't. To detect forward reference |
2360 | | we have to scan up the list that is kept in the workspace. This function is |
2361 | | called only when doing the real compile, not during the pre-compile that |
2362 | | measures the size of the compiled pattern. */ |
2363 | | |
2364 | 0 | if (c == OP_RECURSE) |
2365 | 0 | { |
2366 | 0 | const pcre_uchar *scode; |
2367 | 0 | BOOL empty_branch; |
2368 | | |
2369 | | /* Test for forward reference */ |
2370 | |
|
2371 | 0 | for (scode = cd->start_workspace; scode < cd->hwm; scode += LINK_SIZE) |
2372 | 0 | if (GET(scode, 0) == code + 1 - cd->start_code) return TRUE; |
2373 | | |
2374 | | /* Not a forward reference, test for completed backward reference */ |
2375 | | |
2376 | 0 | empty_branch = FALSE; |
2377 | 0 | scode = cd->start_code + GET(code, 1); |
2378 | 0 | if (GET(scode, 1) == 0) return TRUE; /* Unclosed */ |
2379 | | |
2380 | | /* Completed backwards reference */ |
2381 | | |
2382 | 0 | do |
2383 | 0 | { |
2384 | 0 | if (could_be_empty_branch(scode, endcode, utf, cd)) |
2385 | 0 | { |
2386 | 0 | empty_branch = TRUE; |
2387 | 0 | break; |
2388 | 0 | } |
2389 | 0 | scode += GET(scode, 1); |
2390 | 0 | } |
2391 | 0 | while (*scode == OP_ALT); |
2392 | |
|
2393 | 0 | if (!empty_branch) return FALSE; /* All branches are non-empty */ |
2394 | 0 | continue; |
2395 | 0 | } |
2396 | | |
2397 | | /* Groups with zero repeats can of course be empty; skip them. */ |
2398 | | |
2399 | 0 | if (c == OP_BRAZERO || c == OP_BRAMINZERO || c == OP_SKIPZERO || |
2400 | 0 | c == OP_BRAPOSZERO) |
2401 | 0 | { |
2402 | 0 | code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c]; |
2403 | 0 | do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT); |
2404 | 0 | c = *code; |
2405 | 0 | continue; |
2406 | 0 | } |
2407 | | |
2408 | | /* A nested group that is already marked as "could be empty" can just be |
2409 | | skipped. */ |
2410 | | |
2411 | 0 | if (c == OP_SBRA || c == OP_SBRAPOS || |
2412 | 0 | c == OP_SCBRA || c == OP_SCBRAPOS) |
2413 | 0 | { |
2414 | 0 | do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT); |
2415 | 0 | c = *code; |
2416 | 0 | continue; |
2417 | 0 | } |
2418 | | |
2419 | | /* For other groups, scan the branches. */ |
2420 | | |
2421 | 0 | if (c == OP_BRA || c == OP_BRAPOS || |
2422 | 0 | c == OP_CBRA || c == OP_CBRAPOS || |
2423 | 0 | c == OP_ONCE || c == OP_ONCE_NC || |
2424 | 0 | c == OP_COND) |
2425 | 0 | { |
2426 | 0 | BOOL empty_branch; |
2427 | 0 | if (GET(code, 1) == 0) return TRUE; /* Hit unclosed bracket */ |
2428 | | |
2429 | | /* If a conditional group has only one branch, there is a second, implied, |
2430 | | empty branch, so just skip over the conditional, because it could be empty. |
2431 | | Otherwise, scan the individual branches of the group. */ |
2432 | | |
2433 | 0 | if (c == OP_COND && code[GET(code, 1)] != OP_ALT) |
2434 | 0 | code += GET(code, 1); |
2435 | 0 | else |
2436 | 0 | { |
2437 | 0 | empty_branch = FALSE; |
2438 | 0 | do |
2439 | 0 | { |
2440 | 0 | if (!empty_branch && could_be_empty_branch(code, endcode, utf, cd)) |
2441 | 0 | empty_branch = TRUE; |
2442 | 0 | code += GET(code, 1); |
2443 | 0 | } |
2444 | 0 | while (*code == OP_ALT); |
2445 | 0 | if (!empty_branch) return FALSE; /* All branches are non-empty */ |
2446 | 0 | } |
2447 | | |
2448 | 0 | c = *code; |
2449 | 0 | continue; |
2450 | 0 | } |
2451 | | |
2452 | | /* Handle the other opcodes */ |
2453 | | |
2454 | 0 | switch (c) |
2455 | 0 | { |
2456 | | /* Check for quantifiers after a class. XCLASS is used for classes that |
2457 | | cannot be represented just by a bit map. This includes negated single |
2458 | | high-valued characters. The length in PRIV(OP_lengths)[] is zero; the |
2459 | | actual length is stored in the compiled code, so we must update "code" |
2460 | | here. */ |
2461 | | |
2462 | 0 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
2463 | 0 | case OP_XCLASS: |
2464 | 0 | ccode = code += GET(code, 1); |
2465 | 0 | goto CHECK_CLASS_REPEAT; |
2466 | 0 | #endif |
2467 | | |
2468 | 0 | case OP_CLASS: |
2469 | 0 | case OP_NCLASS: |
2470 | 0 | ccode = code + PRIV(OP_lengths)[OP_CLASS]; |
2471 | |
|
2472 | 0 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
2473 | 0 | CHECK_CLASS_REPEAT: |
2474 | 0 | #endif |
2475 | |
|
2476 | 0 | switch (*ccode) |
2477 | 0 | { |
2478 | 0 | case OP_CRSTAR: /* These could be empty; continue */ |
2479 | 0 | case OP_CRMINSTAR: |
2480 | 0 | case OP_CRQUERY: |
2481 | 0 | case OP_CRMINQUERY: |
2482 | 0 | break; |
2483 | | |
2484 | 0 | default: /* Non-repeat => class must match */ |
2485 | 0 | case OP_CRPLUS: /* These repeats aren't empty */ |
2486 | 0 | case OP_CRMINPLUS: |
2487 | 0 | return FALSE; |
2488 | | |
2489 | 0 | case OP_CRRANGE: |
2490 | 0 | case OP_CRMINRANGE: |
2491 | 0 | if (GET2(ccode, 1) > 0) return FALSE; /* Minimum > 0 */ |
2492 | 0 | break; |
2493 | 0 | } |
2494 | 0 | break; |
2495 | | |
2496 | | /* Opcodes that must match a character */ |
2497 | | |
2498 | 0 | case OP_PROP: |
2499 | 0 | case OP_NOTPROP: |
2500 | 0 | case OP_EXTUNI: |
2501 | 0 | case OP_NOT_DIGIT: |
2502 | 0 | case OP_DIGIT: |
2503 | 0 | case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE: |
2504 | 0 | case OP_WHITESPACE: |
2505 | 0 | case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR: |
2506 | 0 | case OP_WORDCHAR: |
2507 | 0 | case OP_ANY: |
2508 | 0 | case OP_ALLANY: |
2509 | 0 | case OP_ANYBYTE: |
2510 | 0 | case OP_CHAR: |
2511 | 0 | case OP_CHARI: |
2512 | 0 | case OP_NOT: |
2513 | 0 | case OP_NOTI: |
2514 | 0 | case OP_PLUS: |
2515 | 0 | case OP_MINPLUS: |
2516 | 0 | case OP_POSPLUS: |
2517 | 0 | case OP_EXACT: |
2518 | 0 | case OP_NOTPLUS: |
2519 | 0 | case OP_NOTMINPLUS: |
2520 | 0 | case OP_NOTPOSPLUS: |
2521 | 0 | case OP_NOTEXACT: |
2522 | 0 | case OP_TYPEPLUS: |
2523 | 0 | case OP_TYPEMINPLUS: |
2524 | 0 | case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS: |
2525 | 0 | case OP_TYPEEXACT: |
2526 | 0 | return FALSE; |
2527 | | |
2528 | | /* These are going to continue, as they may be empty, but we have to |
2529 | | fudge the length for the \p and \P cases. */ |
2530 | | |
2531 | 0 | case OP_TYPESTAR: |
2532 | 0 | case OP_TYPEMINSTAR: |
2533 | 0 | case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR: |
2534 | 0 | case OP_TYPEQUERY: |
2535 | 0 | case OP_TYPEMINQUERY: |
2536 | 0 | case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY: |
2537 | 0 | if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2; |
2538 | 0 | break; |
2539 | | |
2540 | | /* Same for these */ |
2541 | | |
2542 | 0 | case OP_TYPEUPTO: |
2543 | 0 | case OP_TYPEMINUPTO: |
2544 | 0 | case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO: |
2545 | 0 | if (code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP |
2546 | 0 | || code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2; |
2547 | 0 | break; |
2548 | | |
2549 | | /* End of branch */ |
2550 | | |
2551 | 0 | case OP_KET: |
2552 | 0 | case OP_KETRMAX: |
2553 | 0 | case OP_KETRMIN: |
2554 | 0 | case OP_KETRPOS: |
2555 | 0 | case OP_ALT: |
2556 | 0 | return TRUE; |
2557 | | |
2558 | | /* In UTF-8 mode, STAR, MINSTAR, POSSTAR, QUERY, MINQUERY, POSQUERY, UPTO, |
2559 | | MINUPTO, and POSUPTO may be followed by a multibyte character */ |
2560 | | |
2561 | 0 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
2562 | 0 | case OP_STAR: |
2563 | 0 | case OP_STARI: |
2564 | 0 | case OP_MINSTAR: |
2565 | 0 | case OP_MINSTARI: |
2566 | 0 | case OP_POSSTAR: |
2567 | 0 | case OP_POSSTARI: |
2568 | 0 | case OP_QUERY: |
2569 | 0 | case OP_QUERYI: |
2570 | 0 | case OP_MINQUERY: |
2571 | 0 | case OP_MINQUERYI: |
2572 | 0 | case OP_POSQUERY: |
2573 | 0 | case OP_POSQUERYI: |
2574 | 0 | if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(code[1])) code += GET_EXTRALEN(code[1]); |
2575 | 0 | break; |
2576 | | |
2577 | 0 | case OP_UPTO: |
2578 | 0 | case OP_UPTOI: |
2579 | 0 | case OP_MINUPTO: |
2580 | 0 | case OP_MINUPTOI: |
2581 | 0 | case OP_POSUPTO: |
2582 | 0 | case OP_POSUPTOI: |
2583 | 0 | if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(code[1 + IMM2_SIZE])) code += GET_EXTRALEN(code[1 + IMM2_SIZE]); |
2584 | 0 | break; |
2585 | 0 | #endif |
2586 | | |
2587 | | /* MARK, and PRUNE/SKIP/THEN with an argument must skip over the argument |
2588 | | string. */ |
2589 | | |
2590 | 0 | case OP_MARK: |
2591 | 0 | case OP_PRUNE_ARG: |
2592 | 0 | case OP_SKIP_ARG: |
2593 | 0 | code += code[1]; |
2594 | 0 | break; |
2595 | | |
2596 | 0 | case OP_THEN_ARG: |
2597 | 0 | code += code[1]; |
2598 | 0 | break; |
2599 | | |
2600 | | /* None of the remaining opcodes are required to match a character. */ |
2601 | | |
2602 | 0 | default: |
2603 | 0 | break; |
2604 | 0 | } |
2605 | 0 | } |
2606 | | |
2607 | 0 | return TRUE; |
2608 | 0 | } |
2609 | | |
2610 | | |
2611 | | |
2612 | | /************************************************* |
2613 | | * Scan compiled regex for non-emptiness * |
2614 | | *************************************************/ |
2615 | | |
2616 | | /* This function is called to check for left recursive calls. We want to check |
2617 | | the current branch of the current pattern to see if it could match the empty |
2618 | | string. If it could, we must look outwards for branches at other levels, |
2619 | | stopping when we pass beyond the bracket which is the subject of the recursion. |
2620 | | This function is called only during the real compile, not during the |
2621 | | pre-compile. |
2622 | | |
2623 | | Arguments: |
2624 | | code points to start of the recursion |
2625 | | endcode points to where to stop (current RECURSE item) |
2626 | | bcptr points to the chain of current (unclosed) branch starts |
2627 | | utf TRUE if in UTF-8 / UTF-16 mode |
2628 | | cd pointers to tables etc |
2629 | | |
2630 | | Returns: TRUE if what is matched could be empty |
2631 | | */ |
2632 | | |
2633 | | static BOOL |
2634 | | could_be_empty(const pcre_uchar *code, const pcre_uchar *endcode, |
2635 | | branch_chain *bcptr, BOOL utf, compile_data *cd) |
2636 | 0 | { |
2637 | 0 | while (bcptr != NULL && bcptr->current_branch >= code) |
2638 | 0 | { |
2639 | 0 | if (!could_be_empty_branch(bcptr->current_branch, endcode, utf, cd)) |
2640 | 0 | return FALSE; |
2641 | 0 | bcptr = bcptr->outer; |
2642 | 0 | } |
2643 | 0 | return TRUE; |
2644 | 0 | } |
2645 | | |
2646 | | |
2647 | | |
2648 | | /************************************************* |
2649 | | * Check for POSIX class syntax * |
2650 | | *************************************************/ |
2651 | | |
2652 | | /* This function is called when the sequence "[:" or "[." or "[=" is |
2653 | | encountered in a character class. It checks whether this is followed by a |
2654 | | sequence of characters terminated by a matching ":]" or ".]" or "=]". If we |
2655 | | reach an unescaped ']' without the special preceding character, return FALSE. |
2656 | | |
2657 | | Originally, this function only recognized a sequence of letters between the |
2658 | | terminators, but it seems that Perl recognizes any sequence of characters, |
2659 | | though of course unknown POSIX names are subsequently rejected. Perl gives an |
2660 | | "Unknown POSIX class" error for [:f\oo:] for example, where previously PCRE |
2661 | | didn't consider this to be a POSIX class. Likewise for [:1234:]. |
2662 | | |
2663 | | The problem in trying to be exactly like Perl is in the handling of escapes. We |
2664 | | have to be sure that [abc[:x\]pqr] is *not* treated as containing a POSIX |
2665 | | class, but [abc[:x\]pqr:]] is (so that an error can be generated). The code |
2666 | | below handles the special case of \], but does not try to do any other escape |
2667 | | processing. This makes it different from Perl for cases such as [:l\ower:] |
2668 | | where Perl recognizes it as the POSIX class "lower" but PCRE does not recognize |
2669 | | "l\ower". This is a lesser evil that not diagnosing bad classes when Perl does, |
2670 | | I think. |
2671 | | |
2672 | | A user pointed out that PCRE was rejecting [:a[:digit:]] whereas Perl was not. |
2673 | | It seems that the appearance of a nested POSIX class supersedes an apparent |
2674 | | external class. For example, [:a[:digit:]b:] matches "a", "b", ":", or |
2675 | | a digit. |
2676 | | |
2677 | | In Perl, unescaped square brackets may also appear as part of class names. For |
2678 | | example, [:a[:abc]b:] gives unknown POSIX class "[:abc]b:]". However, for |
2679 | | [:a[:abc]b][b:] it gives unknown POSIX class "[:abc]b][b:]", which does not |
2680 | | seem right at all. PCRE does not allow closing square brackets in POSIX class |
2681 | | names. |
2682 | | |
2683 | | Arguments: |
2684 | | ptr pointer to the initial [ |
2685 | | endptr where to return the end pointer |
2686 | | |
2687 | | Returns: TRUE or FALSE |
2688 | | */ |
2689 | | |
2690 | | static BOOL |
2691 | | check_posix_syntax(const pcre_uchar *ptr, const pcre_uchar **endptr) |
2692 | 0 | { |
2693 | 0 | int terminator; /* Don't combine these lines; the Solaris cc */ |
2694 | 0 | terminator = *(++ptr); /* compiler warns about "non-constant" initializer. */ |
2695 | 0 | for (++ptr; *ptr != 0; ptr++) |
2696 | 0 | { |
2697 | 0 | if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET) |
2698 | 0 | ptr++; |
2699 | 0 | else if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET) return FALSE; |
2700 | 0 | else |
2701 | 0 | { |
2702 | 0 | if (*ptr == terminator && ptr[1] == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET) |
2703 | 0 | { |
2704 | 0 | *endptr = ptr; |
2705 | 0 | return TRUE; |
2706 | 0 | } |
2707 | 0 | if (*ptr == CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET && |
2708 | 0 | (ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON || ptr[1] == CHAR_DOT || |
2709 | 0 | ptr[1] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) && |
2710 | 0 | check_posix_syntax(ptr, endptr)) |
2711 | 0 | return FALSE; |
2712 | 0 | } |
2713 | 0 | } |
2714 | 0 | return FALSE; |
2715 | 0 | } |
2716 | | |
2717 | | |
2718 | | |
2719 | | |
2720 | | /************************************************* |
2721 | | * Check POSIX class name * |
2722 | | *************************************************/ |
2723 | | |
2724 | | /* This function is called to check the name given in a POSIX-style class entry |
2725 | | such as [:alnum:]. |
2726 | | |
2727 | | Arguments: |
2728 | | ptr points to the first letter |
2729 | | len the length of the name |
2730 | | |
2731 | | Returns: a value representing the name, or -1 if unknown |
2732 | | */ |
2733 | | |
2734 | | static int |
2735 | | check_posix_name(const pcre_uchar *ptr, int len) |
2736 | 0 | { |
2737 | 0 | const char *pn = posix_names; |
2738 | 0 | int yield = 0; |
2739 | 0 | while (posix_name_lengths[yield] != 0) |
2740 | 0 | { |
2741 | 0 | if (len == posix_name_lengths[yield] && |
2742 | 0 | STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr, pn, len) == 0) return yield; |
2743 | 0 | pn += posix_name_lengths[yield] + 1; |
2744 | 0 | yield++; |
2745 | 0 | } |
2746 | 0 | return -1; |
2747 | 0 | } |
2748 | | |
2749 | | |
2750 | | /************************************************* |
2751 | | * Adjust OP_RECURSE items in repeated group * |
2752 | | *************************************************/ |
2753 | | |
2754 | | /* OP_RECURSE items contain an offset from the start of the regex to the group |
2755 | | that is referenced. This means that groups can be replicated for fixed |
2756 | | repetition simply by copying (because the recursion is allowed to refer to |
2757 | | earlier groups that are outside the current group). However, when a group is |
2758 | | optional (i.e. the minimum quantifier is zero), OP_BRAZERO or OP_SKIPZERO is |
2759 | | inserted before it, after it has been compiled. This means that any OP_RECURSE |
2760 | | items within it that refer to the group itself or any contained groups have to |
2761 | | have their offsets adjusted. That one of the jobs of this function. Before it |
2762 | | is called, the partially compiled regex must be temporarily terminated with |
2763 | | OP_END. |
2764 | | |
2765 | | This function has been extended with the possibility of forward references for |
2766 | | recursions and subroutine calls. It must also check the list of such references |
2767 | | for the group we are dealing with. If it finds that one of the recursions in |
2768 | | the current group is on this list, it adjusts the offset in the list, not the |
2769 | | value in the reference (which is a group number). |
2770 | | |
2771 | | Arguments: |
2772 | | group points to the start of the group |
2773 | | adjust the amount by which the group is to be moved |
2774 | | utf TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 mode |
2775 | | cd contains pointers to tables etc. |
2776 | | save_hwm the hwm forward reference pointer at the start of the group |
2777 | | |
2778 | | Returns: nothing |
2779 | | */ |
2780 | | |
2781 | | static void |
2782 | | adjust_recurse(pcre_uchar *group, int adjust, BOOL utf, compile_data *cd, |
2783 | | pcre_uchar *save_hwm) |
2784 | 0 | { |
2785 | 0 | pcre_uchar *ptr = group; |
2786 | |
|
2787 | 0 | while ((ptr = (pcre_uchar *)find_recurse(ptr, utf)) != NULL) |
2788 | 0 | { |
2789 | 0 | int offset; |
2790 | 0 | pcre_uchar *hc; |
2791 | | |
2792 | | /* See if this recursion is on the forward reference list. If so, adjust the |
2793 | | reference. */ |
2794 | |
|
2795 | 0 | for (hc = save_hwm; hc < cd->hwm; hc += LINK_SIZE) |
2796 | 0 | { |
2797 | 0 | offset = GET(hc, 0); |
2798 | 0 | if (cd->start_code + offset == ptr + 1) |
2799 | 0 | { |
2800 | 0 | PUT(hc, 0, offset + adjust); |
2801 | 0 | break; |
2802 | 0 | } |
2803 | 0 | } |
2804 | | |
2805 | | /* Otherwise, adjust the recursion offset if it's after the start of this |
2806 | | group. */ |
2807 | |
|
2808 | 0 | if (hc >= cd->hwm) |
2809 | 0 | { |
2810 | 0 | offset = GET(ptr, 1); |
2811 | 0 | if (cd->start_code + offset >= group) PUT(ptr, 1, offset + adjust); |
2812 | 0 | } |
2813 | |
|
2814 | 0 | ptr += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
2815 | 0 | } |
2816 | 0 | } |
2817 | | |
2818 | | |
2819 | | |
2820 | | /************************************************* |
2821 | | * Insert an automatic callout point * |
2822 | | *************************************************/ |
2823 | | |
2824 | | /* This function is called when the PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT option is set, to insert |
2825 | | callout points before each pattern item. |
2826 | | |
2827 | | Arguments: |
2828 | | code current code pointer |
2829 | | ptr current pattern pointer |
2830 | | cd pointers to tables etc |
2831 | | |
2832 | | Returns: new code pointer |
2833 | | */ |
2834 | | |
2835 | | static pcre_uchar * |
2836 | | auto_callout(pcre_uchar *code, const pcre_uchar *ptr, compile_data *cd) |
2837 | 0 | { |
2838 | 0 | *code++ = OP_CALLOUT; |
2839 | 0 | *code++ = 255; |
2840 | 0 | PUT(code, 0, (int)(ptr - cd->start_pattern)); /* Pattern offset */ |
2841 | 0 | PUT(code, LINK_SIZE, 0); /* Default length */ |
2842 | 0 | return code + 2 * LINK_SIZE; |
2843 | 0 | } |
2844 | | |
2845 | | |
2846 | | |
2847 | | /************************************************* |
2848 | | * Complete a callout item * |
2849 | | *************************************************/ |
2850 | | |
2851 | | /* A callout item contains the length of the next item in the pattern, which |
2852 | | we can't fill in till after we have reached the relevant point. This is used |
2853 | | for both automatic and manual callouts. |
2854 | | |
2855 | | Arguments: |
2856 | | previous_callout points to previous callout item |
2857 | | ptr current pattern pointer |
2858 | | cd pointers to tables etc |
2859 | | |
2860 | | Returns: nothing |
2861 | | */ |
2862 | | |
2863 | | static void |
2864 | | complete_callout(pcre_uchar *previous_callout, const pcre_uchar *ptr, compile_data *cd) |
2865 | 0 | { |
2866 | 0 | int length = (int)(ptr - cd->start_pattern - GET(previous_callout, 2)); |
2867 | 0 | PUT(previous_callout, 2 + LINK_SIZE, length); |
2868 | 0 | } |
2869 | | |
2870 | | |
2871 | | |
2872 | | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
2873 | | /************************************************* |
2874 | | * Get othercase range * |
2875 | | *************************************************/ |
2876 | | |
2877 | | /* This function is passed the start and end of a class range, in UTF-8 mode |
2878 | | with UCP support. It searches up the characters, looking for internal ranges of |
2879 | | characters in the "other" case. Each call returns the next one, updating the |
2880 | | start address. |
2881 | | |
2882 | | Arguments: |
2883 | | cptr points to starting character value; updated |
2884 | | d end value |
2885 | | ocptr where to put start of othercase range |
2886 | | odptr where to put end of othercase range |
2887 | | |
2888 | | Yield: TRUE when range returned; FALSE when no more |
2889 | | */ |
2890 | | |
2891 | | static BOOL |
2892 | | get_othercase_range(unsigned int *cptr, unsigned int d, unsigned int *ocptr, |
2893 | | unsigned int *odptr) |
2894 | 0 | { |
2895 | 0 | unsigned int c, othercase, next; |
2896 | |
|
2897 | 0 | for (c = *cptr; c <= d; c++) |
2898 | 0 | { if ((othercase = UCD_OTHERCASE(c)) != c) break; } |
2899 | |
|
2900 | 0 | if (c > d) return FALSE; |
2901 | | |
2902 | 0 | *ocptr = othercase; |
2903 | 0 | next = othercase + 1; |
2904 | |
|
2905 | 0 | for (++c; c <= d; c++) |
2906 | 0 | { |
2907 | 0 | if (UCD_OTHERCASE(c) != next) break; |
2908 | 0 | next++; |
2909 | 0 | } |
2910 | |
|
2911 | 0 | *odptr = next - 1; |
2912 | 0 | *cptr = c; |
2913 | |
|
2914 | 0 | return TRUE; |
2915 | 0 | } |
2916 | | |
2917 | | |
2918 | | |
2919 | | /************************************************* |
2920 | | * Check a character and a property * |
2921 | | *************************************************/ |
2922 | | |
2923 | | /* This function is called by check_auto_possessive() when a property item |
2924 | | is adjacent to a fixed character. |
2925 | | |
2926 | | Arguments: |
2927 | | c the character |
2928 | | ptype the property type |
2929 | | pdata the data for the type |
2930 | | negated TRUE if it's a negated property (\P or \p{^) |
2931 | | |
2932 | | Returns: TRUE if auto-possessifying is OK |
2933 | | */ |
2934 | | |
2935 | | static BOOL |
2936 | | check_char_prop(int c, int ptype, int pdata, BOOL negated) |
2937 | 0 | { |
2938 | 0 | const pcre_uint8 chartype = UCD_CHARTYPE(c); |
2939 | 0 | switch(ptype) |
2940 | 0 | { |
2941 | 0 | case PT_LAMP: |
2942 | 0 | return (chartype == ucp_Lu || |
2943 | 0 | chartype == ucp_Ll || |
2944 | 0 | chartype == ucp_Lt) == negated; |
2945 | | |
2946 | 0 | case PT_GC: |
2947 | 0 | return (pdata == PRIV(ucp_gentype)[chartype]) == negated; |
2948 | | |
2949 | 0 | case PT_PC: |
2950 | 0 | return (pdata == chartype) == negated; |
2951 | | |
2952 | 0 | case PT_SC: |
2953 | 0 | return (pdata == UCD_SCRIPT(c)) == negated; |
2954 | | |
2955 | | /* These are specials */ |
2956 | | |
2957 | 0 | case PT_ALNUM: |
2958 | 0 | return (PRIV(ucp_gentype)[chartype] == ucp_L || |
2959 | 0 | PRIV(ucp_gentype)[chartype] == ucp_N) == negated; |
2960 | | |
2961 | 0 | case PT_SPACE: /* Perl space */ |
2962 | 0 | return (PRIV(ucp_gentype)[chartype] == ucp_Z || |
2963 | 0 | c == CHAR_HT || c == CHAR_NL || c == CHAR_FF || c == CHAR_CR) |
2964 | 0 | == negated; |
2965 | | |
2966 | 0 | case PT_PXSPACE: /* POSIX space */ |
2967 | 0 | return (PRIV(ucp_gentype)[chartype] == ucp_Z || |
2968 | 0 | c == CHAR_HT || c == CHAR_NL || c == CHAR_VT || |
2969 | 0 | c == CHAR_FF || c == CHAR_CR) |
2970 | 0 | == negated; |
2971 | | |
2972 | 0 | case PT_WORD: |
2973 | 0 | return (PRIV(ucp_gentype)[chartype] == ucp_L || |
2974 | 0 | PRIV(ucp_gentype)[chartype] == ucp_N || |
2975 | 0 | c == CHAR_UNDERSCORE) == negated; |
2976 | 0 | } |
2977 | 0 | return FALSE; |
2978 | 0 | } |
2979 | | #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ |
2980 | | |
2981 | | |
2982 | | |
2983 | | /************************************************* |
2984 | | * Check if auto-possessifying is possible * |
2985 | | *************************************************/ |
2986 | | |
2987 | | /* This function is called for unlimited repeats of certain items, to see |
2988 | | whether the next thing could possibly match the repeated item. If not, it makes |
2989 | | sense to automatically possessify the repeated item. |
2990 | | |
2991 | | Arguments: |
2992 | | previous pointer to the repeated opcode |
2993 | | utf TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 mode |
2994 | | ptr next character in pattern |
2995 | | options options bits |
2996 | | cd contains pointers to tables etc. |
2997 | | |
2998 | | Returns: TRUE if possessifying is wanted |
2999 | | */ |
3000 | | |
3001 | | static BOOL |
3002 | | check_auto_possessive(const pcre_uchar *previous, BOOL utf, |
3003 | | const pcre_uchar *ptr, int options, compile_data *cd) |
3004 | 0 | { |
3005 | 0 | pcre_int32 c, next; |
3006 | 0 | int op_code = *previous++; |
3007 | | |
3008 | | /* Skip whitespace and comments in extended mode */ |
3009 | |
|
3010 | 0 | if ((options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0) |
3011 | 0 | { |
3012 | 0 | for (;;) |
3013 | 0 | { |
3014 | 0 | while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_space) != 0) ptr++; |
3015 | 0 | if (*ptr == CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN) |
3016 | 0 | { |
3017 | 0 | ptr++; |
3018 | 0 | while (*ptr != 0) |
3019 | 0 | { |
3020 | 0 | if (IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) { ptr += cd->nllen; break; } |
3021 | 0 | ptr++; |
3022 | 0 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
3023 | 0 | if (utf) FORWARDCHAR(ptr); |
3024 | 0 | #endif |
3025 | 0 | } |
3026 | 0 | } |
3027 | 0 | else break; |
3028 | 0 | } |
3029 | 0 | } |
3030 | | |
3031 | | /* If the next item is one that we can handle, get its value. A non-negative |
3032 | | value is a character, a negative value is an escape value. */ |
3033 | |
|
3034 | 0 | if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH) |
3035 | 0 | { |
3036 | 0 | int temperrorcode = 0; |
3037 | 0 | next = check_escape(&ptr, &temperrorcode, cd->bracount, options, FALSE); |
3038 | 0 | if (temperrorcode != 0) return FALSE; |
3039 | 0 | ptr++; /* Point after the escape sequence */ |
3040 | 0 | } |
3041 | 0 | else if (!MAX_255(*ptr) || (cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_meta) == 0) |
3042 | 0 | { |
3043 | 0 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
3044 | 0 | if (utf) { GETCHARINC(next, ptr); } else |
3045 | 0 | #endif |
3046 | 0 | next = *ptr++; |
3047 | 0 | } |
3048 | 0 | else return FALSE; |
3049 | | |
3050 | | /* Skip whitespace and comments in extended mode */ |
3051 | | |
3052 | 0 | if ((options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0) |
3053 | 0 | { |
3054 | 0 | for (;;) |
3055 | 0 | { |
3056 | 0 | while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_space) != 0) ptr++; |
3057 | 0 | if (*ptr == CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN) |
3058 | 0 | { |
3059 | 0 | ptr++; |
3060 | 0 | while (*ptr != 0) |
3061 | 0 | { |
3062 | 0 | if (IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) { ptr += cd->nllen; break; } |
3063 | 0 | ptr++; |
3064 | 0 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
3065 | 0 | if (utf) FORWARDCHAR(ptr); |
3066 | 0 | #endif |
3067 | 0 | } |
3068 | 0 | } |
3069 | 0 | else break; |
3070 | 0 | } |
3071 | 0 | } |
3072 | | |
3073 | | /* If the next thing is itself optional, we have to give up. */ |
3074 | |
|
3075 | 0 | if (*ptr == CHAR_ASTERISK || *ptr == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK || |
3076 | 0 | STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr, STR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET STR_0 STR_COMMA, 3) == 0) |
3077 | 0 | return FALSE; |
3078 | | |
3079 | | /* Now compare the next item with the previous opcode. First, handle cases when |
3080 | | the next item is a character. */ |
3081 | | |
3082 | 0 | if (next >= 0) switch(op_code) |
3083 | 0 | { |
3084 | 0 | case OP_CHAR: |
3085 | 0 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
3086 | 0 | GETCHARTEST(c, previous); |
3087 | | #else |
3088 | | c = *previous; |
3089 | | #endif |
3090 | 0 | return c != next; |
3091 | | |
3092 | | /* For CHARI (caseless character) we must check the other case. If we have |
3093 | | Unicode property support, we can use it to test the other case of |
3094 | | high-valued characters. */ |
3095 | | |
3096 | 0 | case OP_CHARI: |
3097 | 0 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
3098 | 0 | GETCHARTEST(c, previous); |
3099 | | #else |
3100 | | c = *previous; |
3101 | | #endif |
3102 | 0 | if (c == next) return FALSE; |
3103 | 0 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
3104 | 0 | if (utf) |
3105 | 0 | { |
3106 | 0 | unsigned int othercase; |
3107 | 0 | if (next < 128) othercase = cd->fcc[next]; else |
3108 | 0 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
3109 | 0 | othercase = UCD_OTHERCASE((unsigned int)next); |
3110 | | #else |
3111 | | othercase = NOTACHAR; |
3112 | | #endif |
3113 | 0 | return (unsigned int)c != othercase; |
3114 | 0 | } |
3115 | 0 | else |
3116 | 0 | #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ |
3117 | 0 | return (c != TABLE_GET((unsigned int)next, cd->fcc, next)); /* Non-UTF-8 mode */ |
3118 | | |
3119 | 0 | case OP_NOT: |
3120 | 0 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
3121 | 0 | GETCHARTEST(c, previous); |
3122 | | #else |
3123 | | c = *previous; |
3124 | | #endif |
3125 | 0 | return c == next; |
3126 | | |
3127 | 0 | case OP_NOTI: |
3128 | 0 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
3129 | 0 | GETCHARTEST(c, previous); |
3130 | | #else |
3131 | | c = *previous; |
3132 | | #endif |
3133 | 0 | if (c == next) return TRUE; |
3134 | 0 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
3135 | 0 | if (utf) |
3136 | 0 | { |
3137 | 0 | unsigned int othercase; |
3138 | 0 | if (next < 128) othercase = cd->fcc[next]; else |
3139 | 0 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
3140 | 0 | othercase = UCD_OTHERCASE((unsigned int)next); |
3141 | | #else |
3142 | | othercase = NOTACHAR; |
3143 | | #endif |
3144 | 0 | return (unsigned int)c == othercase; |
3145 | 0 | } |
3146 | 0 | else |
3147 | 0 | #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ |
3148 | 0 | return (c == TABLE_GET((unsigned int)next, cd->fcc, next)); /* Non-UTF-8 mode */ |
3149 | | |
3150 | | /* Note that OP_DIGIT etc. are generated only when PCRE_UCP is *not* set. |
3151 | | When it is set, \d etc. are converted into OP_(NOT_)PROP codes. */ |
3152 | | |
3153 | 0 | case OP_DIGIT: |
3154 | 0 | return next > 255 || (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_digit) == 0; |
3155 | | |
3156 | 0 | case OP_NOT_DIGIT: |
3157 | 0 | return next <= 255 && (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_digit) != 0; |
3158 | | |
3159 | 0 | case OP_WHITESPACE: |
3160 | 0 | return next > 255 || (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_space) == 0; |
3161 | | |
3162 | 0 | case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE: |
3163 | 0 | return next <= 255 && (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_space) != 0; |
3164 | | |
3165 | 0 | case OP_WORDCHAR: |
3166 | 0 | return next > 255 || (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_word) == 0; |
3167 | | |
3168 | 0 | case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR: |
3169 | 0 | return next <= 255 && (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_word) != 0; |
3170 | | |
3171 | 0 | case OP_HSPACE: |
3172 | 0 | case OP_NOT_HSPACE: |
3173 | 0 | switch(next) |
3174 | 0 | { |
3175 | 0 | case 0x09: |
3176 | 0 | case 0x20: |
3177 | 0 | case 0xa0: |
3178 | 0 | case 0x1680: |
3179 | 0 | case 0x180e: |
3180 | 0 | case 0x2000: |
3181 | 0 | case 0x2001: |
3182 | 0 | case 0x2002: |
3183 | 0 | case 0x2003: |
3184 | 0 | case 0x2004: |
3185 | 0 | case 0x2005: |
3186 | 0 | case 0x2006: |
3187 | 0 | case 0x2007: |
3188 | 0 | case 0x2008: |
3189 | 0 | case 0x2009: |
3190 | 0 | case 0x200A: |
3191 | 0 | case 0x202f: |
3192 | 0 | case 0x205f: |
3193 | 0 | case 0x3000: |
3194 | 0 | return op_code == OP_NOT_HSPACE; |
3195 | 0 | default: |
3196 | 0 | return op_code != OP_NOT_HSPACE; |
3197 | 0 | } |
3198 | | |
3199 | 0 | case OP_ANYNL: |
3200 | 0 | case OP_VSPACE: |
3201 | 0 | case OP_NOT_VSPACE: |
3202 | 0 | switch(next) |
3203 | 0 | { |
3204 | 0 | case 0x0a: |
3205 | 0 | case 0x0b: |
3206 | 0 | case 0x0c: |
3207 | 0 | case 0x0d: |
3208 | 0 | case 0x85: |
3209 | 0 | case 0x2028: |
3210 | 0 | case 0x2029: |
3211 | 0 | return op_code == OP_NOT_VSPACE; |
3212 | 0 | default: |
3213 | 0 | return op_code != OP_NOT_VSPACE; |
3214 | 0 | } |
3215 | | |
3216 | 0 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
3217 | 0 | case OP_PROP: |
3218 | 0 | return check_char_prop(next, previous[0], previous[1], FALSE); |
3219 | | |
3220 | 0 | case OP_NOTPROP: |
3221 | 0 | return check_char_prop(next, previous[0], previous[1], TRUE); |
3222 | 0 | #endif |
3223 | | |
3224 | 0 | default: |
3225 | 0 | return FALSE; |
3226 | 0 | } |
3227 | | |
3228 | | |
3229 | | /* Handle the case when the next item is \d, \s, etc. Note that when PCRE_UCP |
3230 | | is set, \d turns into ESC_du rather than ESC_d, etc., so ESC_d etc. are |
3231 | | generated only when PCRE_UCP is *not* set, that is, when only ASCII |
3232 | | characteristics are recognized. Similarly, the opcodes OP_DIGIT etc. are |
3233 | | replaced by OP_PROP codes when PCRE_UCP is set. */ |
3234 | | |
3235 | 0 | switch(op_code) |
3236 | 0 | { |
3237 | 0 | case OP_CHAR: |
3238 | 0 | case OP_CHARI: |
3239 | 0 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
3240 | 0 | GETCHARTEST(c, previous); |
3241 | | #else |
3242 | | c = *previous; |
3243 | | #endif |
3244 | 0 | switch(-next) |
3245 | 0 | { |
3246 | 0 | case ESC_d: |
3247 | 0 | return c > 255 || (cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) == 0; |
3248 | | |
3249 | 0 | case ESC_D: |
3250 | 0 | return c <= 255 && (cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) != 0; |
3251 | | |
3252 | 0 | case ESC_s: |
3253 | 0 | return c > 255 || (cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) == 0; |
3254 | | |
3255 | 0 | case ESC_S: |
3256 | 0 | return c <= 255 && (cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) != 0; |
3257 | | |
3258 | 0 | case ESC_w: |
3259 | 0 | return c > 255 || (cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) == 0; |
3260 | | |
3261 | 0 | case ESC_W: |
3262 | 0 | return c <= 255 && (cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) != 0; |
3263 | | |
3264 | 0 | case ESC_h: |
3265 | 0 | case ESC_H: |
3266 | 0 | switch(c) |
3267 | 0 | { |
3268 | 0 | case 0x09: |
3269 | 0 | case 0x20: |
3270 | 0 | case 0xa0: |
3271 | 0 | case 0x1680: |
3272 | 0 | case 0x180e: |
3273 | 0 | case 0x2000: |
3274 | 0 | case 0x2001: |
3275 | 0 | case 0x2002: |
3276 | 0 | case 0x2003: |
3277 | 0 | case 0x2004: |
3278 | 0 | case 0x2005: |
3279 | 0 | case 0x2006: |
3280 | 0 | case 0x2007: |
3281 | 0 | case 0x2008: |
3282 | 0 | case 0x2009: |
3283 | 0 | case 0x200A: |
3284 | 0 | case 0x202f: |
3285 | 0 | case 0x205f: |
3286 | 0 | case 0x3000: |
3287 | 0 | return -next != ESC_h; |
3288 | 0 | default: |
3289 | 0 | return -next == ESC_h; |
3290 | 0 | } |
3291 | | |
3292 | 0 | case ESC_v: |
3293 | 0 | case ESC_V: |
3294 | 0 | switch(c) |
3295 | 0 | { |
3296 | 0 | case 0x0a: |
3297 | 0 | case 0x0b: |
3298 | 0 | case 0x0c: |
3299 | 0 | case 0x0d: |
3300 | 0 | case 0x85: |
3301 | 0 | case 0x2028: |
3302 | 0 | case 0x2029: |
3303 | 0 | return -next != ESC_v; |
3304 | 0 | default: |
3305 | 0 | return -next == ESC_v; |
3306 | 0 | } |
3307 | | |
3308 | | /* When PCRE_UCP is set, these values get generated for \d etc. Find |
3309 | | their substitutions and process them. The result will always be either |
3310 | | -ESC_p or -ESC_P. Then fall through to process those values. */ |
3311 | | |
3312 | 0 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
3313 | 0 | case ESC_du: |
3314 | 0 | case ESC_DU: |
3315 | 0 | case ESC_wu: |
3316 | 0 | case ESC_WU: |
3317 | 0 | case ESC_su: |
3318 | 0 | case ESC_SU: |
3319 | 0 | { |
3320 | 0 | int temperrorcode = 0; |
3321 | 0 | ptr = substitutes[-next - ESC_DU]; |
3322 | 0 | next = check_escape(&ptr, &temperrorcode, 0, options, FALSE); |
3323 | 0 | if (temperrorcode != 0) return FALSE; |
3324 | 0 | ptr++; /* For compatibility */ |
3325 | 0 | } |
3326 | | /* Fall through */ |
3327 | | |
3328 | 0 | case ESC_p: |
3329 | 0 | case ESC_P: |
3330 | 0 | { |
3331 | 0 | int ptype, pdata, errorcodeptr; |
3332 | 0 | BOOL negated; |
3333 | |
|
3334 | 0 | ptr--; /* Make ptr point at the p or P */ |
3335 | 0 | ptype = get_ucp(&ptr, &negated, &pdata, &errorcodeptr); |
3336 | 0 | if (ptype < 0) return FALSE; |
3337 | 0 | ptr++; /* Point past the final curly ket */ |
3338 | | |
3339 | | /* If the property item is optional, we have to give up. (When generated |
3340 | | from \d etc by PCRE_UCP, this test will have been applied much earlier, |
3341 | | to the original \d etc. At this point, ptr will point to a zero byte. */ |
3342 | |
|
3343 | 0 | if (*ptr == CHAR_ASTERISK || *ptr == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK || |
3344 | 0 | STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr, STR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET STR_0 STR_COMMA, 3) == 0) |
3345 | 0 | return FALSE; |
3346 | | |
3347 | | /* Do the property check. */ |
3348 | | |
3349 | 0 | return check_char_prop(c, ptype, pdata, (next == -ESC_P) != negated); |
3350 | 0 | } |
3351 | 0 | #endif |
3352 | | |
3353 | 0 | default: |
3354 | 0 | return FALSE; |
3355 | 0 | } |
3356 | | |
3357 | | /* In principle, support for Unicode properties should be integrated here as |
3358 | | well. It means re-organizing the above code so as to get hold of the property |
3359 | | values before switching on the op-code. However, I wonder how many patterns |
3360 | | combine ASCII \d etc with Unicode properties? (Note that if PCRE_UCP is set, |
3361 | | these op-codes are never generated.) */ |
3362 | | |
3363 | 0 | case OP_DIGIT: |
3364 | 0 | return next == -ESC_D || next == -ESC_s || next == -ESC_W || |
3365 | 0 | next == -ESC_h || next == -ESC_v || next == -ESC_R; |
3366 | | |
3367 | 0 | case OP_NOT_DIGIT: |
3368 | 0 | return next == -ESC_d; |
3369 | | |
3370 | 0 | case OP_WHITESPACE: |
3371 | 0 | return next == -ESC_S || next == -ESC_d || next == -ESC_w; |
3372 | | |
3373 | 0 | case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE: |
3374 | 0 | return next == -ESC_s || next == -ESC_h || next == -ESC_v || next == -ESC_R; |
3375 | | |
3376 | 0 | case OP_HSPACE: |
3377 | 0 | return next == -ESC_S || next == -ESC_H || next == -ESC_d || |
3378 | 0 | next == -ESC_w || next == -ESC_v || next == -ESC_R; |
3379 | | |
3380 | 0 | case OP_NOT_HSPACE: |
3381 | 0 | return next == -ESC_h; |
3382 | | |
3383 | | /* Can't have \S in here because VT matches \S (Perl anomaly) */ |
3384 | 0 | case OP_ANYNL: |
3385 | 0 | case OP_VSPACE: |
3386 | 0 | return next == -ESC_V || next == -ESC_d || next == -ESC_w; |
3387 | | |
3388 | 0 | case OP_NOT_VSPACE: |
3389 | 0 | return next == -ESC_v || next == -ESC_R; |
3390 | | |
3391 | 0 | case OP_WORDCHAR: |
3392 | 0 | return next == -ESC_W || next == -ESC_s || next == -ESC_h || |
3393 | 0 | next == -ESC_v || next == -ESC_R; |
3394 | | |
3395 | 0 | case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR: |
3396 | 0 | return next == -ESC_w || next == -ESC_d; |
3397 | | |
3398 | 0 | default: |
3399 | 0 | return FALSE; |
3400 | 0 | } |
3401 | | |
3402 | | /* Control does not reach here */ |
3403 | 0 | } |
3404 | | |
3405 | | |
3406 | | |
3407 | | /************************************************* |
3408 | | * Compile one branch * |
3409 | | *************************************************/ |
3410 | | |
3411 | | /* Scan the pattern, compiling it into the a vector. If the options are |
3412 | | changed during the branch, the pointer is used to change the external options |
3413 | | bits. This function is used during the pre-compile phase when we are trying |
3414 | | to find out the amount of memory needed, as well as during the real compile |
3415 | | phase. The value of lengthptr distinguishes the two phases. |
3416 | | |
3417 | | Arguments: |
3418 | | optionsptr pointer to the option bits |
3419 | | codeptr points to the pointer to the current code point |
3420 | | ptrptr points to the current pattern pointer |
3421 | | errorcodeptr points to error code variable |
3422 | | firstcharptr set to initial literal character, or < 0 (REQ_UNSET, REQ_NONE) |
3423 | | reqcharptr set to the last literal character required, else < 0 |
3424 | | bcptr points to current branch chain |
3425 | | cond_depth conditional nesting depth |
3426 | | cd contains pointers to tables etc. |
3427 | | lengthptr NULL during the real compile phase |
3428 | | points to length accumulator during pre-compile phase |
3429 | | |
3430 | | Returns: TRUE on success |
3431 | | FALSE, with *errorcodeptr set non-zero on error |
3432 | | */ |
3433 | | |
3434 | | static BOOL |
3435 | | compile_branch(int *optionsptr, pcre_uchar **codeptr, |
3436 | | const pcre_uchar **ptrptr, int *errorcodeptr, pcre_int32 *firstcharptr, |
3437 | | pcre_int32 *reqcharptr, branch_chain *bcptr, int cond_depth, |
3438 | | compile_data *cd, int *lengthptr) |
3439 | 0 | { |
3440 | 0 | int repeat_type, op_type; |
3441 | 0 | int repeat_min = 0, repeat_max = 0; /* To please picky compilers */ |
3442 | 0 | int bravalue = 0; |
3443 | 0 | int greedy_default, greedy_non_default; |
3444 | 0 | pcre_int32 firstchar, reqchar; |
3445 | 0 | pcre_int32 zeroreqchar, zerofirstchar; |
3446 | 0 | pcre_int32 req_caseopt, reqvary, tempreqvary; |
3447 | 0 | int options = *optionsptr; /* May change dynamically */ |
3448 | 0 | int after_manual_callout = 0; |
3449 | 0 | int length_prevgroup = 0; |
3450 | 0 | int c; |
3451 | 0 | pcre_uchar *code = *codeptr; |
3452 | 0 | pcre_uchar *last_code = code; |
3453 | 0 | pcre_uchar *orig_code = code; |
3454 | 0 | pcre_uchar *tempcode; |
3455 | 0 | BOOL inescq = FALSE; |
3456 | 0 | BOOL groupsetfirstchar = FALSE; |
3457 | 0 | const pcre_uchar *ptr = *ptrptr; |
3458 | 0 | const pcre_uchar *tempptr; |
3459 | 0 | const pcre_uchar *nestptr = NULL; |
3460 | 0 | pcre_uchar *previous = NULL; |
3461 | 0 | pcre_uchar *previous_callout = NULL; |
3462 | 0 | pcre_uchar *save_hwm = NULL; |
3463 | 0 | pcre_uint8 classbits[32]; |
3464 | | |
3465 | | /* We can fish out the UTF-8 setting once and for all into a BOOL, but we |
3466 | | must not do this for other options (e.g. PCRE_EXTENDED) because they may change |
3467 | | dynamically as we process the pattern. */ |
3468 | |
|
3469 | 0 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
3470 | | /* PCRE_UTF16 has the same value as PCRE_UTF8. */ |
3471 | 0 | BOOL utf = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0; |
3472 | 0 | pcre_uchar utf_chars[6]; |
3473 | | #else |
3474 | | BOOL utf = FALSE; |
3475 | | #endif |
3476 | | |
3477 | | /* Helper variables for OP_XCLASS opcode (for characters > 255). */ |
3478 | |
|
3479 | 0 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
3480 | 0 | BOOL xclass; |
3481 | 0 | pcre_uchar *class_uchardata; |
3482 | 0 | pcre_uchar *class_uchardata_base; |
3483 | 0 | #endif |
3484 | |
|
3485 | | #ifdef PCRE_DEBUG |
3486 | | if (lengthptr != NULL) DPRINTF((">> start branch\n")); |
3487 | | #endif |
3488 | | |
3489 | | /* Set up the default and non-default settings for greediness */ |
3490 | |
|
3491 | 0 | greedy_default = ((options & PCRE_UNGREEDY) != 0); |
3492 | 0 | greedy_non_default = greedy_default ^ 1; |
3493 | | |
3494 | | /* Initialize no first byte, no required byte. REQ_UNSET means "no char |
3495 | | matching encountered yet". It gets changed to REQ_NONE if we hit something that |
3496 | | matches a non-fixed char first char; reqchar just remains unset if we never |
3497 | | find one. |
3498 | | |
3499 | | When we hit a repeat whose minimum is zero, we may have to adjust these values |
3500 | | to take the zero repeat into account. This is implemented by setting them to |
3501 | | zerofirstbyte and zeroreqchar when such a repeat is encountered. The individual |
3502 | | item types that can be repeated set these backoff variables appropriately. */ |
3503 | |
|
3504 | 0 | firstchar = reqchar = zerofirstchar = zeroreqchar = REQ_UNSET; |
3505 | | |
3506 | | /* The variable req_caseopt contains either the REQ_CASELESS value |
3507 | | or zero, according to the current setting of the caseless flag. The |
3508 | | REQ_CASELESS leaves the lower 28 bit empty. It is added into the |
3509 | | firstchar or reqchar variables to record the case status of the |
3510 | | value. This is used only for ASCII characters. */ |
3511 | |
|
3512 | 0 | req_caseopt = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? REQ_CASELESS:0; |
3513 | | |
3514 | | /* Switch on next character until the end of the branch */ |
3515 | |
|
3516 | 0 | for (;; ptr++) |
3517 | 0 | { |
3518 | 0 | BOOL negate_class; |
3519 | 0 | BOOL should_flip_negation; |
3520 | 0 | BOOL possessive_quantifier; |
3521 | 0 | BOOL is_quantifier; |
3522 | 0 | BOOL is_recurse; |
3523 | 0 | BOOL reset_bracount; |
3524 | 0 | int class_has_8bitchar; |
3525 | 0 | int class_single_char; |
3526 | 0 | int newoptions; |
3527 | 0 | int recno; |
3528 | 0 | int refsign; |
3529 | 0 | int skipbytes; |
3530 | 0 | int subreqchar; |
3531 | 0 | int subfirstchar; |
3532 | 0 | int terminator; |
3533 | 0 | int mclength; |
3534 | 0 | int tempbracount; |
3535 | 0 | pcre_uchar mcbuffer[8]; |
3536 | | |
3537 | | /* Get next character in the pattern */ |
3538 | |
|
3539 | 0 | c = *ptr; |
3540 | | |
3541 | | /* If we are at the end of a nested substitution, revert to the outer level |
3542 | | string. Nesting only happens one level deep. */ |
3543 | |
|
3544 | 0 | if (c == 0 && nestptr != NULL) |
3545 | 0 | { |
3546 | 0 | ptr = nestptr; |
3547 | 0 | nestptr = NULL; |
3548 | 0 | c = *ptr; |
3549 | 0 | } |
3550 | | |
3551 | | /* If we are in the pre-compile phase, accumulate the length used for the |
3552 | | previous cycle of this loop. */ |
3553 | |
|
3554 | 0 | if (lengthptr != NULL) |
3555 | 0 | { |
3556 | | #ifdef PCRE_DEBUG |
3557 | | if (code > cd->hwm) cd->hwm = code; /* High water info */ |
3558 | | #endif |
3559 | 0 | if (code > cd->start_workspace + cd->workspace_size - |
3560 | 0 | WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN) /* Check for overrun */ |
3561 | 0 | { |
3562 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR52; |
3563 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
3564 | 0 | } |
3565 | | |
3566 | | /* There is at least one situation where code goes backwards: this is the |
3567 | | case of a zero quantifier after a class (e.g. [ab]{0}). At compile time, |
3568 | | the class is simply eliminated. However, it is created first, so we have to |
3569 | | allow memory for it. Therefore, don't ever reduce the length at this point. |
3570 | | */ |
3571 | | |
3572 | 0 | if (code < last_code) code = last_code; |
3573 | | |
3574 | | /* Paranoid check for integer overflow */ |
3575 | |
|
3576 | 0 | if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < code - last_code) |
3577 | 0 | { |
3578 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR20; |
3579 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
3580 | 0 | } |
3581 | | |
3582 | 0 | *lengthptr += (int)(code - last_code); |
3583 | 0 | DPRINTF(("length=%d added %d c=%c (0x%x)\n", *lengthptr, |
3584 | 0 | (int)(code - last_code), c, c)); |
3585 | | |
3586 | | /* If "previous" is set and it is not at the start of the work space, move |
3587 | | it back to there, in order to avoid filling up the work space. Otherwise, |
3588 | | if "previous" is NULL, reset the current code pointer to the start. */ |
3589 | |
|
3590 | 0 | if (previous != NULL) |
3591 | 0 | { |
3592 | 0 | if (previous > orig_code) |
3593 | 0 | { |
3594 | 0 | memmove(orig_code, previous, IN_UCHARS(code - previous)); |
3595 | 0 | code -= previous - orig_code; |
3596 | 0 | previous = orig_code; |
3597 | 0 | } |
3598 | 0 | } |
3599 | 0 | else code = orig_code; |
3600 | | |
3601 | | /* Remember where this code item starts so we can pick up the length |
3602 | | next time round. */ |
3603 | |
|
3604 | 0 | last_code = code; |
3605 | 0 | } |
3606 | | |
3607 | | /* In the real compile phase, just check the workspace used by the forward |
3608 | | reference list. */ |
3609 | | |
3610 | 0 | else if (cd->hwm > cd->start_workspace + cd->workspace_size - |
3611 | 0 | WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN) |
3612 | 0 | { |
3613 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR52; |
3614 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
3615 | 0 | } |
3616 | | |
3617 | | /* If in \Q...\E, check for the end; if not, we have a literal */ |
3618 | | |
3619 | 0 | if (inescq && c != 0) |
3620 | 0 | { |
3621 | 0 | if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E) |
3622 | 0 | { |
3623 | 0 | inescq = FALSE; |
3624 | 0 | ptr++; |
3625 | 0 | continue; |
3626 | 0 | } |
3627 | 0 | else |
3628 | 0 | { |
3629 | 0 | if (previous_callout != NULL) |
3630 | 0 | { |
3631 | 0 | if (lengthptr == NULL) /* Don't attempt in pre-compile phase */ |
3632 | 0 | complete_callout(previous_callout, ptr, cd); |
3633 | 0 | previous_callout = NULL; |
3634 | 0 | } |
3635 | 0 | if ((options & PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT) != 0) |
3636 | 0 | { |
3637 | 0 | previous_callout = code; |
3638 | 0 | code = auto_callout(code, ptr, cd); |
3639 | 0 | } |
3640 | 0 | goto NORMAL_CHAR; |
3641 | 0 | } |
3642 | 0 | } |
3643 | | |
3644 | | /* Fill in length of a previous callout, except when the next thing is |
3645 | | a quantifier. */ |
3646 | | |
3647 | 0 | is_quantifier = |
3648 | 0 | c == CHAR_ASTERISK || c == CHAR_PLUS || c == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK || |
3649 | 0 | (c == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET && is_counted_repeat(ptr+1)); |
3650 | |
|
3651 | 0 | if (!is_quantifier && previous_callout != NULL && |
3652 | 0 | after_manual_callout-- <= 0) |
3653 | 0 | { |
3654 | 0 | if (lengthptr == NULL) /* Don't attempt in pre-compile phase */ |
3655 | 0 | complete_callout(previous_callout, ptr, cd); |
3656 | 0 | previous_callout = NULL; |
3657 | 0 | } |
3658 | | |
3659 | | /* In extended mode, skip white space and comments. */ |
3660 | |
|
3661 | 0 | if ((options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0) |
3662 | 0 | { |
3663 | 0 | if (MAX_255(*ptr) && (cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) != 0) continue; |
3664 | 0 | if (c == CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN) |
3665 | 0 | { |
3666 | 0 | ptr++; |
3667 | 0 | while (*ptr != 0) |
3668 | 0 | { |
3669 | 0 | if (IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) { ptr += cd->nllen - 1; break; } |
3670 | 0 | ptr++; |
3671 | 0 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
3672 | 0 | if (utf) FORWARDCHAR(ptr); |
3673 | 0 | #endif |
3674 | 0 | } |
3675 | 0 | if (*ptr != 0) continue; |
3676 | | |
3677 | | /* Else fall through to handle end of string */ |
3678 | 0 | c = 0; |
3679 | 0 | } |
3680 | 0 | } |
3681 | | |
3682 | | /* No auto callout for quantifiers. */ |
3683 | | |
3684 | 0 | if ((options & PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT) != 0 && !is_quantifier) |
3685 | 0 | { |
3686 | 0 | previous_callout = code; |
3687 | 0 | code = auto_callout(code, ptr, cd); |
3688 | 0 | } |
3689 | |
|
3690 | 0 | switch(c) |
3691 | 0 | { |
3692 | | /* ===================================================================*/ |
3693 | 0 | case 0: /* The branch terminates at string end */ |
3694 | 0 | case CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE: /* or | or ) */ |
3695 | 0 | case CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS: |
3696 | 0 | *firstcharptr = firstchar; |
3697 | 0 | *reqcharptr = reqchar; |
3698 | 0 | *codeptr = code; |
3699 | 0 | *ptrptr = ptr; |
3700 | 0 | if (lengthptr != NULL) |
3701 | 0 | { |
3702 | 0 | if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < code - last_code) |
3703 | 0 | { |
3704 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR20; |
3705 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
3706 | 0 | } |
3707 | 0 | *lengthptr += (int)(code - last_code); /* To include callout length */ |
3708 | 0 | DPRINTF((">> end branch\n")); |
3709 | 0 | } |
3710 | 0 | return TRUE; |
3711 | | |
3712 | | |
3713 | | /* ===================================================================*/ |
3714 | | /* Handle single-character metacharacters. In multiline mode, ^ disables |
3715 | | the setting of any following char as a first character. */ |
3716 | | |
3717 | 0 | case CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT: |
3718 | 0 | previous = NULL; |
3719 | 0 | if ((options & PCRE_MULTILINE) != 0) |
3720 | 0 | { |
3721 | 0 | if (firstchar == REQ_UNSET) firstchar = REQ_NONE; |
3722 | 0 | *code++ = OP_CIRCM; |
3723 | 0 | } |
3724 | 0 | else *code++ = OP_CIRC; |
3725 | 0 | break; |
3726 | | |
3727 | 0 | case CHAR_DOLLAR_SIGN: |
3728 | 0 | previous = NULL; |
3729 | 0 | *code++ = ((options & PCRE_MULTILINE) != 0)? OP_DOLLM : OP_DOLL; |
3730 | 0 | break; |
3731 | | |
3732 | | /* There can never be a first char if '.' is first, whatever happens about |
3733 | | repeats. The value of reqchar doesn't change either. */ |
3734 | | |
3735 | 0 | case CHAR_DOT: |
3736 | 0 | if (firstchar == REQ_UNSET) firstchar = REQ_NONE; |
3737 | 0 | zerofirstchar = firstchar; |
3738 | 0 | zeroreqchar = reqchar; |
3739 | 0 | previous = code; |
3740 | 0 | *code++ = ((options & PCRE_DOTALL) != 0)? OP_ALLANY: OP_ANY; |
3741 | 0 | break; |
3742 | | |
3743 | | |
3744 | | /* ===================================================================*/ |
3745 | | /* Character classes. If the included characters are all < 256, we build a |
3746 | | 32-byte bitmap of the permitted characters, except in the special case |
3747 | | where there is only one such character. For negated classes, we build the |
3748 | | map as usual, then invert it at the end. However, we use a different opcode |
3749 | | so that data characters > 255 can be handled correctly. |
3750 | | |
3751 | | If the class contains characters outside the 0-255 range, a different |
3752 | | opcode is compiled. It may optionally have a bit map for characters < 256, |
3753 | | but those above are are explicitly listed afterwards. A flag byte tells |
3754 | | whether the bitmap is present, and whether this is a negated class or not. |
3755 | | |
3756 | | In JavaScript compatibility mode, an isolated ']' causes an error. In |
3757 | | default (Perl) mode, it is treated as a data character. */ |
3758 | | |
3759 | 0 | case CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET: |
3760 | 0 | if ((cd->external_options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0) |
3761 | 0 | { |
3762 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR64; |
3763 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
3764 | 0 | } |
3765 | 0 | goto NORMAL_CHAR; |
3766 | | |
3767 | 0 | case CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET: |
3768 | 0 | previous = code; |
3769 | | |
3770 | | /* PCRE supports POSIX class stuff inside a class. Perl gives an error if |
3771 | | they are encountered at the top level, so we'll do that too. */ |
3772 | |
|
3773 | 0 | if ((ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON || ptr[1] == CHAR_DOT || |
3774 | 0 | ptr[1] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) && |
3775 | 0 | check_posix_syntax(ptr, &tempptr)) |
3776 | 0 | { |
3777 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = (ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON)? ERR13 : ERR31; |
3778 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
3779 | 0 | } |
3780 | | |
3781 | | /* If the first character is '^', set the negation flag and skip it. Also, |
3782 | | if the first few characters (either before or after ^) are \Q\E or \E we |
3783 | | skip them too. This makes for compatibility with Perl. */ |
3784 | | |
3785 | 0 | negate_class = FALSE; |
3786 | 0 | for (;;) |
3787 | 0 | { |
3788 | 0 | c = *(++ptr); |
3789 | 0 | if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH) |
3790 | 0 | { |
3791 | 0 | if (ptr[1] == CHAR_E) |
3792 | 0 | ptr++; |
3793 | 0 | else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr + 1, STR_Q STR_BACKSLASH STR_E, 3) == 0) |
3794 | 0 | ptr += 3; |
3795 | 0 | else |
3796 | 0 | break; |
3797 | 0 | } |
3798 | 0 | else if (!negate_class && c == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT) |
3799 | 0 | negate_class = TRUE; |
3800 | 0 | else break; |
3801 | 0 | } |
3802 | | |
3803 | | /* Empty classes are allowed in JavaScript compatibility mode. Otherwise, |
3804 | | an initial ']' is taken as a data character -- the code below handles |
3805 | | that. In JS mode, [] must always fail, so generate OP_FAIL, whereas |
3806 | | [^] must match any character, so generate OP_ALLANY. */ |
3807 | |
|
3808 | 0 | if (c == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET && |
3809 | 0 | (cd->external_options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0) |
3810 | 0 | { |
3811 | 0 | *code++ = negate_class? OP_ALLANY : OP_FAIL; |
3812 | 0 | if (firstchar == REQ_UNSET) firstchar = REQ_NONE; |
3813 | 0 | zerofirstchar = firstchar; |
3814 | 0 | break; |
3815 | 0 | } |
3816 | | |
3817 | | /* If a class contains a negative special such as \S, we need to flip the |
3818 | | negation flag at the end, so that support for characters > 255 works |
3819 | | correctly (they are all included in the class). */ |
3820 | | |
3821 | 0 | should_flip_negation = FALSE; |
3822 | | |
3823 | | /* For optimization purposes, we track some properties of the class. |
3824 | | class_has_8bitchar will be non-zero, if the class contains at least one |
3825 | | < 256 character. class_single_char will be 1 if the class contains only |
3826 | | a single character. */ |
3827 | |
|
3828 | 0 | class_has_8bitchar = 0; |
3829 | 0 | class_single_char = 0; |
3830 | | |
3831 | | /* Initialize the 32-char bit map to all zeros. We build the map in a |
3832 | | temporary bit of memory, in case the class contains only 1 character (less |
3833 | | than 256), because in that case the compiled code doesn't use the bit map. |
3834 | | */ |
3835 | |
|
3836 | 0 | memset(classbits, 0, 32 * sizeof(pcre_uint8)); |
3837 | |
|
3838 | 0 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
3839 | 0 | xclass = FALSE; /* No chars >= 256 */ |
3840 | 0 | class_uchardata = code + LINK_SIZE + 2; /* For UTF-8 items */ |
3841 | 0 | class_uchardata_base = class_uchardata; /* For resetting in pass 1 */ |
3842 | 0 | #endif |
3843 | | |
3844 | | /* Process characters until ] is reached. By writing this as a "do" it |
3845 | | means that an initial ] is taken as a data character. At the start of the |
3846 | | loop, c contains the first byte of the character. */ |
3847 | |
|
3848 | 0 | if (c != 0) do |
3849 | 0 | { |
3850 | 0 | const pcre_uchar *oldptr; |
3851 | |
|
3852 | 0 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
3853 | 0 | if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(c)) |
3854 | 0 | { /* Braces are required because the */ |
3855 | 0 | GETCHARLEN(c, ptr, ptr); /* macro generates multiple statements */ |
3856 | 0 | } |
3857 | 0 | #endif |
3858 | |
|
3859 | 0 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
3860 | | /* In the pre-compile phase, accumulate the length of any extra |
3861 | | data and reset the pointer. This is so that very large classes that |
3862 | | contain a zillion > 255 characters no longer overwrite the work space |
3863 | | (which is on the stack). */ |
3864 | |
|
3865 | 0 | if (lengthptr != NULL) |
3866 | 0 | { |
3867 | 0 | *lengthptr += class_uchardata - class_uchardata_base; |
3868 | 0 | class_uchardata = class_uchardata_base; |
3869 | 0 | } |
3870 | 0 | #endif |
3871 | | |
3872 | | /* Inside \Q...\E everything is literal except \E */ |
3873 | |
|
3874 | 0 | if (inescq) |
3875 | 0 | { |
3876 | 0 | if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E) /* If we are at \E */ |
3877 | 0 | { |
3878 | 0 | inescq = FALSE; /* Reset literal state */ |
3879 | 0 | ptr++; /* Skip the 'E' */ |
3880 | 0 | continue; /* Carry on with next */ |
3881 | 0 | } |
3882 | 0 | goto CHECK_RANGE; /* Could be range if \E follows */ |
3883 | 0 | } |
3884 | | |
3885 | | /* Handle POSIX class names. Perl allows a negation extension of the |
3886 | | form [:^name:]. A square bracket that doesn't match the syntax is |
3887 | | treated as a literal. We also recognize the POSIX constructions |
3888 | | [.ch.] and [=ch=] ("collating elements") and fault them, as Perl |
3889 | | 5.6 and 5.8 do. */ |
3890 | | |
3891 | 0 | if (c == CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET && |
3892 | 0 | (ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON || ptr[1] == CHAR_DOT || |
3893 | 0 | ptr[1] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) && check_posix_syntax(ptr, &tempptr)) |
3894 | 0 | { |
3895 | 0 | BOOL local_negate = FALSE; |
3896 | 0 | int posix_class, taboffset, tabopt; |
3897 | 0 | const pcre_uint8 *cbits = cd->cbits; |
3898 | 0 | pcre_uint8 pbits[32]; |
3899 | |
|
3900 | 0 | if (ptr[1] != CHAR_COLON) |
3901 | 0 | { |
3902 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR31; |
3903 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
3904 | 0 | } |
3905 | | |
3906 | 0 | ptr += 2; |
3907 | 0 | if (*ptr == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT) |
3908 | 0 | { |
3909 | 0 | local_negate = TRUE; |
3910 | 0 | should_flip_negation = TRUE; /* Note negative special */ |
3911 | 0 | ptr++; |
3912 | 0 | } |
3913 | |
|
3914 | 0 | posix_class = check_posix_name(ptr, (int)(tempptr - ptr)); |
3915 | 0 | if (posix_class < 0) |
3916 | 0 | { |
3917 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR30; |
3918 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
3919 | 0 | } |
3920 | | |
3921 | | /* If matching is caseless, upper and lower are converted to |
3922 | | alpha. This relies on the fact that the class table starts with |
3923 | | alpha, lower, upper as the first 3 entries. */ |
3924 | | |
3925 | 0 | if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 && posix_class <= 2) |
3926 | 0 | posix_class = 0; |
3927 | | |
3928 | | /* When PCRE_UCP is set, some of the POSIX classes are converted to |
3929 | | different escape sequences that use Unicode properties. */ |
3930 | |
|
3931 | 0 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
3932 | 0 | if ((options & PCRE_UCP) != 0) |
3933 | 0 | { |
3934 | 0 | int pc = posix_class + ((local_negate)? POSIX_SUBSIZE/2 : 0); |
3935 | 0 | if (posix_substitutes[pc] != NULL) |
3936 | 0 | { |
3937 | 0 | nestptr = tempptr + 1; |
3938 | 0 | ptr = posix_substitutes[pc] - 1; |
3939 | 0 | continue; |
3940 | 0 | } |
3941 | 0 | } |
3942 | 0 | #endif |
3943 | | /* In the non-UCP case, we build the bit map for the POSIX class in a |
3944 | | chunk of local store because we may be adding and subtracting from it, |
3945 | | and we don't want to subtract bits that may be in the main map already. |
3946 | | At the end we or the result into the bit map that is being built. */ |
3947 | | |
3948 | 0 | posix_class *= 3; |
3949 | | |
3950 | | /* Copy in the first table (always present) */ |
3951 | |
|
3952 | 0 | memcpy(pbits, cbits + posix_class_maps[posix_class], |
3953 | 0 | 32 * sizeof(pcre_uint8)); |
3954 | | |
3955 | | /* If there is a second table, add or remove it as required. */ |
3956 | |
|
3957 | 0 | taboffset = posix_class_maps[posix_class + 1]; |
3958 | 0 | tabopt = posix_class_maps[posix_class + 2]; |
3959 | |
|
3960 | 0 | if (taboffset >= 0) |
3961 | 0 | { |
3962 | 0 | if (tabopt >= 0) |
3963 | 0 | for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) pbits[c] |= cbits[c + taboffset]; |
3964 | 0 | else |
3965 | 0 | for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) pbits[c] &= ~cbits[c + taboffset]; |
3966 | 0 | } |
3967 | | |
3968 | | /* Not see if we need to remove any special characters. An option |
3969 | | value of 1 removes vertical space and 2 removes underscore. */ |
3970 | |
|
3971 | 0 | if (tabopt < 0) tabopt = -tabopt; |
3972 | 0 | if (tabopt == 1) pbits[1] &= ~0x3c; |
3973 | 0 | else if (tabopt == 2) pbits[11] &= 0x7f; |
3974 | | |
3975 | | /* Add the POSIX table or its complement into the main table that is |
3976 | | being built and we are done. */ |
3977 | |
|
3978 | 0 | if (local_negate) |
3979 | 0 | for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~pbits[c]; |
3980 | 0 | else |
3981 | 0 | for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= pbits[c]; |
3982 | |
|
3983 | 0 | ptr = tempptr + 1; |
3984 | | /* Every class contains at least one < 256 characters. */ |
3985 | 0 | class_has_8bitchar = 1; |
3986 | | /* Every class contains at least two characters. */ |
3987 | 0 | class_single_char = 2; |
3988 | 0 | continue; /* End of POSIX syntax handling */ |
3989 | 0 | } |
3990 | | |
3991 | | /* Backslash may introduce a single character, or it may introduce one |
3992 | | of the specials, which just set a flag. The sequence \b is a special |
3993 | | case. Inside a class (and only there) it is treated as backspace. We |
3994 | | assume that other escapes have more than one character in them, so |
3995 | | speculatively set both class_has_8bitchar and class_single_char bigger |
3996 | | than one. Unrecognized escapes fall through and are either treated |
3997 | | as literal characters (by default), or are faulted if |
3998 | | PCRE_EXTRA is set. */ |
3999 | | |
4000 | 0 | if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH) |
4001 | 0 | { |
4002 | 0 | c = check_escape(&ptr, errorcodeptr, cd->bracount, options, TRUE); |
4003 | 0 | if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED; |
4004 | | |
4005 | 0 | if (-c == ESC_b) c = CHAR_BS; /* \b is backspace in a class */ |
4006 | 0 | else if (-c == ESC_N) /* \N is not supported in a class */ |
4007 | 0 | { |
4008 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR71; |
4009 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
4010 | 0 | } |
4011 | 0 | else if (-c == ESC_Q) /* Handle start of quoted string */ |
4012 | 0 | { |
4013 | 0 | if (ptr[1] == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[2] == CHAR_E) |
4014 | 0 | { |
4015 | 0 | ptr += 2; /* avoid empty string */ |
4016 | 0 | } |
4017 | 0 | else inescq = TRUE; |
4018 | 0 | continue; |
4019 | 0 | } |
4020 | 0 | else if (-c == ESC_E) continue; /* Ignore orphan \E */ |
4021 | | |
4022 | 0 | if (c < 0) |
4023 | 0 | { |
4024 | 0 | const pcre_uint8 *cbits = cd->cbits; |
4025 | | /* Every class contains at least two < 256 characters. */ |
4026 | 0 | class_has_8bitchar++; |
4027 | | /* Every class contains at least two characters. */ |
4028 | 0 | class_single_char += 2; |
4029 | |
|
4030 | 0 | switch (-c) |
4031 | 0 | { |
4032 | 0 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
4033 | 0 | case ESC_du: /* These are the values given for \d etc */ |
4034 | 0 | case ESC_DU: /* when PCRE_UCP is set. We replace the */ |
4035 | 0 | case ESC_wu: /* escape sequence with an appropriate \p */ |
4036 | 0 | case ESC_WU: /* or \P to test Unicode properties instead */ |
4037 | 0 | case ESC_su: /* of the default ASCII testing. */ |
4038 | 0 | case ESC_SU: |
4039 | 0 | nestptr = ptr; |
4040 | 0 | ptr = substitutes[-c - ESC_DU] - 1; /* Just before substitute */ |
4041 | 0 | class_has_8bitchar--; /* Undo! */ |
4042 | 0 | continue; |
4043 | 0 | #endif |
4044 | 0 | case ESC_d: |
4045 | 0 | for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_digit]; |
4046 | 0 | continue; |
4047 | | |
4048 | 0 | case ESC_D: |
4049 | 0 | should_flip_negation = TRUE; |
4050 | 0 | for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_digit]; |
4051 | 0 | continue; |
4052 | | |
4053 | 0 | case ESC_w: |
4054 | 0 | for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_word]; |
4055 | 0 | continue; |
4056 | | |
4057 | 0 | case ESC_W: |
4058 | 0 | should_flip_negation = TRUE; |
4059 | 0 | for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_word]; |
4060 | 0 | continue; |
4061 | | |
4062 | | /* Perl 5.004 onwards omits VT from \s, but we must preserve it |
4063 | | if it was previously set by something earlier in the character |
4064 | | class. */ |
4065 | | |
4066 | 0 | case ESC_s: |
4067 | 0 | classbits[0] |= cbits[cbit_space]; |
4068 | 0 | classbits[1] |= cbits[cbit_space+1] & ~0x08; |
4069 | 0 | for (c = 2; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_space]; |
4070 | 0 | continue; |
4071 | | |
4072 | 0 | case ESC_S: |
4073 | 0 | should_flip_negation = TRUE; |
4074 | 0 | for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_space]; |
4075 | 0 | classbits[1] |= 0x08; /* Perl 5.004 onwards omits VT from \s */ |
4076 | 0 | continue; |
4077 | | |
4078 | 0 | case ESC_h: |
4079 | 0 | SETBIT(classbits, 0x09); /* VT */ |
4080 | 0 | SETBIT(classbits, 0x20); /* SPACE */ |
4081 | 0 | SETBIT(classbits, 0xa0); /* NSBP */ |
4082 | | #ifndef COMPILE_PCRE8 |
4083 | | xclass = TRUE; |
4084 | | *class_uchardata++ = XCL_SINGLE; |
4085 | | *class_uchardata++ = 0x1680; |
4086 | | *class_uchardata++ = XCL_SINGLE; |
4087 | | *class_uchardata++ = 0x180e; |
4088 | | *class_uchardata++ = XCL_RANGE; |
4089 | | *class_uchardata++ = 0x2000; |
4090 | | *class_uchardata++ = 0x200a; |
4091 | | *class_uchardata++ = XCL_SINGLE; |
4092 | | *class_uchardata++ = 0x202f; |
4093 | | *class_uchardata++ = XCL_SINGLE; |
4094 | | *class_uchardata++ = 0x205f; |
4095 | | *class_uchardata++ = XCL_SINGLE; |
4096 | | *class_uchardata++ = 0x3000; |
4097 | | #elif defined SUPPORT_UTF |
4098 | 0 | if (utf) |
4099 | 0 | { |
4100 | 0 | xclass = TRUE; |
4101 | 0 | *class_uchardata++ = XCL_SINGLE; |
4102 | 0 | class_uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(0x1680, class_uchardata); |
4103 | 0 | *class_uchardata++ = XCL_SINGLE; |
4104 | 0 | class_uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(0x180e, class_uchardata); |
4105 | 0 | *class_uchardata++ = XCL_RANGE; |
4106 | 0 | class_uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(0x2000, class_uchardata); |
4107 | 0 | class_uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(0x200a, class_uchardata); |
4108 | 0 | *class_uchardata++ = XCL_SINGLE; |
4109 | 0 | class_uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(0x202f, class_uchardata); |
4110 | 0 | *class_uchardata++ = XCL_SINGLE; |
4111 | 0 | class_uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(0x205f, class_uchardata); |
4112 | 0 | *class_uchardata++ = XCL_SINGLE; |
4113 | 0 | class_uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(0x3000, class_uchardata); |
4114 | 0 | } |
4115 | 0 | #endif |
4116 | 0 | continue; |
4117 | | |
4118 | 0 | case ESC_H: |
4119 | 0 | for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) |
4120 | 0 | { |
4121 | 0 | int x = 0xff; |
4122 | 0 | switch (c) |
4123 | 0 | { |
4124 | 0 | case 0x09/8: x ^= 1 << (0x09%8); break; |
4125 | 0 | case 0x20/8: x ^= 1 << (0x20%8); break; |
4126 | 0 | case 0xa0/8: x ^= 1 << (0xa0%8); break; |
4127 | 0 | default: break; |
4128 | 0 | } |
4129 | 0 | classbits[c] |= x; |
4130 | 0 | } |
4131 | | #ifndef COMPILE_PCRE8 |
4132 | | xclass = TRUE; |
4133 | | *class_uchardata++ = XCL_RANGE; |
4134 | | *class_uchardata++ = 0x0100; |
4135 | | *class_uchardata++ = 0x167f; |
4136 | | *class_uchardata++ = XCL_RANGE; |
4137 | | *class_uchardata++ = 0x1681; |
4138 | | *class_uchardata++ = 0x180d; |
4139 | | *class_uchardata++ = XCL_RANGE; |
4140 | | *class_uchardata++ = 0x180f; |
4141 | | *class_uchardata++ = 0x1fff; |
4142 | | *class_uchardata++ = XCL_RANGE; |
4143 | | *class_uchardata++ = 0x200b; |
4144 | | *class_uchardata++ = 0x202e; |
4145 | | *class_uchardata++ = XCL_RANGE; |
4146 | | *class_uchardata++ = 0x2030; |
4147 | | *class_uchardata++ = 0x205e; |
4148 | | *class_uchardata++ = XCL_RANGE; |
4149 | | *class_uchardata++ = 0x2060; |
4150 | | *class_uchardata++ = 0x2fff; |
4151 | | *class_uchardata++ = XCL_RANGE; |
4152 | | *class_uchardata++ = 0x3001; |
4153 | | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
4154 | | if (utf) |
4155 | | class_uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(0x10ffff, class_uchardata); |
4156 | | else |
4157 | | #endif |
4158 | | *class_uchardata++ = 0xffff; |
4159 | | #elif defined SUPPORT_UTF |
4160 | 0 | if (utf) |
4161 | 0 | { |
4162 | 0 | xclass = TRUE; |
4163 | 0 | *class_uchardata++ = XCL_RANGE; |
4164 | 0 | class_uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(0x0100, class_uchardata); |
4165 | 0 | class_uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(0x167f, class_uchardata); |
4166 | 0 | *class_uchardata++ = XCL_RANGE; |
4167 | 0 | class_uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(0x1681, class_uchardata); |
4168 | 0 | class_uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(0x180d, class_uchardata); |
4169 | 0 | *class_uchardata++ = XCL_RANGE; |
4170 | 0 | class_uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(0x180f, class_uchardata); |
4171 | 0 | class_uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(0x1fff, class_uchardata); |
4172 | 0 | *class_uchardata++ = XCL_RANGE; |
4173 | 0 | class_uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(0x200b, class_uchardata); |
4174 | 0 | class_uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(0x202e, class_uchardata); |
4175 | 0 | *class_uchardata++ = XCL_RANGE; |
4176 | 0 | class_uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(0x2030, class_uchardata); |
4177 | 0 | class_uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(0x205e, class_uchardata); |
4178 | 0 | *class_uchardata++ = XCL_RANGE; |
4179 | 0 | class_uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(0x2060, class_uchardata); |
4180 | 0 | class_uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(0x2fff, class_uchardata); |
4181 | 0 | *class_uchardata++ = XCL_RANGE; |
4182 | 0 | class_uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(0x3001, class_uchardata); |
4183 | 0 | class_uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(0x10ffff, class_uchardata); |
4184 | 0 | } |
4185 | 0 | #endif |
4186 | 0 | continue; |
4187 | | |
4188 | 0 | case ESC_v: |
4189 | 0 | SETBIT(classbits, 0x0a); /* LF */ |
4190 | 0 | SETBIT(classbits, 0x0b); /* VT */ |
4191 | 0 | SETBIT(classbits, 0x0c); /* FF */ |
4192 | 0 | SETBIT(classbits, 0x0d); /* CR */ |
4193 | 0 | SETBIT(classbits, 0x85); /* NEL */ |
4194 | | #ifndef COMPILE_PCRE8 |
4195 | | xclass = TRUE; |
4196 | | *class_uchardata++ = XCL_RANGE; |
4197 | | *class_uchardata++ = 0x2028; |
4198 | | *class_uchardata++ = 0x2029; |
4199 | | #elif defined SUPPORT_UTF |
4200 | 0 | if (utf) |
4201 | 0 | { |
4202 | 0 | xclass = TRUE; |
4203 | 0 | *class_uchardata++ = XCL_RANGE; |
4204 | 0 | class_uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(0x2028, class_uchardata); |
4205 | 0 | class_uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(0x2029, class_uchardata); |
4206 | 0 | } |
4207 | 0 | #endif |
4208 | 0 | continue; |
4209 | | |
4210 | 0 | case ESC_V: |
4211 | 0 | for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) |
4212 | 0 | { |
4213 | 0 | int x = 0xff; |
4214 | 0 | switch (c) |
4215 | 0 | { |
4216 | 0 | case 0x0a/8: x ^= 1 << (0x0a%8); |
4217 | 0 | x ^= 1 << (0x0b%8); |
4218 | 0 | x ^= 1 << (0x0c%8); |
4219 | 0 | x ^= 1 << (0x0d%8); |
4220 | 0 | break; |
4221 | 0 | case 0x85/8: x ^= 1 << (0x85%8); break; |
4222 | 0 | default: break; |
4223 | 0 | } |
4224 | 0 | classbits[c] |= x; |
4225 | 0 | } |
4226 | | |
4227 | | #ifndef COMPILE_PCRE8 |
4228 | | xclass = TRUE; |
4229 | | *class_uchardata++ = XCL_RANGE; |
4230 | | *class_uchardata++ = 0x0100; |
4231 | | *class_uchardata++ = 0x2027; |
4232 | | *class_uchardata++ = XCL_RANGE; |
4233 | | *class_uchardata++ = 0x202a; |
4234 | | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
4235 | | if (utf) |
4236 | | class_uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(0x10ffff, class_uchardata); |
4237 | | else |
4238 | | #endif |
4239 | | *class_uchardata++ = 0xffff; |
4240 | | #elif defined SUPPORT_UTF |
4241 | 0 | if (utf) |
4242 | 0 | { |
4243 | 0 | xclass = TRUE; |
4244 | 0 | *class_uchardata++ = XCL_RANGE; |
4245 | 0 | class_uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(0x0100, class_uchardata); |
4246 | 0 | class_uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(0x2027, class_uchardata); |
4247 | 0 | *class_uchardata++ = XCL_RANGE; |
4248 | 0 | class_uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(0x202a, class_uchardata); |
4249 | 0 | class_uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(0x10ffff, class_uchardata); |
4250 | 0 | } |
4251 | 0 | #endif |
4252 | 0 | continue; |
4253 | | |
4254 | 0 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
4255 | 0 | case ESC_p: |
4256 | 0 | case ESC_P: |
4257 | 0 | { |
4258 | 0 | BOOL negated; |
4259 | 0 | int pdata; |
4260 | 0 | int ptype = get_ucp(&ptr, &negated, &pdata, errorcodeptr); |
4261 | 0 | if (ptype < 0) goto FAILED; |
4262 | 0 | xclass = TRUE; |
4263 | 0 | *class_uchardata++ = ((-c == ESC_p) != negated)? |
4264 | 0 | XCL_PROP : XCL_NOTPROP; |
4265 | 0 | *class_uchardata++ = ptype; |
4266 | 0 | *class_uchardata++ = pdata; |
4267 | 0 | class_has_8bitchar--; /* Undo! */ |
4268 | 0 | continue; |
4269 | 0 | } |
4270 | 0 | #endif |
4271 | | /* Unrecognized escapes are faulted if PCRE is running in its |
4272 | | strict mode. By default, for compatibility with Perl, they are |
4273 | | treated as literals. */ |
4274 | | |
4275 | 0 | default: |
4276 | 0 | if ((options & PCRE_EXTRA) != 0) |
4277 | 0 | { |
4278 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR7; |
4279 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
4280 | 0 | } |
4281 | 0 | class_has_8bitchar--; /* Undo the speculative increase. */ |
4282 | 0 | class_single_char -= 2; /* Undo the speculative increase. */ |
4283 | 0 | c = *ptr; /* Get the final character and fall through */ |
4284 | 0 | break; |
4285 | 0 | } |
4286 | 0 | } |
4287 | | |
4288 | | /* Fall through if we have a single character (c >= 0). This may be |
4289 | | greater than 256. */ |
4290 | |
|
4291 | 0 | } /* End of backslash handling */ |
4292 | | |
4293 | | /* A single character may be followed by '-' to form a range. However, |
4294 | | Perl does not permit ']' to be the end of the range. A '-' character |
4295 | | at the end is treated as a literal. Perl ignores orphaned \E sequences |
4296 | | entirely. The code for handling \Q and \E is messy. */ |
4297 | | |
4298 | 0 | CHECK_RANGE: |
4299 | 0 | while (ptr[1] == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[2] == CHAR_E) |
4300 | 0 | { |
4301 | 0 | inescq = FALSE; |
4302 | 0 | ptr += 2; |
4303 | 0 | } |
4304 | |
|
4305 | 0 | oldptr = ptr; |
4306 | | |
4307 | | /* Remember \r or \n */ |
4308 | |
|
4309 | 0 | if (c == CHAR_CR || c == CHAR_NL) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASCRORLF; |
4310 | | |
4311 | | /* Check for range */ |
4312 | |
|
4313 | 0 | if (!inescq && ptr[1] == CHAR_MINUS) |
4314 | 0 | { |
4315 | 0 | int d; |
4316 | 0 | ptr += 2; |
4317 | 0 | while (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E) ptr += 2; |
4318 | | |
4319 | | /* If we hit \Q (not followed by \E) at this point, go into escaped |
4320 | | mode. */ |
4321 | |
|
4322 | 0 | while (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_Q) |
4323 | 0 | { |
4324 | 0 | ptr += 2; |
4325 | 0 | if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E) |
4326 | 0 | { ptr += 2; continue; } |
4327 | 0 | inescq = TRUE; |
4328 | 0 | break; |
4329 | 0 | } |
4330 | |
|
4331 | 0 | if (*ptr == 0 || (!inescq && *ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET)) |
4332 | 0 | { |
4333 | 0 | ptr = oldptr; |
4334 | 0 | goto LONE_SINGLE_CHARACTER; |
4335 | 0 | } |
4336 | | |
4337 | 0 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
4338 | 0 | if (utf) |
4339 | 0 | { /* Braces are required because the */ |
4340 | 0 | GETCHARLEN(d, ptr, ptr); /* macro generates multiple statements */ |
4341 | 0 | } |
4342 | 0 | else |
4343 | 0 | #endif |
4344 | 0 | d = *ptr; /* Not UTF-8 mode */ |
4345 | | |
4346 | | /* The second part of a range can be a single-character escape, but |
4347 | | not any of the other escapes. Perl 5.6 treats a hyphen as a literal |
4348 | | in such circumstances. */ |
4349 | |
|
4350 | 0 | if (!inescq && d == CHAR_BACKSLASH) |
4351 | 0 | { |
4352 | 0 | d = check_escape(&ptr, errorcodeptr, cd->bracount, options, TRUE); |
4353 | 0 | if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED; |
4354 | | |
4355 | | /* \b is backspace; any other special means the '-' was literal */ |
4356 | | |
4357 | 0 | if (d < 0) |
4358 | 0 | { |
4359 | 0 | if (d == -ESC_b) d = CHAR_BS; else |
4360 | 0 | { |
4361 | 0 | ptr = oldptr; |
4362 | 0 | goto LONE_SINGLE_CHARACTER; /* A few lines below */ |
4363 | 0 | } |
4364 | 0 | } |
4365 | 0 | } |
4366 | | |
4367 | | /* Check that the two values are in the correct order. Optimize |
4368 | | one-character ranges */ |
4369 | | |
4370 | 0 | if (d < c) |
4371 | 0 | { |
4372 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR8; |
4373 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
4374 | 0 | } |
4375 | | |
4376 | 0 | if (d == c) goto LONE_SINGLE_CHARACTER; /* A few lines below */ |
4377 | | |
4378 | | /* Remember \r or \n */ |
4379 | | |
4380 | 0 | if (d == CHAR_CR || d == CHAR_NL) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASCRORLF; |
4381 | | |
4382 | | /* Since we found a character range, single character optimizations |
4383 | | cannot be done anymore. */ |
4384 | 0 | class_single_char = 2; |
4385 | | |
4386 | | /* In UTF-8 mode, if the upper limit is > 255, or > 127 for caseless |
4387 | | matching, we have to use an XCLASS with extra data items. Caseless |
4388 | | matching for characters > 127 is available only if UCP support is |
4389 | | available. */ |
4390 | |
|
4391 | | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !(defined COMPILE_PCRE8) |
4392 | | if ((d > 255) || (utf && ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 && d > 127))) |
4393 | | #elif defined SUPPORT_UTF |
4394 | 0 | if (utf && (d > 255 || ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 && d > 127))) |
4395 | | #elif !(defined COMPILE_PCRE8) |
4396 | | if (d > 255) |
4397 | | #endif |
4398 | 0 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !(defined COMPILE_PCRE8) |
4399 | 0 | { |
4400 | 0 | xclass = TRUE; |
4401 | | |
4402 | | /* With UCP support, we can find the other case equivalents of |
4403 | | the relevant characters. There may be several ranges. Optimize how |
4404 | | they fit with the basic range. */ |
4405 | |
|
4406 | 0 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
4407 | | #ifndef COMPILE_PCRE8 |
4408 | | if (utf && (options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0) |
4409 | | #else |
4410 | 0 | if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0) |
4411 | 0 | #endif |
4412 | 0 | { |
4413 | 0 | unsigned int occ, ocd; |
4414 | 0 | unsigned int cc = c; |
4415 | 0 | unsigned int origd = d; |
4416 | 0 | while (get_othercase_range(&cc, origd, &occ, &ocd)) |
4417 | 0 | { |
4418 | 0 | if (occ >= (unsigned int)c && |
4419 | 0 | ocd <= (unsigned int)d) |
4420 | 0 | continue; /* Skip embedded ranges */ |
4421 | | |
4422 | 0 | if (occ < (unsigned int)c && |
4423 | 0 | ocd >= (unsigned int)c - 1) /* Extend the basic range */ |
4424 | 0 | { /* if there is overlap, */ |
4425 | 0 | c = occ; /* noting that if occ < c */ |
4426 | 0 | continue; /* we can't have ocd > d */ |
4427 | 0 | } /* because a subrange is */ |
4428 | 0 | if (ocd > (unsigned int)d && |
4429 | 0 | occ <= (unsigned int)d + 1) /* always shorter than */ |
4430 | 0 | { /* the basic range. */ |
4431 | 0 | d = ocd; |
4432 | 0 | continue; |
4433 | 0 | } |
4434 | | |
4435 | 0 | if (occ == ocd) |
4436 | 0 | { |
4437 | 0 | *class_uchardata++ = XCL_SINGLE; |
4438 | 0 | } |
4439 | 0 | else |
4440 | 0 | { |
4441 | 0 | *class_uchardata++ = XCL_RANGE; |
4442 | 0 | class_uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(occ, class_uchardata); |
4443 | 0 | } |
4444 | 0 | class_uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(ocd, class_uchardata); |
4445 | 0 | } |
4446 | 0 | } |
4447 | 0 | #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ |
4448 | | |
4449 | | /* Now record the original range, possibly modified for UCP caseless |
4450 | | overlapping ranges. */ |
4451 | |
|
4452 | 0 | *class_uchardata++ = XCL_RANGE; |
4453 | 0 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
4454 | | #ifndef COMPILE_PCRE8 |
4455 | | if (utf) |
4456 | | { |
4457 | | class_uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(c, class_uchardata); |
4458 | | class_uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(d, class_uchardata); |
4459 | | } |
4460 | | else |
4461 | | { |
4462 | | *class_uchardata++ = c; |
4463 | | *class_uchardata++ = d; |
4464 | | } |
4465 | | #else |
4466 | 0 | class_uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(c, class_uchardata); |
4467 | 0 | class_uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(d, class_uchardata); |
4468 | 0 | #endif |
4469 | | #else /* SUPPORT_UTF */ |
4470 | | *class_uchardata++ = c; |
4471 | | *class_uchardata++ = d; |
4472 | | #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ |
4473 | | |
4474 | | /* With UCP support, we are done. Without UCP support, there is no |
4475 | | caseless matching for UTF characters > 127; we can use the bit map |
4476 | | for the smaller ones. As for 16 bit characters without UTF, we |
4477 | | can still use */ |
4478 | |
|
4479 | 0 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
4480 | | #ifndef COMPILE_PCRE8 |
4481 | | if (utf) |
4482 | | #endif |
4483 | 0 | continue; /* With next character in the class */ |
4484 | 0 | #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ |
4485 | | |
4486 | | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined(SUPPORT_UCP) && !(defined COMPILE_PCRE8) |
4487 | | if (utf) |
4488 | | { |
4489 | | if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) == 0 || c > 127) continue; |
4490 | | /* Adjust upper limit and fall through to set up the map */ |
4491 | | d = 127; |
4492 | | } |
4493 | | else |
4494 | | { |
4495 | | if (c > 255) continue; |
4496 | | /* Adjust upper limit and fall through to set up the map */ |
4497 | | d = 255; |
4498 | | } |
4499 | | #elif defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined(SUPPORT_UCP) |
4500 | | if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) == 0 || c > 127) continue; |
4501 | | /* Adjust upper limit and fall through to set up the map */ |
4502 | | d = 127; |
4503 | | #else |
4504 | 0 | if (c > 255) continue; |
4505 | | /* Adjust upper limit and fall through to set up the map */ |
4506 | 0 | d = 255; |
4507 | 0 | #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF && !SUPPORT_UCP && !COMPILE_PCRE8 */ |
4508 | 0 | } |
4509 | 0 | #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF || !COMPILE_PCRE8 */ |
4510 | | |
4511 | | /* We use the bit map for 8 bit mode, or when the characters fall |
4512 | | partially or entirely to [0-255] ([0-127] for UCP) ranges. */ |
4513 | | |
4514 | 0 | class_has_8bitchar = 1; |
4515 | | |
4516 | | /* We can save a bit of time by skipping this in the pre-compile. */ |
4517 | |
|
4518 | 0 | if (lengthptr == NULL) for (; c <= d; c++) |
4519 | 0 | { |
4520 | 0 | classbits[c/8] |= (1 << (c&7)); |
4521 | 0 | if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0) |
4522 | 0 | { |
4523 | 0 | int uc = cd->fcc[c]; /* flip case */ |
4524 | 0 | classbits[uc/8] |= (1 << (uc&7)); |
4525 | 0 | } |
4526 | 0 | } |
4527 | |
|
4528 | 0 | continue; /* Go get the next char in the class */ |
4529 | 0 | } |
4530 | | |
4531 | | /* Handle a lone single character - we can get here for a normal |
4532 | | non-escape char, or after \ that introduces a single character or for an |
4533 | | apparent range that isn't. */ |
4534 | | |
4535 | 0 | LONE_SINGLE_CHARACTER: |
4536 | | |
4537 | | /* Only the value of 1 matters for class_single_char. */ |
4538 | |
|
4539 | 0 | if (class_single_char < 2) class_single_char++; |
4540 | | |
4541 | | /* If class_charcount is 1, we saw precisely one character. As long as |
4542 | | there was no use of \p or \P, in other words, no use of any XCLASS |
4543 | | features, we can optimize. |
4544 | | |
4545 | | The optimization throws away the bit map. We turn the item into a |
4546 | | 1-character OP_CHAR[I] if it's positive, or OP_NOT[I] if it's negative. |
4547 | | In the positive case, it can cause firstchar to be set. Otherwise, there |
4548 | | can be no first char if this item is first, whatever repeat count may |
4549 | | follow. In the case of reqchar, save the previous value for reinstating. */ |
4550 | |
|
4551 | 0 | if (class_single_char == 1 && ptr[1] == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET) |
4552 | 0 | { |
4553 | 0 | ptr++; |
4554 | 0 | zeroreqchar = reqchar; |
4555 | |
|
4556 | 0 | if (negate_class) |
4557 | 0 | { |
4558 | 0 | if (firstchar == REQ_UNSET) firstchar = REQ_NONE; |
4559 | 0 | zerofirstchar = firstchar; |
4560 | 0 | *code++ = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? OP_NOTI: OP_NOT; |
4561 | 0 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
4562 | 0 | if (utf && c > MAX_VALUE_FOR_SINGLE_CHAR) |
4563 | 0 | code += PRIV(ord2utf)(c, code); |
4564 | 0 | else |
4565 | 0 | #endif |
4566 | 0 | *code++ = c; |
4567 | 0 | goto NOT_CHAR; |
4568 | 0 | } |
4569 | | |
4570 | | /* For a single, positive character, get the value into mcbuffer, and |
4571 | | then we can handle this with the normal one-character code. */ |
4572 | | |
4573 | 0 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
4574 | 0 | if (utf && c > MAX_VALUE_FOR_SINGLE_CHAR) |
4575 | 0 | mclength = PRIV(ord2utf)(c, mcbuffer); |
4576 | 0 | else |
4577 | 0 | #endif |
4578 | 0 | { |
4579 | 0 | mcbuffer[0] = c; |
4580 | 0 | mclength = 1; |
4581 | 0 | } |
4582 | 0 | goto ONE_CHAR; |
4583 | 0 | } /* End of 1-char optimization */ |
4584 | | |
4585 | | /* Handle a character that cannot go in the bit map. */ |
4586 | | |
4587 | | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !(defined COMPILE_PCRE8) |
4588 | | if ((c > 255) || (utf && ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 && c > 127))) |
4589 | | #elif defined SUPPORT_UTF |
4590 | 0 | if (utf && (c > 255 || ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 && c > 127))) |
4591 | | #elif !(defined COMPILE_PCRE8) |
4592 | | if (c > 255) |
4593 | | #endif |
4594 | | |
4595 | 0 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !(defined COMPILE_PCRE8) |
4596 | 0 | { |
4597 | 0 | xclass = TRUE; |
4598 | 0 | *class_uchardata++ = XCL_SINGLE; |
4599 | 0 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
4600 | | #ifndef COMPILE_PCRE8 |
4601 | | /* In non 8 bit mode, we can get here even if we are not in UTF mode. */ |
4602 | | if (!utf) |
4603 | | *class_uchardata++ = c; |
4604 | | else |
4605 | | #endif |
4606 | 0 | class_uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(c, class_uchardata); |
4607 | | #else /* SUPPORT_UTF */ |
4608 | | *class_uchardata++ = c; |
4609 | | #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ |
4610 | |
|
4611 | 0 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
4612 | 0 | #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 |
4613 | 0 | if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0) |
4614 | | #else |
4615 | | /* In non 8 bit mode, we can get here even if we are not in UTF mode. */ |
4616 | | if (utf && (options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0) |
4617 | | #endif |
4618 | 0 | { |
4619 | 0 | unsigned int othercase; |
4620 | 0 | if ((int)(othercase = UCD_OTHERCASE(c)) != c) |
4621 | 0 | { |
4622 | 0 | *class_uchardata++ = XCL_SINGLE; |
4623 | 0 | class_uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(othercase, class_uchardata); |
4624 | 0 | } |
4625 | 0 | } |
4626 | 0 | #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ |
4627 | |
|
4628 | 0 | } |
4629 | 0 | else |
4630 | 0 | #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF || COMPILE_PCRE16 */ |
4631 | | |
4632 | | /* Handle a single-byte character */ |
4633 | 0 | { |
4634 | 0 | class_has_8bitchar = 1; |
4635 | 0 | classbits[c/8] |= (1 << (c&7)); |
4636 | 0 | if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0) |
4637 | 0 | { |
4638 | 0 | c = cd->fcc[c]; /* flip case */ |
4639 | 0 | classbits[c/8] |= (1 << (c&7)); |
4640 | 0 | } |
4641 | 0 | } |
4642 | 0 | } |
4643 | | |
4644 | | /* Loop until ']' reached. This "while" is the end of the "do" far above. |
4645 | | If we are at the end of an internal nested string, revert to the outer |
4646 | | string. */ |
4647 | |
|
4648 | 0 | while (((c = *(++ptr)) != 0 || |
4649 | 0 | (nestptr != NULL && |
4650 | 0 | (ptr = nestptr, nestptr = NULL, c = *(++ptr)) != 0)) && |
4651 | 0 | (c != CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET || inescq)); |
4652 | | |
4653 | | /* Check for missing terminating ']' */ |
4654 | | |
4655 | 0 | if (c == 0) |
4656 | 0 | { |
4657 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR6; |
4658 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
4659 | 0 | } |
4660 | | |
4661 | | /* If this is the first thing in the branch, there can be no first char |
4662 | | setting, whatever the repeat count. Any reqchar setting must remain |
4663 | | unchanged after any kind of repeat. */ |
4664 | | |
4665 | 0 | if (firstchar == REQ_UNSET) firstchar = REQ_NONE; |
4666 | 0 | zerofirstchar = firstchar; |
4667 | 0 | zeroreqchar = reqchar; |
4668 | | |
4669 | | /* If there are characters with values > 255, we have to compile an |
4670 | | extended class, with its own opcode, unless there was a negated special |
4671 | | such as \S in the class, and PCRE_UCP is not set, because in that case all |
4672 | | characters > 255 are in the class, so any that were explicitly given as |
4673 | | well can be ignored. If (when there are explicit characters > 255 that must |
4674 | | be listed) there are no characters < 256, we can omit the bitmap in the |
4675 | | actual compiled code. */ |
4676 | |
|
4677 | 0 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
4678 | 0 | if (xclass && (!should_flip_negation || (options & PCRE_UCP) != 0)) |
4679 | | #elif !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
4680 | | if (xclass && !should_flip_negation) |
4681 | | #endif |
4682 | 0 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
4683 | 0 | { |
4684 | 0 | *class_uchardata++ = XCL_END; /* Marks the end of extra data */ |
4685 | 0 | *code++ = OP_XCLASS; |
4686 | 0 | code += LINK_SIZE; |
4687 | 0 | *code = negate_class? XCL_NOT:0; |
4688 | | |
4689 | | /* If the map is required, move up the extra data to make room for it; |
4690 | | otherwise just move the code pointer to the end of the extra data. */ |
4691 | |
|
4692 | 0 | if (class_has_8bitchar > 0) |
4693 | 0 | { |
4694 | 0 | *code++ |= XCL_MAP; |
4695 | 0 | memmove(code + (32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar)), code, |
4696 | 0 | IN_UCHARS(class_uchardata - code)); |
4697 | 0 | memcpy(code, classbits, 32); |
4698 | 0 | code = class_uchardata + (32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar)); |
4699 | 0 | } |
4700 | 0 | else code = class_uchardata; |
4701 | | |
4702 | | /* Now fill in the complete length of the item */ |
4703 | |
|
4704 | 0 | PUT(previous, 1, (int)(code - previous)); |
4705 | 0 | break; /* End of class handling */ |
4706 | 0 | } |
4707 | 0 | #endif |
4708 | | |
4709 | | /* If there are no characters > 255, or they are all to be included or |
4710 | | excluded, set the opcode to OP_CLASS or OP_NCLASS, depending on whether the |
4711 | | whole class was negated and whether there were negative specials such as \S |
4712 | | (non-UCP) in the class. Then copy the 32-byte map into the code vector, |
4713 | | negating it if necessary. */ |
4714 | | |
4715 | 0 | *code++ = (negate_class == should_flip_negation) ? OP_CLASS : OP_NCLASS; |
4716 | 0 | if (lengthptr == NULL) /* Save time in the pre-compile phase */ |
4717 | 0 | { |
4718 | 0 | if (negate_class) |
4719 | 0 | for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] = ~classbits[c]; |
4720 | 0 | memcpy(code, classbits, 32); |
4721 | 0 | } |
4722 | 0 | code += 32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar); |
4723 | 0 | NOT_CHAR: |
4724 | 0 | break; |
4725 | | |
4726 | | |
4727 | | /* ===================================================================*/ |
4728 | | /* Various kinds of repeat; '{' is not necessarily a quantifier, but this |
4729 | | has been tested above. */ |
4730 | | |
4731 | 0 | case CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET: |
4732 | 0 | if (!is_quantifier) goto NORMAL_CHAR; |
4733 | 0 | ptr = read_repeat_counts(ptr+1, &repeat_min, &repeat_max, errorcodeptr); |
4734 | 0 | if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED; |
4735 | 0 | goto REPEAT; |
4736 | | |
4737 | 0 | case CHAR_ASTERISK: |
4738 | 0 | repeat_min = 0; |
4739 | 0 | repeat_max = -1; |
4740 | 0 | goto REPEAT; |
4741 | | |
4742 | 0 | case CHAR_PLUS: |
4743 | 0 | repeat_min = 1; |
4744 | 0 | repeat_max = -1; |
4745 | 0 | goto REPEAT; |
4746 | | |
4747 | 0 | case CHAR_QUESTION_MARK: |
4748 | 0 | repeat_min = 0; |
4749 | 0 | repeat_max = 1; |
4750 | |
|
4751 | 0 | REPEAT: |
4752 | 0 | if (previous == NULL) |
4753 | 0 | { |
4754 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR9; |
4755 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
4756 | 0 | } |
4757 | | |
4758 | 0 | if (repeat_min == 0) |
4759 | 0 | { |
4760 | 0 | firstchar = zerofirstchar; /* Adjust for zero repeat */ |
4761 | 0 | reqchar = zeroreqchar; /* Ditto */ |
4762 | 0 | } |
4763 | | |
4764 | | /* Remember whether this is a variable length repeat */ |
4765 | |
|
4766 | 0 | reqvary = (repeat_min == repeat_max)? 0 : REQ_VARY; |
4767 | |
|
4768 | 0 | op_type = 0; /* Default single-char op codes */ |
4769 | 0 | possessive_quantifier = FALSE; /* Default not possessive quantifier */ |
4770 | | |
4771 | | /* Save start of previous item, in case we have to move it up in order to |
4772 | | insert something before it. */ |
4773 | |
|
4774 | 0 | tempcode = previous; |
4775 | | |
4776 | | /* If the next character is '+', we have a possessive quantifier. This |
4777 | | implies greediness, whatever the setting of the PCRE_UNGREEDY option. |
4778 | | If the next character is '?' this is a minimizing repeat, by default, |
4779 | | but if PCRE_UNGREEDY is set, it works the other way round. We change the |
4780 | | repeat type to the non-default. */ |
4781 | |
|
4782 | 0 | if (ptr[1] == CHAR_PLUS) |
4783 | 0 | { |
4784 | 0 | repeat_type = 0; /* Force greedy */ |
4785 | 0 | possessive_quantifier = TRUE; |
4786 | 0 | ptr++; |
4787 | 0 | } |
4788 | 0 | else if (ptr[1] == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK) |
4789 | 0 | { |
4790 | 0 | repeat_type = greedy_non_default; |
4791 | 0 | ptr++; |
4792 | 0 | } |
4793 | 0 | else repeat_type = greedy_default; |
4794 | | |
4795 | | /* If previous was a recursion call, wrap it in atomic brackets so that |
4796 | | previous becomes the atomic group. All recursions were so wrapped in the |
4797 | | past, but it no longer happens for non-repeated recursions. In fact, the |
4798 | | repeated ones could be re-implemented independently so as not to need this, |
4799 | | but for the moment we rely on the code for repeating groups. */ |
4800 | |
|
4801 | 0 | if (*previous == OP_RECURSE) |
4802 | 0 | { |
4803 | 0 | memmove(previous + 1 + LINK_SIZE, previous, IN_UCHARS(1 + LINK_SIZE)); |
4804 | 0 | *previous = OP_ONCE; |
4805 | 0 | PUT(previous, 1, 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE); |
4806 | 0 | previous[2 + 2*LINK_SIZE] = OP_KET; |
4807 | 0 | PUT(previous, 3 + 2*LINK_SIZE, 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE); |
4808 | 0 | code += 2 + 2 * LINK_SIZE; |
4809 | 0 | length_prevgroup = 3 + 3*LINK_SIZE; |
4810 | | |
4811 | | /* When actually compiling, we need to check whether this was a forward |
4812 | | reference, and if so, adjust the offset. */ |
4813 | |
|
4814 | 0 | if (lengthptr == NULL && cd->hwm >= cd->start_workspace + LINK_SIZE) |
4815 | 0 | { |
4816 | 0 | int offset = GET(cd->hwm, -LINK_SIZE); |
4817 | 0 | if (offset == previous + 1 - cd->start_code) |
4818 | 0 | PUT(cd->hwm, -LINK_SIZE, offset + 1 + LINK_SIZE); |
4819 | 0 | } |
4820 | 0 | } |
4821 | | |
4822 | | /* Now handle repetition for the different types of item. */ |
4823 | | |
4824 | | /* If previous was a character or negated character match, abolish the item |
4825 | | and generate a repeat item instead. If a char item has a minimum of more |
4826 | | than one, ensure that it is set in reqchar - it might not be if a sequence |
4827 | | such as x{3} is the first thing in a branch because the x will have gone |
4828 | | into firstchar instead. */ |
4829 | |
|
4830 | 0 | if (*previous == OP_CHAR || *previous == OP_CHARI |
4831 | 0 | || *previous == OP_NOT || *previous == OP_NOTI) |
4832 | 0 | { |
4833 | 0 | switch (*previous) |
4834 | 0 | { |
4835 | 0 | default: /* Make compiler happy. */ |
4836 | 0 | case OP_CHAR: op_type = OP_STAR - OP_STAR; break; |
4837 | 0 | case OP_CHARI: op_type = OP_STARI - OP_STAR; break; |
4838 | 0 | case OP_NOT: op_type = OP_NOTSTAR - OP_STAR; break; |
4839 | 0 | case OP_NOTI: op_type = OP_NOTSTARI - OP_STAR; break; |
4840 | 0 | } |
4841 | | |
4842 | | /* Deal with UTF characters that take up more than one character. It's |
4843 | | easier to write this out separately than try to macrify it. Use c to |
4844 | | hold the length of the character in bytes, plus UTF_LENGTH to flag that |
4845 | | it's a length rather than a small character. */ |
4846 | | |
4847 | 0 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
4848 | 0 | if (utf && NOT_FIRSTCHAR(code[-1])) |
4849 | 0 | { |
4850 | 0 | pcre_uchar *lastchar = code - 1; |
4851 | 0 | BACKCHAR(lastchar); |
4852 | 0 | c = (int)(code - lastchar); /* Length of UTF-8 character */ |
4853 | 0 | memcpy(utf_chars, lastchar, IN_UCHARS(c)); /* Save the char */ |
4854 | 0 | c |= UTF_LENGTH; /* Flag c as a length */ |
4855 | 0 | } |
4856 | 0 | else |
4857 | 0 | #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ |
4858 | | |
4859 | | /* Handle the case of a single character - either with no UTF support, or |
4860 | | with UTF disabled, or for a single character UTF character. */ |
4861 | 0 | { |
4862 | 0 | c = code[-1]; |
4863 | 0 | if (*previous <= OP_CHARI && repeat_min > 1) |
4864 | 0 | reqchar = c | req_caseopt | cd->req_varyopt; |
4865 | 0 | } |
4866 | | |
4867 | | /* If the repetition is unlimited, it pays to see if the next thing on |
4868 | | the line is something that cannot possibly match this character. If so, |
4869 | | automatically possessifying this item gains some performance in the case |
4870 | | where the match fails. */ |
4871 | |
|
4872 | 0 | if (!possessive_quantifier && |
4873 | 0 | repeat_max < 0 && |
4874 | 0 | check_auto_possessive(previous, utf, ptr + 1, options, cd)) |
4875 | 0 | { |
4876 | 0 | repeat_type = 0; /* Force greedy */ |
4877 | 0 | possessive_quantifier = TRUE; |
4878 | 0 | } |
4879 | |
|
4880 | 0 | goto OUTPUT_SINGLE_REPEAT; /* Code shared with single character types */ |
4881 | 0 | } |
4882 | | |
4883 | | /* If previous was a character type match (\d or similar), abolish it and |
4884 | | create a suitable repeat item. The code is shared with single-character |
4885 | | repeats by setting op_type to add a suitable offset into repeat_type. Note |
4886 | | the the Unicode property types will be present only when SUPPORT_UCP is |
4887 | | defined, but we don't wrap the little bits of code here because it just |
4888 | | makes it horribly messy. */ |
4889 | | |
4890 | 0 | else if (*previous < OP_EODN) |
4891 | 0 | { |
4892 | 0 | pcre_uchar *oldcode; |
4893 | 0 | int prop_type, prop_value; |
4894 | 0 | op_type = OP_TYPESTAR - OP_STAR; /* Use type opcodes */ |
4895 | 0 | c = *previous; |
4896 | |
|
4897 | 0 | if (!possessive_quantifier && |
4898 | 0 | repeat_max < 0 && |
4899 | 0 | check_auto_possessive(previous, utf, ptr + 1, options, cd)) |
4900 | 0 | { |
4901 | 0 | repeat_type = 0; /* Force greedy */ |
4902 | 0 | possessive_quantifier = TRUE; |
4903 | 0 | } |
4904 | |
|
4905 | 0 | OUTPUT_SINGLE_REPEAT: |
4906 | 0 | if (*previous == OP_PROP || *previous == OP_NOTPROP) |
4907 | 0 | { |
4908 | 0 | prop_type = previous[1]; |
4909 | 0 | prop_value = previous[2]; |
4910 | 0 | } |
4911 | 0 | else prop_type = prop_value = -1; |
4912 | |
|
4913 | 0 | oldcode = code; |
4914 | 0 | code = previous; /* Usually overwrite previous item */ |
4915 | | |
4916 | | /* If the maximum is zero then the minimum must also be zero; Perl allows |
4917 | | this case, so we do too - by simply omitting the item altogether. */ |
4918 | |
|
4919 | 0 | if (repeat_max == 0) goto END_REPEAT; |
4920 | | |
4921 | | /*--------------------------------------------------------------------*/ |
4922 | | /* This code is obsolete from release 8.00; the restriction was finally |
4923 | | removed: */ |
4924 | | |
4925 | | /* All real repeats make it impossible to handle partial matching (maybe |
4926 | | one day we will be able to remove this restriction). */ |
4927 | | |
4928 | | /* if (repeat_max != 1) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_NOPARTIAL; */ |
4929 | | /*--------------------------------------------------------------------*/ |
4930 | | |
4931 | | /* Combine the op_type with the repeat_type */ |
4932 | | |
4933 | 0 | repeat_type += op_type; |
4934 | | |
4935 | | /* A minimum of zero is handled either as the special case * or ?, or as |
4936 | | an UPTO, with the maximum given. */ |
4937 | |
|
4938 | 0 | if (repeat_min == 0) |
4939 | 0 | { |
4940 | 0 | if (repeat_max == -1) *code++ = OP_STAR + repeat_type; |
4941 | 0 | else if (repeat_max == 1) *code++ = OP_QUERY + repeat_type; |
4942 | 0 | else |
4943 | 0 | { |
4944 | 0 | *code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type; |
4945 | 0 | PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max); |
4946 | 0 | } |
4947 | 0 | } |
4948 | | |
4949 | | /* A repeat minimum of 1 is optimized into some special cases. If the |
4950 | | maximum is unlimited, we use OP_PLUS. Otherwise, the original item is |
4951 | | left in place and, if the maximum is greater than 1, we use OP_UPTO with |
4952 | | one less than the maximum. */ |
4953 | | |
4954 | 0 | else if (repeat_min == 1) |
4955 | 0 | { |
4956 | 0 | if (repeat_max == -1) |
4957 | 0 | *code++ = OP_PLUS + repeat_type; |
4958 | 0 | else |
4959 | 0 | { |
4960 | 0 | code = oldcode; /* leave previous item in place */ |
4961 | 0 | if (repeat_max == 1) goto END_REPEAT; |
4962 | 0 | *code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type; |
4963 | 0 | PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max - 1); |
4964 | 0 | } |
4965 | 0 | } |
4966 | | |
4967 | | /* The case {n,n} is just an EXACT, while the general case {n,m} is |
4968 | | handled as an EXACT followed by an UPTO. */ |
4969 | | |
4970 | 0 | else |
4971 | 0 | { |
4972 | 0 | *code++ = OP_EXACT + op_type; /* NB EXACT doesn't have repeat_type */ |
4973 | 0 | PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_min); |
4974 | | |
4975 | | /* If the maximum is unlimited, insert an OP_STAR. Before doing so, |
4976 | | we have to insert the character for the previous code. For a repeated |
4977 | | Unicode property match, there are two extra bytes that define the |
4978 | | required property. In UTF-8 mode, long characters have their length in |
4979 | | c, with the UTF_LENGTH bit as a flag. */ |
4980 | |
|
4981 | 0 | if (repeat_max < 0) |
4982 | 0 | { |
4983 | 0 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
4984 | 0 | if (utf && (c & UTF_LENGTH) != 0) |
4985 | 0 | { |
4986 | 0 | memcpy(code, utf_chars, IN_UCHARS(c & 7)); |
4987 | 0 | code += c & 7; |
4988 | 0 | } |
4989 | 0 | else |
4990 | 0 | #endif |
4991 | 0 | { |
4992 | 0 | *code++ = c; |
4993 | 0 | if (prop_type >= 0) |
4994 | 0 | { |
4995 | 0 | *code++ = prop_type; |
4996 | 0 | *code++ = prop_value; |
4997 | 0 | } |
4998 | 0 | } |
4999 | 0 | *code++ = OP_STAR + repeat_type; |
5000 | 0 | } |
5001 | | |
5002 | | /* Else insert an UPTO if the max is greater than the min, again |
5003 | | preceded by the character, for the previously inserted code. If the |
5004 | | UPTO is just for 1 instance, we can use QUERY instead. */ |
5005 | | |
5006 | 0 | else if (repeat_max != repeat_min) |
5007 | 0 | { |
5008 | 0 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
5009 | 0 | if (utf && (c & UTF_LENGTH) != 0) |
5010 | 0 | { |
5011 | 0 | memcpy(code, utf_chars, IN_UCHARS(c & 7)); |
5012 | 0 | code += c & 7; |
5013 | 0 | } |
5014 | 0 | else |
5015 | 0 | #endif |
5016 | 0 | *code++ = c; |
5017 | 0 | if (prop_type >= 0) |
5018 | 0 | { |
5019 | 0 | *code++ = prop_type; |
5020 | 0 | *code++ = prop_value; |
5021 | 0 | } |
5022 | 0 | repeat_max -= repeat_min; |
5023 | |
|
5024 | 0 | if (repeat_max == 1) |
5025 | 0 | { |
5026 | 0 | *code++ = OP_QUERY + repeat_type; |
5027 | 0 | } |
5028 | 0 | else |
5029 | 0 | { |
5030 | 0 | *code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type; |
5031 | 0 | PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max); |
5032 | 0 | } |
5033 | 0 | } |
5034 | 0 | } |
5035 | | |
5036 | | /* The character or character type itself comes last in all cases. */ |
5037 | | |
5038 | 0 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
5039 | 0 | if (utf && (c & UTF_LENGTH) != 0) |
5040 | 0 | { |
5041 | 0 | memcpy(code, utf_chars, IN_UCHARS(c & 7)); |
5042 | 0 | code += c & 7; |
5043 | 0 | } |
5044 | 0 | else |
5045 | 0 | #endif |
5046 | 0 | *code++ = c; |
5047 | | |
5048 | | /* For a repeated Unicode property match, there are two extra bytes that |
5049 | | define the required property. */ |
5050 | |
|
5051 | 0 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
5052 | 0 | if (prop_type >= 0) |
5053 | 0 | { |
5054 | 0 | *code++ = prop_type; |
5055 | 0 | *code++ = prop_value; |
5056 | 0 | } |
5057 | 0 | #endif |
5058 | 0 | } |
5059 | | |
5060 | | /* If previous was a character class or a back reference, we put the repeat |
5061 | | stuff after it, but just skip the item if the repeat was {0,0}. */ |
5062 | | |
5063 | 0 | else if (*previous == OP_CLASS || |
5064 | 0 | *previous == OP_NCLASS || |
5065 | 0 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
5066 | 0 | *previous == OP_XCLASS || |
5067 | 0 | #endif |
5068 | 0 | *previous == OP_REF || |
5069 | 0 | *previous == OP_REFI) |
5070 | 0 | { |
5071 | 0 | if (repeat_max == 0) |
5072 | 0 | { |
5073 | 0 | code = previous; |
5074 | 0 | goto END_REPEAT; |
5075 | 0 | } |
5076 | | |
5077 | | /*--------------------------------------------------------------------*/ |
5078 | | /* This code is obsolete from release 8.00; the restriction was finally |
5079 | | removed: */ |
5080 | | |
5081 | | /* All real repeats make it impossible to handle partial matching (maybe |
5082 | | one day we will be able to remove this restriction). */ |
5083 | | |
5084 | | /* if (repeat_max != 1) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_NOPARTIAL; */ |
5085 | | /*--------------------------------------------------------------------*/ |
5086 | | |
5087 | 0 | if (repeat_min == 0 && repeat_max == -1) |
5088 | 0 | *code++ = OP_CRSTAR + repeat_type; |
5089 | 0 | else if (repeat_min == 1 && repeat_max == -1) |
5090 | 0 | *code++ = OP_CRPLUS + repeat_type; |
5091 | 0 | else if (repeat_min == 0 && repeat_max == 1) |
5092 | 0 | *code++ = OP_CRQUERY + repeat_type; |
5093 | 0 | else |
5094 | 0 | { |
5095 | 0 | *code++ = OP_CRRANGE + repeat_type; |
5096 | 0 | PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_min); |
5097 | 0 | if (repeat_max == -1) repeat_max = 0; /* 2-byte encoding for max */ |
5098 | 0 | PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max); |
5099 | 0 | } |
5100 | 0 | } |
5101 | | |
5102 | | /* If previous was a bracket group, we may have to replicate it in certain |
5103 | | cases. Note that at this point we can encounter only the "basic" bracket |
5104 | | opcodes such as BRA and CBRA, as this is the place where they get converted |
5105 | | into the more special varieties such as BRAPOS and SBRA. A test for >= |
5106 | | OP_ASSERT and <= OP_COND includes ASSERT, ASSERT_NOT, ASSERTBACK, |
5107 | | ASSERTBACK_NOT, ONCE, BRA, CBRA, and COND. Originally, PCRE did not allow |
5108 | | repetition of assertions, but now it does, for Perl compatibility. */ |
5109 | | |
5110 | 0 | else if (*previous >= OP_ASSERT && *previous <= OP_COND) |
5111 | 0 | { |
5112 | 0 | int i; |
5113 | 0 | int len = (int)(code - previous); |
5114 | 0 | pcre_uchar *bralink = NULL; |
5115 | 0 | pcre_uchar *brazeroptr = NULL; |
5116 | | |
5117 | | /* Repeating a DEFINE group is pointless, but Perl allows the syntax, so |
5118 | | we just ignore the repeat. */ |
5119 | |
|
5120 | 0 | if (*previous == OP_COND && previous[LINK_SIZE+1] == OP_DEF) |
5121 | 0 | goto END_REPEAT; |
5122 | | |
5123 | | /* There is no sense in actually repeating assertions. The only potential |
5124 | | use of repetition is in cases when the assertion is optional. Therefore, |
5125 | | if the minimum is greater than zero, just ignore the repeat. If the |
5126 | | maximum is not not zero or one, set it to 1. */ |
5127 | | |
5128 | 0 | if (*previous < OP_ONCE) /* Assertion */ |
5129 | 0 | { |
5130 | 0 | if (repeat_min > 0) goto END_REPEAT; |
5131 | 0 | if (repeat_max < 0 || repeat_max > 1) repeat_max = 1; |
5132 | 0 | } |
5133 | | |
5134 | | /* The case of a zero minimum is special because of the need to stick |
5135 | | OP_BRAZERO in front of it, and because the group appears once in the |
5136 | | data, whereas in other cases it appears the minimum number of times. For |
5137 | | this reason, it is simplest to treat this case separately, as otherwise |
5138 | | the code gets far too messy. There are several special subcases when the |
5139 | | minimum is zero. */ |
5140 | | |
5141 | 0 | if (repeat_min == 0) |
5142 | 0 | { |
5143 | | /* If the maximum is also zero, we used to just omit the group from the |
5144 | | output altogether, like this: |
5145 | | |
5146 | | ** if (repeat_max == 0) |
5147 | | ** { |
5148 | | ** code = previous; |
5149 | | ** goto END_REPEAT; |
5150 | | ** } |
5151 | | |
5152 | | However, that fails when a group or a subgroup within it is referenced |
5153 | | as a subroutine from elsewhere in the pattern, so now we stick in |
5154 | | OP_SKIPZERO in front of it so that it is skipped on execution. As we |
5155 | | don't have a list of which groups are referenced, we cannot do this |
5156 | | selectively. |
5157 | | |
5158 | | If the maximum is 1 or unlimited, we just have to stick in the BRAZERO |
5159 | | and do no more at this point. However, we do need to adjust any |
5160 | | OP_RECURSE calls inside the group that refer to the group itself or any |
5161 | | internal or forward referenced group, because the offset is from the |
5162 | | start of the whole regex. Temporarily terminate the pattern while doing |
5163 | | this. */ |
5164 | |
|
5165 | 0 | if (repeat_max <= 1) /* Covers 0, 1, and unlimited */ |
5166 | 0 | { |
5167 | 0 | *code = OP_END; |
5168 | 0 | adjust_recurse(previous, 1, utf, cd, save_hwm); |
5169 | 0 | memmove(previous + 1, previous, IN_UCHARS(len)); |
5170 | 0 | code++; |
5171 | 0 | if (repeat_max == 0) |
5172 | 0 | { |
5173 | 0 | *previous++ = OP_SKIPZERO; |
5174 | 0 | goto END_REPEAT; |
5175 | 0 | } |
5176 | 0 | brazeroptr = previous; /* Save for possessive optimizing */ |
5177 | 0 | *previous++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type; |
5178 | 0 | } |
5179 | | |
5180 | | /* If the maximum is greater than 1 and limited, we have to replicate |
5181 | | in a nested fashion, sticking OP_BRAZERO before each set of brackets. |
5182 | | The first one has to be handled carefully because it's the original |
5183 | | copy, which has to be moved up. The remainder can be handled by code |
5184 | | that is common with the non-zero minimum case below. We have to |
5185 | | adjust the value or repeat_max, since one less copy is required. Once |
5186 | | again, we may have to adjust any OP_RECURSE calls inside the group. */ |
5187 | | |
5188 | 0 | else |
5189 | 0 | { |
5190 | 0 | int offset; |
5191 | 0 | *code = OP_END; |
5192 | 0 | adjust_recurse(previous, 2 + LINK_SIZE, utf, cd, save_hwm); |
5193 | 0 | memmove(previous + 2 + LINK_SIZE, previous, IN_UCHARS(len)); |
5194 | 0 | code += 2 + LINK_SIZE; |
5195 | 0 | *previous++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type; |
5196 | 0 | *previous++ = OP_BRA; |
5197 | | |
5198 | | /* We chain together the bracket offset fields that have to be |
5199 | | filled in later when the ends of the brackets are reached. */ |
5200 | |
|
5201 | 0 | offset = (bralink == NULL)? 0 : (int)(previous - bralink); |
5202 | 0 | bralink = previous; |
5203 | 0 | PUTINC(previous, 0, offset); |
5204 | 0 | } |
5205 | | |
5206 | 0 | repeat_max--; |
5207 | 0 | } |
5208 | | |
5209 | | /* If the minimum is greater than zero, replicate the group as many |
5210 | | times as necessary, and adjust the maximum to the number of subsequent |
5211 | | copies that we need. If we set a first char from the group, and didn't |
5212 | | set a required char, copy the latter from the former. If there are any |
5213 | | forward reference subroutine calls in the group, there will be entries on |
5214 | | the workspace list; replicate these with an appropriate increment. */ |
5215 | | |
5216 | 0 | else |
5217 | 0 | { |
5218 | 0 | if (repeat_min > 1) |
5219 | 0 | { |
5220 | | /* In the pre-compile phase, we don't actually do the replication. We |
5221 | | just adjust the length as if we had. Do some paranoid checks for |
5222 | | potential integer overflow. The INT64_OR_DOUBLE type is a 64-bit |
5223 | | integer type when available, otherwise double. */ |
5224 | |
|
5225 | 0 | if (lengthptr != NULL) |
5226 | 0 | { |
5227 | 0 | int delta = (repeat_min - 1)*length_prevgroup; |
5228 | 0 | if ((INT64_OR_DOUBLE)(repeat_min - 1)* |
5229 | 0 | (INT64_OR_DOUBLE)length_prevgroup > |
5230 | 0 | (INT64_OR_DOUBLE)INT_MAX || |
5231 | 0 | OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < delta) |
5232 | 0 | { |
5233 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR20; |
5234 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
5235 | 0 | } |
5236 | 0 | *lengthptr += delta; |
5237 | 0 | } |
5238 | | |
5239 | | /* This is compiling for real. If there is a set first byte for |
5240 | | the group, and we have not yet set a "required byte", set it. Make |
5241 | | sure there is enough workspace for copying forward references before |
5242 | | doing the copy. */ |
5243 | | |
5244 | 0 | else |
5245 | 0 | { |
5246 | 0 | if (groupsetfirstchar && reqchar < 0) reqchar = firstchar; |
5247 | |
|
5248 | 0 | for (i = 1; i < repeat_min; i++) |
5249 | 0 | { |
5250 | 0 | pcre_uchar *hc; |
5251 | 0 | pcre_uchar *this_hwm = cd->hwm; |
5252 | 0 | memcpy(code, previous, IN_UCHARS(len)); |
5253 | |
|
5254 | 0 | while (cd->hwm > cd->start_workspace + cd->workspace_size - |
5255 | 0 | WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN - (this_hwm - save_hwm)) |
5256 | 0 | { |
5257 | 0 | int save_offset = save_hwm - cd->start_workspace; |
5258 | 0 | int this_offset = this_hwm - cd->start_workspace; |
5259 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = expand_workspace(cd); |
5260 | 0 | if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED; |
5261 | 0 | save_hwm = (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_workspace + save_offset; |
5262 | 0 | this_hwm = (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_workspace + this_offset; |
5263 | 0 | } |
5264 | | |
5265 | 0 | for (hc = save_hwm; hc < this_hwm; hc += LINK_SIZE) |
5266 | 0 | { |
5267 | 0 | PUT(cd->hwm, 0, GET(hc, 0) + len); |
5268 | 0 | cd->hwm += LINK_SIZE; |
5269 | 0 | } |
5270 | 0 | save_hwm = this_hwm; |
5271 | 0 | code += len; |
5272 | 0 | } |
5273 | 0 | } |
5274 | 0 | } |
5275 | | |
5276 | 0 | if (repeat_max > 0) repeat_max -= repeat_min; |
5277 | 0 | } |
5278 | | |
5279 | | /* This code is common to both the zero and non-zero minimum cases. If |
5280 | | the maximum is limited, it replicates the group in a nested fashion, |
5281 | | remembering the bracket starts on a stack. In the case of a zero minimum, |
5282 | | the first one was set up above. In all cases the repeat_max now specifies |
5283 | | the number of additional copies needed. Again, we must remember to |
5284 | | replicate entries on the forward reference list. */ |
5285 | | |
5286 | 0 | if (repeat_max >= 0) |
5287 | 0 | { |
5288 | | /* In the pre-compile phase, we don't actually do the replication. We |
5289 | | just adjust the length as if we had. For each repetition we must add 1 |
5290 | | to the length for BRAZERO and for all but the last repetition we must |
5291 | | add 2 + 2*LINKSIZE to allow for the nesting that occurs. Do some |
5292 | | paranoid checks to avoid integer overflow. The INT64_OR_DOUBLE type is |
5293 | | a 64-bit integer type when available, otherwise double. */ |
5294 | |
|
5295 | 0 | if (lengthptr != NULL && repeat_max > 0) |
5296 | 0 | { |
5297 | 0 | int delta = repeat_max * (length_prevgroup + 1 + 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE) - |
5298 | 0 | 2 - 2*LINK_SIZE; /* Last one doesn't nest */ |
5299 | 0 | if ((INT64_OR_DOUBLE)repeat_max * |
5300 | 0 | (INT64_OR_DOUBLE)(length_prevgroup + 1 + 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE) |
5301 | 0 | > (INT64_OR_DOUBLE)INT_MAX || |
5302 | 0 | OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < delta) |
5303 | 0 | { |
5304 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR20; |
5305 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
5306 | 0 | } |
5307 | 0 | *lengthptr += delta; |
5308 | 0 | } |
5309 | | |
5310 | | /* This is compiling for real */ |
5311 | | |
5312 | 0 | else for (i = repeat_max - 1; i >= 0; i--) |
5313 | 0 | { |
5314 | 0 | pcre_uchar *hc; |
5315 | 0 | pcre_uchar *this_hwm = cd->hwm; |
5316 | |
|
5317 | 0 | *code++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type; |
5318 | | |
5319 | | /* All but the final copy start a new nesting, maintaining the |
5320 | | chain of brackets outstanding. */ |
5321 | |
|
5322 | 0 | if (i != 0) |
5323 | 0 | { |
5324 | 0 | int offset; |
5325 | 0 | *code++ = OP_BRA; |
5326 | 0 | offset = (bralink == NULL)? 0 : (int)(code - bralink); |
5327 | 0 | bralink = code; |
5328 | 0 | PUTINC(code, 0, offset); |
5329 | 0 | } |
5330 | |
|
5331 | 0 | memcpy(code, previous, IN_UCHARS(len)); |
5332 | | |
5333 | | /* Ensure there is enough workspace for forward references before |
5334 | | copying them. */ |
5335 | |
|
5336 | 0 | while (cd->hwm > cd->start_workspace + cd->workspace_size - |
5337 | 0 | WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN - (this_hwm - save_hwm)) |
5338 | 0 | { |
5339 | 0 | int save_offset = save_hwm - cd->start_workspace; |
5340 | 0 | int this_offset = this_hwm - cd->start_workspace; |
5341 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = expand_workspace(cd); |
5342 | 0 | if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED; |
5343 | 0 | save_hwm = (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_workspace + save_offset; |
5344 | 0 | this_hwm = (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_workspace + this_offset; |
5345 | 0 | } |
5346 | | |
5347 | 0 | for (hc = save_hwm; hc < this_hwm; hc += LINK_SIZE) |
5348 | 0 | { |
5349 | 0 | PUT(cd->hwm, 0, GET(hc, 0) + len + ((i != 0)? 2+LINK_SIZE : 1)); |
5350 | 0 | cd->hwm += LINK_SIZE; |
5351 | 0 | } |
5352 | 0 | save_hwm = this_hwm; |
5353 | 0 | code += len; |
5354 | 0 | } |
5355 | | |
5356 | | /* Now chain through the pending brackets, and fill in their length |
5357 | | fields (which are holding the chain links pro tem). */ |
5358 | | |
5359 | 0 | while (bralink != NULL) |
5360 | 0 | { |
5361 | 0 | int oldlinkoffset; |
5362 | 0 | int offset = (int)(code - bralink + 1); |
5363 | 0 | pcre_uchar *bra = code - offset; |
5364 | 0 | oldlinkoffset = GET(bra, 1); |
5365 | 0 | bralink = (oldlinkoffset == 0)? NULL : bralink - oldlinkoffset; |
5366 | 0 | *code++ = OP_KET; |
5367 | 0 | PUTINC(code, 0, offset); |
5368 | 0 | PUT(bra, 1, offset); |
5369 | 0 | } |
5370 | 0 | } |
5371 | | |
5372 | | /* If the maximum is unlimited, set a repeater in the final copy. For |
5373 | | ONCE brackets, that's all we need to do. However, possessively repeated |
5374 | | ONCE brackets can be converted into non-capturing brackets, as the |
5375 | | behaviour of (?:xx)++ is the same as (?>xx)++ and this saves having to |
5376 | | deal with possessive ONCEs specially. |
5377 | | |
5378 | | Otherwise, when we are doing the actual compile phase, check to see |
5379 | | whether this group is one that could match an empty string. If so, |
5380 | | convert the initial operator to the S form (e.g. OP_BRA -> OP_SBRA) so |
5381 | | that runtime checking can be done. [This check is also applied to ONCE |
5382 | | groups at runtime, but in a different way.] |
5383 | | |
5384 | | Then, if the quantifier was possessive and the bracket is not a |
5385 | | conditional, we convert the BRA code to the POS form, and the KET code to |
5386 | | KETRPOS. (It turns out to be convenient at runtime to detect this kind of |
5387 | | subpattern at both the start and at the end.) The use of special opcodes |
5388 | | makes it possible to reduce greatly the stack usage in pcre_exec(). If |
5389 | | the group is preceded by OP_BRAZERO, convert this to OP_BRAPOSZERO. |
5390 | | |
5391 | | Then, if the minimum number of matches is 1 or 0, cancel the possessive |
5392 | | flag so that the default action below, of wrapping everything inside |
5393 | | atomic brackets, does not happen. When the minimum is greater than 1, |
5394 | | there will be earlier copies of the group, and so we still have to wrap |
5395 | | the whole thing. */ |
5396 | | |
5397 | 0 | else |
5398 | 0 | { |
5399 | 0 | pcre_uchar *ketcode = code - 1 - LINK_SIZE; |
5400 | 0 | pcre_uchar *bracode = ketcode - GET(ketcode, 1); |
5401 | | |
5402 | | /* Convert possessive ONCE brackets to non-capturing */ |
5403 | |
|
5404 | 0 | if ((*bracode == OP_ONCE || *bracode == OP_ONCE_NC) && |
5405 | 0 | possessive_quantifier) *bracode = OP_BRA; |
5406 | | |
5407 | | /* For non-possessive ONCE brackets, all we need to do is to |
5408 | | set the KET. */ |
5409 | |
|
5410 | 0 | if (*bracode == OP_ONCE || *bracode == OP_ONCE_NC) |
5411 | 0 | *ketcode = OP_KETRMAX + repeat_type; |
5412 | | |
5413 | | /* Handle non-ONCE brackets and possessive ONCEs (which have been |
5414 | | converted to non-capturing above). */ |
5415 | | |
5416 | 0 | else |
5417 | 0 | { |
5418 | | /* In the compile phase, check for empty string matching. */ |
5419 | |
|
5420 | 0 | if (lengthptr == NULL) |
5421 | 0 | { |
5422 | 0 | pcre_uchar *scode = bracode; |
5423 | 0 | do |
5424 | 0 | { |
5425 | 0 | if (could_be_empty_branch(scode, ketcode, utf, cd)) |
5426 | 0 | { |
5427 | 0 | *bracode += OP_SBRA - OP_BRA; |
5428 | 0 | break; |
5429 | 0 | } |
5430 | 0 | scode += GET(scode, 1); |
5431 | 0 | } |
5432 | 0 | while (*scode == OP_ALT); |
5433 | 0 | } |
5434 | | |
5435 | | /* Handle possessive quantifiers. */ |
5436 | |
|
5437 | 0 | if (possessive_quantifier) |
5438 | 0 | { |
5439 | | /* For COND brackets, we wrap the whole thing in a possessively |
5440 | | repeated non-capturing bracket, because we have not invented POS |
5441 | | versions of the COND opcodes. Because we are moving code along, we |
5442 | | must ensure that any pending recursive references are updated. */ |
5443 | |
|
5444 | 0 | if (*bracode == OP_COND || *bracode == OP_SCOND) |
5445 | 0 | { |
5446 | 0 | int nlen = (int)(code - bracode); |
5447 | 0 | *code = OP_END; |
5448 | 0 | adjust_recurse(bracode, 1 + LINK_SIZE, utf, cd, save_hwm); |
5449 | 0 | memmove(bracode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, bracode, IN_UCHARS(nlen)); |
5450 | 0 | code += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
5451 | 0 | nlen += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
5452 | 0 | *bracode = OP_BRAPOS; |
5453 | 0 | *code++ = OP_KETRPOS; |
5454 | 0 | PUTINC(code, 0, nlen); |
5455 | 0 | PUT(bracode, 1, nlen); |
5456 | 0 | } |
5457 | | |
5458 | | /* For non-COND brackets, we modify the BRA code and use KETRPOS. */ |
5459 | | |
5460 | 0 | else |
5461 | 0 | { |
5462 | 0 | *bracode += 1; /* Switch to xxxPOS opcodes */ |
5463 | 0 | *ketcode = OP_KETRPOS; |
5464 | 0 | } |
5465 | | |
5466 | | /* If the minimum is zero, mark it as possessive, then unset the |
5467 | | possessive flag when the minimum is 0 or 1. */ |
5468 | |
|
5469 | 0 | if (brazeroptr != NULL) *brazeroptr = OP_BRAPOSZERO; |
5470 | 0 | if (repeat_min < 2) possessive_quantifier = FALSE; |
5471 | 0 | } |
5472 | | |
5473 | | /* Non-possessive quantifier */ |
5474 | | |
5475 | 0 | else *ketcode = OP_KETRMAX + repeat_type; |
5476 | 0 | } |
5477 | 0 | } |
5478 | 0 | } |
5479 | | |
5480 | | /* If previous is OP_FAIL, it was generated by an empty class [] in |
5481 | | JavaScript mode. The other ways in which OP_FAIL can be generated, that is |
5482 | | by (*FAIL) or (?!) set previous to NULL, which gives a "nothing to repeat" |
5483 | | error above. We can just ignore the repeat in JS case. */ |
5484 | | |
5485 | 0 | else if (*previous == OP_FAIL) goto END_REPEAT; |
5486 | | |
5487 | | /* Else there's some kind of shambles */ |
5488 | | |
5489 | 0 | else |
5490 | 0 | { |
5491 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR11; |
5492 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
5493 | 0 | } |
5494 | | |
5495 | | /* If the character following a repeat is '+', or if certain optimization |
5496 | | tests above succeeded, possessive_quantifier is TRUE. For some opcodes, |
5497 | | there are special alternative opcodes for this case. For anything else, we |
5498 | | wrap the entire repeated item inside OP_ONCE brackets. Logically, the '+' |
5499 | | notation is just syntactic sugar, taken from Sun's Java package, but the |
5500 | | special opcodes can optimize it. |
5501 | | |
5502 | | Some (but not all) possessively repeated subpatterns have already been |
5503 | | completely handled in the code just above. For them, possessive_quantifier |
5504 | | is always FALSE at this stage. |
5505 | | |
5506 | | Note that the repeated item starts at tempcode, not at previous, which |
5507 | | might be the first part of a string whose (former) last char we repeated. |
5508 | | |
5509 | | Possessifying an 'exact' quantifier has no effect, so we can ignore it. But |
5510 | | an 'upto' may follow. We skip over an 'exact' item, and then test the |
5511 | | length of what remains before proceeding. */ |
5512 | | |
5513 | 0 | if (possessive_quantifier) |
5514 | 0 | { |
5515 | 0 | int len; |
5516 | |
|
5517 | 0 | if (*tempcode == OP_TYPEEXACT) |
5518 | 0 | tempcode += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*tempcode] + |
5519 | 0 | ((tempcode[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP |
5520 | 0 | || tempcode[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP)? 2 : 0); |
5521 | | |
5522 | 0 | else if (*tempcode == OP_EXACT || *tempcode == OP_NOTEXACT) |
5523 | 0 | { |
5524 | 0 | tempcode += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*tempcode]; |
5525 | 0 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
5526 | 0 | if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(tempcode[-1])) |
5527 | 0 | tempcode += GET_EXTRALEN(tempcode[-1]); |
5528 | 0 | #endif |
5529 | 0 | } |
5530 | |
|
5531 | 0 | len = (int)(code - tempcode); |
5532 | 0 | if (len > 0) switch (*tempcode) |
5533 | 0 | { |
5534 | 0 | case OP_STAR: *tempcode = OP_POSSTAR; break; |
5535 | 0 | case OP_PLUS: *tempcode = OP_POSPLUS; break; |
5536 | 0 | case OP_QUERY: *tempcode = OP_POSQUERY; break; |
5537 | 0 | case OP_UPTO: *tempcode = OP_POSUPTO; break; |
5538 | | |
5539 | 0 | case OP_STARI: *tempcode = OP_POSSTARI; break; |
5540 | 0 | case OP_PLUSI: *tempcode = OP_POSPLUSI; break; |
5541 | 0 | case OP_QUERYI: *tempcode = OP_POSQUERYI; break; |
5542 | 0 | case OP_UPTOI: *tempcode = OP_POSUPTOI; break; |
5543 | | |
5544 | 0 | case OP_NOTSTAR: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSSTAR; break; |
5545 | 0 | case OP_NOTPLUS: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSPLUS; break; |
5546 | 0 | case OP_NOTQUERY: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSQUERY; break; |
5547 | 0 | case OP_NOTUPTO: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSUPTO; break; |
5548 | | |
5549 | 0 | case OP_NOTSTARI: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSSTARI; break; |
5550 | 0 | case OP_NOTPLUSI: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSPLUSI; break; |
5551 | 0 | case OP_NOTQUERYI: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSQUERYI; break; |
5552 | 0 | case OP_NOTUPTOI: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSUPTOI; break; |
5553 | | |
5554 | 0 | case OP_TYPESTAR: *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSSTAR; break; |
5555 | 0 | case OP_TYPEPLUS: *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSPLUS; break; |
5556 | 0 | case OP_TYPEQUERY: *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSQUERY; break; |
5557 | 0 | case OP_TYPEUPTO: *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSUPTO; break; |
5558 | | |
5559 | | /* Because we are moving code along, we must ensure that any |
5560 | | pending recursive references are updated. */ |
5561 | | |
5562 | 0 | default: |
5563 | 0 | *code = OP_END; |
5564 | 0 | adjust_recurse(tempcode, 1 + LINK_SIZE, utf, cd, save_hwm); |
5565 | 0 | memmove(tempcode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, tempcode, IN_UCHARS(len)); |
5566 | 0 | code += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
5567 | 0 | len += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
5568 | 0 | tempcode[0] = OP_ONCE; |
5569 | 0 | *code++ = OP_KET; |
5570 | 0 | PUTINC(code, 0, len); |
5571 | 0 | PUT(tempcode, 1, len); |
5572 | 0 | break; |
5573 | 0 | } |
5574 | 0 | } |
5575 | | |
5576 | | /* In all case we no longer have a previous item. We also set the |
5577 | | "follows varying string" flag for subsequently encountered reqchars if |
5578 | | it isn't already set and we have just passed a varying length item. */ |
5579 | | |
5580 | 0 | END_REPEAT: |
5581 | 0 | previous = NULL; |
5582 | 0 | cd->req_varyopt |= reqvary; |
5583 | 0 | break; |
5584 | | |
5585 | | |
5586 | | /* ===================================================================*/ |
5587 | | /* Start of nested parenthesized sub-expression, or comment or lookahead or |
5588 | | lookbehind or option setting or condition or all the other extended |
5589 | | parenthesis forms. */ |
5590 | | |
5591 | 0 | case CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS: |
5592 | 0 | newoptions = options; |
5593 | 0 | skipbytes = 0; |
5594 | 0 | bravalue = OP_CBRA; |
5595 | 0 | save_hwm = cd->hwm; |
5596 | 0 | reset_bracount = FALSE; |
5597 | | |
5598 | | /* First deal with various "verbs" that can be introduced by '*'. */ |
5599 | |
|
5600 | 0 | ptr++; |
5601 | 0 | if (ptr[0] == CHAR_ASTERISK && (ptr[1] == ':' |
5602 | 0 | || (MAX_255(ptr[1]) && ((cd->ctypes[ptr[1]] & ctype_letter) != 0)))) |
5603 | 0 | { |
5604 | 0 | int i, namelen; |
5605 | 0 | int arglen = 0; |
5606 | 0 | const char *vn = verbnames; |
5607 | 0 | const pcre_uchar *name = ptr + 1; |
5608 | 0 | const pcre_uchar *arg = NULL; |
5609 | 0 | previous = NULL; |
5610 | 0 | ptr++; |
5611 | 0 | while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_letter) != 0) ptr++; |
5612 | 0 | namelen = (int)(ptr - name); |
5613 | | |
5614 | | /* It appears that Perl allows any characters whatsoever, other than |
5615 | | a closing parenthesis, to appear in arguments, so we no longer insist on |
5616 | | letters, digits, and underscores. */ |
5617 | |
|
5618 | 0 | if (*ptr == CHAR_COLON) |
5619 | 0 | { |
5620 | 0 | arg = ++ptr; |
5621 | 0 | while (*ptr != 0 && *ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) ptr++; |
5622 | 0 | arglen = (int)(ptr - arg); |
5623 | 0 | if (arglen > (int)MAX_MARK) |
5624 | 0 | { |
5625 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR75; |
5626 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
5627 | 0 | } |
5628 | 0 | } |
5629 | | |
5630 | 0 | if (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) |
5631 | 0 | { |
5632 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR60; |
5633 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
5634 | 0 | } |
5635 | | |
5636 | | /* Scan the table of verb names */ |
5637 | | |
5638 | 0 | for (i = 0; i < verbcount; i++) |
5639 | 0 | { |
5640 | 0 | if (namelen == verbs[i].len && |
5641 | 0 | STRNCMP_UC_C8(name, vn, namelen) == 0) |
5642 | 0 | { |
5643 | | /* Check for open captures before ACCEPT and convert it to |
5644 | | ASSERT_ACCEPT if in an assertion. */ |
5645 | |
|
5646 | 0 | if (verbs[i].op == OP_ACCEPT) |
5647 | 0 | { |
5648 | 0 | open_capitem *oc; |
5649 | 0 | if (arglen != 0) |
5650 | 0 | { |
5651 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR59; |
5652 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
5653 | 0 | } |
5654 | 0 | cd->had_accept = TRUE; |
5655 | 0 | for (oc = cd->open_caps; oc != NULL; oc = oc->next) |
5656 | 0 | { |
5657 | 0 | *code++ = OP_CLOSE; |
5658 | 0 | PUT2INC(code, 0, oc->number); |
5659 | 0 | } |
5660 | 0 | *code++ = (cd->assert_depth > 0)? OP_ASSERT_ACCEPT : OP_ACCEPT; |
5661 | | |
5662 | | /* Do not set firstchar after *ACCEPT */ |
5663 | 0 | if (firstchar == REQ_UNSET) firstchar = REQ_NONE; |
5664 | 0 | } |
5665 | | |
5666 | | /* Handle other cases with/without an argument */ |
5667 | | |
5668 | 0 | else if (arglen == 0) |
5669 | 0 | { |
5670 | 0 | if (verbs[i].op < 0) /* Argument is mandatory */ |
5671 | 0 | { |
5672 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR66; |
5673 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
5674 | 0 | } |
5675 | 0 | *code = verbs[i].op; |
5676 | 0 | if (*code++ == OP_THEN) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASTHEN; |
5677 | 0 | } |
5678 | | |
5679 | 0 | else |
5680 | 0 | { |
5681 | 0 | if (verbs[i].op_arg < 0) /* Argument is forbidden */ |
5682 | 0 | { |
5683 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR59; |
5684 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
5685 | 0 | } |
5686 | 0 | *code = verbs[i].op_arg; |
5687 | 0 | if (*code++ == OP_THEN_ARG) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASTHEN; |
5688 | 0 | *code++ = arglen; |
5689 | 0 | memcpy(code, arg, IN_UCHARS(arglen)); |
5690 | 0 | code += arglen; |
5691 | 0 | *code++ = 0; |
5692 | 0 | } |
5693 | | |
5694 | 0 | break; /* Found verb, exit loop */ |
5695 | 0 | } |
5696 | | |
5697 | 0 | vn += verbs[i].len + 1; |
5698 | 0 | } |
5699 | | |
5700 | 0 | if (i < verbcount) continue; /* Successfully handled a verb */ |
5701 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR60; /* Verb not recognized */ |
5702 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
5703 | 0 | } |
5704 | | |
5705 | | /* Deal with the extended parentheses; all are introduced by '?', and the |
5706 | | appearance of any of them means that this is not a capturing group. */ |
5707 | | |
5708 | 0 | else if (*ptr == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK) |
5709 | 0 | { |
5710 | 0 | int i, set, unset, namelen; |
5711 | 0 | int *optset; |
5712 | 0 | const pcre_uchar *name; |
5713 | 0 | pcre_uchar *slot; |
5714 | |
|
5715 | 0 | switch (*(++ptr)) |
5716 | 0 | { |
5717 | 0 | case CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN: /* Comment; skip to ket */ |
5718 | 0 | ptr++; |
5719 | 0 | while (*ptr != 0 && *ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) ptr++; |
5720 | 0 | if (*ptr == 0) |
5721 | 0 | { |
5722 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR18; |
5723 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
5724 | 0 | } |
5725 | 0 | continue; |
5726 | | |
5727 | | |
5728 | | /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
5729 | 0 | case CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE: /* Reset capture count for each branch */ |
5730 | 0 | reset_bracount = TRUE; |
5731 | | /* Fall through */ |
5732 | | |
5733 | | /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
5734 | 0 | case CHAR_COLON: /* Non-capturing bracket */ |
5735 | 0 | bravalue = OP_BRA; |
5736 | 0 | ptr++; |
5737 | 0 | break; |
5738 | | |
5739 | | |
5740 | | /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
5741 | 0 | case CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS: |
5742 | 0 | bravalue = OP_COND; /* Conditional group */ |
5743 | | |
5744 | | /* A condition can be an assertion, a number (referring to a numbered |
5745 | | group), a name (referring to a named group), or 'R', referring to |
5746 | | recursion. R<digits> and R&name are also permitted for recursion tests. |
5747 | | |
5748 | | There are several syntaxes for testing a named group: (?(name)) is used |
5749 | | by Python; Perl 5.10 onwards uses (?(<name>) or (?('name')). |
5750 | | |
5751 | | There are two unfortunate ambiguities, caused by history. (a) 'R' can |
5752 | | be the recursive thing or the name 'R' (and similarly for 'R' followed |
5753 | | by digits), and (b) a number could be a name that consists of digits. |
5754 | | In both cases, we look for a name first; if not found, we try the other |
5755 | | cases. */ |
5756 | | |
5757 | | /* For conditions that are assertions, check the syntax, and then exit |
5758 | | the switch. This will take control down to where bracketed groups, |
5759 | | including assertions, are processed. */ |
5760 | |
|
5761 | 0 | if (ptr[1] == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK && (ptr[2] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN || |
5762 | 0 | ptr[2] == CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK || ptr[2] == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)) |
5763 | 0 | break; |
5764 | | |
5765 | | /* Most other conditions use OP_CREF (a couple change to OP_RREF |
5766 | | below), and all need to skip 1+IMM2_SIZE bytes at the start of the group. */ |
5767 | | |
5768 | 0 | code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_CREF; |
5769 | 0 | skipbytes = 1+IMM2_SIZE; |
5770 | 0 | refsign = -1; |
5771 | | |
5772 | | /* Check for a test for recursion in a named group. */ |
5773 | |
|
5774 | 0 | if (ptr[1] == CHAR_R && ptr[2] == CHAR_AMPERSAND) |
5775 | 0 | { |
5776 | 0 | terminator = -1; |
5777 | 0 | ptr += 2; |
5778 | 0 | code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_RREF; /* Change the type of test */ |
5779 | 0 | } |
5780 | | |
5781 | | /* Check for a test for a named group's having been set, using the Perl |
5782 | | syntax (?(<name>) or (?('name') */ |
5783 | | |
5784 | 0 | else if (ptr[1] == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN) |
5785 | 0 | { |
5786 | 0 | terminator = CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN; |
5787 | 0 | ptr++; |
5788 | 0 | } |
5789 | 0 | else if (ptr[1] == CHAR_APOSTROPHE) |
5790 | 0 | { |
5791 | 0 | terminator = CHAR_APOSTROPHE; |
5792 | 0 | ptr++; |
5793 | 0 | } |
5794 | 0 | else |
5795 | 0 | { |
5796 | 0 | terminator = 0; |
5797 | 0 | if (ptr[1] == CHAR_MINUS || ptr[1] == CHAR_PLUS) refsign = *(++ptr); |
5798 | 0 | } |
5799 | | |
5800 | | /* We now expect to read a name; any thing else is an error */ |
5801 | |
|
5802 | 0 | if (!MAX_255(ptr[1]) || (cd->ctypes[ptr[1]] & ctype_word) == 0) |
5803 | 0 | { |
5804 | 0 | ptr += 1; /* To get the right offset */ |
5805 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR28; |
5806 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
5807 | 0 | } |
5808 | | |
5809 | | /* Read the name, but also get it as a number if it's all digits */ |
5810 | | |
5811 | 0 | recno = 0; |
5812 | 0 | name = ++ptr; |
5813 | 0 | while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_word) != 0) |
5814 | 0 | { |
5815 | 0 | if (recno >= 0) |
5816 | 0 | recno = (IS_DIGIT(*ptr))? recno * 10 + *ptr - CHAR_0 : -1; |
5817 | 0 | ptr++; |
5818 | 0 | } |
5819 | 0 | namelen = (int)(ptr - name); |
5820 | |
|
5821 | 0 | if ((terminator > 0 && *ptr++ != terminator) || |
5822 | 0 | *ptr++ != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) |
5823 | 0 | { |
5824 | 0 | ptr--; /* Error offset */ |
5825 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR26; |
5826 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
5827 | 0 | } |
5828 | | |
5829 | | /* Do no further checking in the pre-compile phase. */ |
5830 | | |
5831 | 0 | if (lengthptr != NULL) break; |
5832 | | |
5833 | | /* In the real compile we do the work of looking for the actual |
5834 | | reference. If the string started with "+" or "-" we require the rest to |
5835 | | be digits, in which case recno will be set. */ |
5836 | | |
5837 | 0 | if (refsign > 0) |
5838 | 0 | { |
5839 | 0 | if (recno <= 0) |
5840 | 0 | { |
5841 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR58; |
5842 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
5843 | 0 | } |
5844 | 0 | recno = (refsign == CHAR_MINUS)? |
5845 | 0 | cd->bracount - recno + 1 : recno +cd->bracount; |
5846 | 0 | if (recno <= 0 || recno > cd->final_bracount) |
5847 | 0 | { |
5848 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR15; |
5849 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
5850 | 0 | } |
5851 | 0 | PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno); |
5852 | 0 | break; |
5853 | 0 | } |
5854 | | |
5855 | | /* Otherwise (did not start with "+" or "-"), start by looking for the |
5856 | | name. If we find a name, add one to the opcode to change OP_CREF or |
5857 | | OP_RREF into OP_NCREF or OP_NRREF. These behave exactly the same, |
5858 | | except they record that the reference was originally to a name. The |
5859 | | information is used to check duplicate names. */ |
5860 | | |
5861 | 0 | slot = cd->name_table; |
5862 | 0 | for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++) |
5863 | 0 | { |
5864 | 0 | if (STRNCMP_UC_UC(name, slot+IMM2_SIZE, namelen) == 0) break; |
5865 | 0 | slot += cd->name_entry_size; |
5866 | 0 | } |
5867 | | |
5868 | | /* Found a previous named subpattern */ |
5869 | |
|
5870 | 0 | if (i < cd->names_found) |
5871 | 0 | { |
5872 | 0 | recno = GET2(slot, 0); |
5873 | 0 | PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno); |
5874 | 0 | code[1+LINK_SIZE]++; |
5875 | 0 | } |
5876 | | |
5877 | | /* Search the pattern for a forward reference */ |
5878 | | |
5879 | 0 | else if ((i = find_parens(cd, name, namelen, |
5880 | 0 | (options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0, utf)) > 0) |
5881 | 0 | { |
5882 | 0 | PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, i); |
5883 | 0 | code[1+LINK_SIZE]++; |
5884 | 0 | } |
5885 | | |
5886 | | /* If terminator == 0 it means that the name followed directly after |
5887 | | the opening parenthesis [e.g. (?(abc)...] and in this case there are |
5888 | | some further alternatives to try. For the cases where terminator != 0 |
5889 | | [things like (?(<name>... or (?('name')... or (?(R&name)... ] we have |
5890 | | now checked all the possibilities, so give an error. */ |
5891 | | |
5892 | 0 | else if (terminator != 0) |
5893 | 0 | { |
5894 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR15; |
5895 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
5896 | 0 | } |
5897 | | |
5898 | | /* Check for (?(R) for recursion. Allow digits after R to specify a |
5899 | | specific group number. */ |
5900 | | |
5901 | 0 | else if (*name == CHAR_R) |
5902 | 0 | { |
5903 | 0 | recno = 0; |
5904 | 0 | for (i = 1; i < namelen; i++) |
5905 | 0 | { |
5906 | 0 | if (!IS_DIGIT(name[i])) |
5907 | 0 | { |
5908 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR15; |
5909 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
5910 | 0 | } |
5911 | 0 | recno = recno * 10 + name[i] - CHAR_0; |
5912 | 0 | } |
5913 | 0 | if (recno == 0) recno = RREF_ANY; |
5914 | 0 | code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_RREF; /* Change test type */ |
5915 | 0 | PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno); |
5916 | 0 | } |
5917 | | |
5918 | | /* Similarly, check for the (?(DEFINE) "condition", which is always |
5919 | | false. */ |
5920 | | |
5921 | 0 | else if (namelen == 6 && STRNCMP_UC_C8(name, STRING_DEFINE, 6) == 0) |
5922 | 0 | { |
5923 | 0 | code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_DEF; |
5924 | 0 | skipbytes = 1; |
5925 | 0 | } |
5926 | | |
5927 | | /* Check for the "name" actually being a subpattern number. We are |
5928 | | in the second pass here, so final_bracount is set. */ |
5929 | | |
5930 | 0 | else if (recno > 0 && recno <= cd->final_bracount) |
5931 | 0 | { |
5932 | 0 | PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno); |
5933 | 0 | } |
5934 | | |
5935 | | /* Either an unidentified subpattern, or a reference to (?(0) */ |
5936 | | |
5937 | 0 | else |
5938 | 0 | { |
5939 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = (recno == 0)? ERR35: ERR15; |
5940 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
5941 | 0 | } |
5942 | 0 | break; |
5943 | | |
5944 | | |
5945 | | /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
5946 | 0 | case CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN: /* Positive lookahead */ |
5947 | 0 | bravalue = OP_ASSERT; |
5948 | 0 | cd->assert_depth += 1; |
5949 | 0 | ptr++; |
5950 | 0 | break; |
5951 | | |
5952 | | |
5953 | | /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
5954 | 0 | case CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK: /* Negative lookahead */ |
5955 | 0 | ptr++; |
5956 | 0 | if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) /* Optimize (?!) */ |
5957 | 0 | { |
5958 | 0 | *code++ = OP_FAIL; |
5959 | 0 | previous = NULL; |
5960 | 0 | continue; |
5961 | 0 | } |
5962 | 0 | bravalue = OP_ASSERT_NOT; |
5963 | 0 | cd->assert_depth += 1; |
5964 | 0 | break; |
5965 | | |
5966 | | |
5967 | | /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
5968 | 0 | case CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN: /* Lookbehind or named define */ |
5969 | 0 | switch (ptr[1]) |
5970 | 0 | { |
5971 | 0 | case CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN: /* Positive lookbehind */ |
5972 | 0 | bravalue = OP_ASSERTBACK; |
5973 | 0 | cd->assert_depth += 1; |
5974 | 0 | ptr += 2; |
5975 | 0 | break; |
5976 | | |
5977 | 0 | case CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK: /* Negative lookbehind */ |
5978 | 0 | bravalue = OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT; |
5979 | 0 | cd->assert_depth += 1; |
5980 | 0 | ptr += 2; |
5981 | 0 | break; |
5982 | | |
5983 | 0 | default: /* Could be name define, else bad */ |
5984 | 0 | if (MAX_255(ptr[1]) && (cd->ctypes[ptr[1]] & ctype_word) != 0) |
5985 | 0 | goto DEFINE_NAME; |
5986 | 0 | ptr++; /* Correct offset for error */ |
5987 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR24; |
5988 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
5989 | 0 | } |
5990 | 0 | break; |
5991 | | |
5992 | | |
5993 | | /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
5994 | 0 | case CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN: /* One-time brackets */ |
5995 | 0 | bravalue = OP_ONCE; |
5996 | 0 | ptr++; |
5997 | 0 | break; |
5998 | | |
5999 | | |
6000 | | /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
6001 | 0 | case CHAR_C: /* Callout - may be followed by digits; */ |
6002 | 0 | previous_callout = code; /* Save for later completion */ |
6003 | 0 | after_manual_callout = 1; /* Skip one item before completing */ |
6004 | 0 | *code++ = OP_CALLOUT; |
6005 | 0 | { |
6006 | 0 | int n = 0; |
6007 | 0 | ptr++; |
6008 | 0 | while(IS_DIGIT(*ptr)) |
6009 | 0 | n = n * 10 + *ptr++ - CHAR_0; |
6010 | 0 | if (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) |
6011 | 0 | { |
6012 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR39; |
6013 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
6014 | 0 | } |
6015 | 0 | if (n > 255) |
6016 | 0 | { |
6017 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR38; |
6018 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
6019 | 0 | } |
6020 | 0 | *code++ = n; |
6021 | 0 | PUT(code, 0, (int)(ptr - cd->start_pattern + 1)); /* Pattern offset */ |
6022 | 0 | PUT(code, LINK_SIZE, 0); /* Default length */ |
6023 | 0 | code += 2 * LINK_SIZE; |
6024 | 0 | } |
6025 | 0 | previous = NULL; |
6026 | 0 | continue; |
6027 | | |
6028 | | |
6029 | | /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
6030 | 0 | case CHAR_P: /* Python-style named subpattern handling */ |
6031 | 0 | if (*(++ptr) == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN || |
6032 | 0 | *ptr == CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN) /* Reference or recursion */ |
6033 | 0 | { |
6034 | 0 | is_recurse = *ptr == CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN; |
6035 | 0 | terminator = CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS; |
6036 | 0 | goto NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE; |
6037 | 0 | } |
6038 | 0 | else if (*ptr != CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN) /* Test for Python-style defn */ |
6039 | 0 | { |
6040 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR41; |
6041 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
6042 | 0 | } |
6043 | | /* Fall through to handle (?P< as (?< is handled */ |
6044 | | |
6045 | | |
6046 | | /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
6047 | 0 | DEFINE_NAME: /* Come here from (?< handling */ |
6048 | 0 | case CHAR_APOSTROPHE: |
6049 | 0 | { |
6050 | 0 | terminator = (*ptr == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)? |
6051 | 0 | CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN : CHAR_APOSTROPHE; |
6052 | 0 | name = ++ptr; |
6053 | |
|
6054 | 0 | while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_word) != 0) ptr++; |
6055 | 0 | namelen = (int)(ptr - name); |
6056 | | |
6057 | | /* In the pre-compile phase, just do a syntax check. */ |
6058 | |
|
6059 | 0 | if (lengthptr != NULL) |
6060 | 0 | { |
6061 | 0 | if (*ptr != terminator) |
6062 | 0 | { |
6063 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR42; |
6064 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
6065 | 0 | } |
6066 | 0 | if (cd->names_found >= MAX_NAME_COUNT) |
6067 | 0 | { |
6068 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR49; |
6069 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
6070 | 0 | } |
6071 | 0 | if (namelen + IMM2_SIZE + 1 > cd->name_entry_size) |
6072 | 0 | { |
6073 | 0 | cd->name_entry_size = namelen + IMM2_SIZE + 1; |
6074 | 0 | if (namelen > MAX_NAME_SIZE) |
6075 | 0 | { |
6076 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR48; |
6077 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
6078 | 0 | } |
6079 | 0 | } |
6080 | 0 | } |
6081 | | |
6082 | | /* In the real compile, create the entry in the table, maintaining |
6083 | | alphabetical order. Duplicate names for different numbers are |
6084 | | permitted only if PCRE_DUPNAMES is set. Duplicate names for the same |
6085 | | number are always OK. (An existing number can be re-used if (?| |
6086 | | appears in the pattern.) In either event, a duplicate name results in |
6087 | | a duplicate entry in the table, even if the number is the same. This |
6088 | | is because the number of names, and hence the table size, is computed |
6089 | | in the pre-compile, and it affects various numbers and pointers which |
6090 | | would all have to be modified, and the compiled code moved down, if |
6091 | | duplicates with the same number were omitted from the table. This |
6092 | | doesn't seem worth the hassle. However, *different* names for the |
6093 | | same number are not permitted. */ |
6094 | | |
6095 | 0 | else |
6096 | 0 | { |
6097 | 0 | BOOL dupname = FALSE; |
6098 | 0 | slot = cd->name_table; |
6099 | |
|
6100 | 0 | for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++) |
6101 | 0 | { |
6102 | 0 | int crc = memcmp(name, slot+IMM2_SIZE, IN_UCHARS(namelen)); |
6103 | 0 | if (crc == 0) |
6104 | 0 | { |
6105 | 0 | if (slot[IMM2_SIZE+namelen] == 0) |
6106 | 0 | { |
6107 | 0 | if (GET2(slot, 0) != cd->bracount + 1 && |
6108 | 0 | (options & PCRE_DUPNAMES) == 0) |
6109 | 0 | { |
6110 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR43; |
6111 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
6112 | 0 | } |
6113 | 0 | else dupname = TRUE; |
6114 | 0 | } |
6115 | 0 | else crc = -1; /* Current name is a substring */ |
6116 | 0 | } |
6117 | | |
6118 | | /* Make space in the table and break the loop for an earlier |
6119 | | name. For a duplicate or later name, carry on. We do this for |
6120 | | duplicates so that in the simple case (when ?(| is not used) they |
6121 | | are in order of their numbers. */ |
6122 | | |
6123 | 0 | if (crc < 0) |
6124 | 0 | { |
6125 | 0 | memmove(slot + cd->name_entry_size, slot, |
6126 | 0 | IN_UCHARS((cd->names_found - i) * cd->name_entry_size)); |
6127 | 0 | break; |
6128 | 0 | } |
6129 | | |
6130 | | /* Continue the loop for a later or duplicate name */ |
6131 | | |
6132 | 0 | slot += cd->name_entry_size; |
6133 | 0 | } |
6134 | | |
6135 | | /* For non-duplicate names, check for a duplicate number before |
6136 | | adding the new name. */ |
6137 | | |
6138 | 0 | if (!dupname) |
6139 | 0 | { |
6140 | 0 | pcre_uchar *cslot = cd->name_table; |
6141 | 0 | for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++) |
6142 | 0 | { |
6143 | 0 | if (cslot != slot) |
6144 | 0 | { |
6145 | 0 | if (GET2(cslot, 0) == cd->bracount + 1) |
6146 | 0 | { |
6147 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR65; |
6148 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
6149 | 0 | } |
6150 | 0 | } |
6151 | 0 | else i--; |
6152 | 0 | cslot += cd->name_entry_size; |
6153 | 0 | } |
6154 | 0 | } |
6155 | | |
6156 | 0 | PUT2(slot, 0, cd->bracount + 1); |
6157 | 0 | memcpy(slot + IMM2_SIZE, name, IN_UCHARS(namelen)); |
6158 | 0 | slot[IMM2_SIZE + namelen] = 0; |
6159 | 0 | } |
6160 | 0 | } |
6161 | | |
6162 | | /* In both pre-compile and compile, count the number of names we've |
6163 | | encountered. */ |
6164 | | |
6165 | 0 | cd->names_found++; |
6166 | 0 | ptr++; /* Move past > or ' */ |
6167 | 0 | goto NUMBERED_GROUP; |
6168 | | |
6169 | | |
6170 | | /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
6171 | 0 | case CHAR_AMPERSAND: /* Perl recursion/subroutine syntax */ |
6172 | 0 | terminator = CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS; |
6173 | 0 | is_recurse = TRUE; |
6174 | | /* Fall through */ |
6175 | | |
6176 | | /* We come here from the Python syntax above that handles both |
6177 | | references (?P=name) and recursion (?P>name), as well as falling |
6178 | | through from the Perl recursion syntax (?&name). We also come here from |
6179 | | the Perl \k<name> or \k'name' back reference syntax and the \k{name} |
6180 | | .NET syntax, and the Oniguruma \g<...> and \g'...' subroutine syntax. */ |
6181 | |
|
6182 | 0 | NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE: |
6183 | 0 | name = ++ptr; |
6184 | 0 | while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_word) != 0) ptr++; |
6185 | 0 | namelen = (int)(ptr - name); |
6186 | | |
6187 | | /* In the pre-compile phase, do a syntax check. We used to just set |
6188 | | a dummy reference number, because it was not used in the first pass. |
6189 | | However, with the change of recursive back references to be atomic, |
6190 | | we have to look for the number so that this state can be identified, as |
6191 | | otherwise the incorrect length is computed. If it's not a backwards |
6192 | | reference, the dummy number will do. */ |
6193 | |
|
6194 | 0 | if (lengthptr != NULL) |
6195 | 0 | { |
6196 | 0 | const pcre_uchar *temp; |
6197 | |
|
6198 | 0 | if (namelen == 0) |
6199 | 0 | { |
6200 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR62; |
6201 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
6202 | 0 | } |
6203 | 0 | if (*ptr != terminator) |
6204 | 0 | { |
6205 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR42; |
6206 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
6207 | 0 | } |
6208 | 0 | if (namelen > MAX_NAME_SIZE) |
6209 | 0 | { |
6210 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR48; |
6211 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
6212 | 0 | } |
6213 | | |
6214 | | /* The name table does not exist in the first pass, so we cannot |
6215 | | do a simple search as in the code below. Instead, we have to scan the |
6216 | | pattern to find the number. It is important that we scan it only as |
6217 | | far as we have got because the syntax of named subpatterns has not |
6218 | | been checked for the rest of the pattern, and find_parens() assumes |
6219 | | correct syntax. In any case, it's a waste of resources to scan |
6220 | | further. We stop the scan at the current point by temporarily |
6221 | | adjusting the value of cd->endpattern. */ |
6222 | | |
6223 | 0 | temp = cd->end_pattern; |
6224 | 0 | cd->end_pattern = ptr; |
6225 | 0 | recno = find_parens(cd, name, namelen, |
6226 | 0 | (options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0, utf); |
6227 | 0 | cd->end_pattern = temp; |
6228 | 0 | if (recno < 0) recno = 0; /* Forward ref; set dummy number */ |
6229 | 0 | } |
6230 | | |
6231 | | /* In the real compile, seek the name in the table. We check the name |
6232 | | first, and then check that we have reached the end of the name in the |
6233 | | table. That way, if the name that is longer than any in the table, |
6234 | | the comparison will fail without reading beyond the table entry. */ |
6235 | | |
6236 | 0 | else |
6237 | 0 | { |
6238 | 0 | slot = cd->name_table; |
6239 | 0 | for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++) |
6240 | 0 | { |
6241 | 0 | if (STRNCMP_UC_UC(name, slot+IMM2_SIZE, namelen) == 0 && |
6242 | 0 | slot[IMM2_SIZE+namelen] == 0) |
6243 | 0 | break; |
6244 | 0 | slot += cd->name_entry_size; |
6245 | 0 | } |
6246 | |
|
6247 | 0 | if (i < cd->names_found) /* Back reference */ |
6248 | 0 | { |
6249 | 0 | recno = GET2(slot, 0); |
6250 | 0 | } |
6251 | 0 | else if ((recno = /* Forward back reference */ |
6252 | 0 | find_parens(cd, name, namelen, |
6253 | 0 | (options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0, utf)) <= 0) |
6254 | 0 | { |
6255 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR15; |
6256 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
6257 | 0 | } |
6258 | 0 | } |
6259 | | |
6260 | | /* In both phases, we can now go to the code than handles numerical |
6261 | | recursion or backreferences. */ |
6262 | | |
6263 | 0 | if (is_recurse) goto HANDLE_RECURSION; |
6264 | 0 | else goto HANDLE_REFERENCE; |
6265 | | |
6266 | | |
6267 | | /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
6268 | 0 | case CHAR_R: /* Recursion */ |
6269 | 0 | ptr++; /* Same as (?0) */ |
6270 | | /* Fall through */ |
6271 | | |
6272 | | |
6273 | | /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
6274 | 0 | case CHAR_MINUS: case CHAR_PLUS: /* Recursion or subroutine */ |
6275 | 0 | case CHAR_0: case CHAR_1: case CHAR_2: case CHAR_3: case CHAR_4: |
6276 | 0 | case CHAR_5: case CHAR_6: case CHAR_7: case CHAR_8: case CHAR_9: |
6277 | 0 | { |
6278 | 0 | const pcre_uchar *called; |
6279 | 0 | terminator = CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS; |
6280 | | |
6281 | | /* Come here from the \g<...> and \g'...' code (Oniguruma |
6282 | | compatibility). However, the syntax has been checked to ensure that |
6283 | | the ... are a (signed) number, so that neither ERR63 nor ERR29 will |
6284 | | be called on this path, nor with the jump to OTHER_CHAR_AFTER_QUERY |
6285 | | ever be taken. */ |
6286 | |
|
6287 | 0 | HANDLE_NUMERICAL_RECURSION: |
6288 | |
|
6289 | 0 | if ((refsign = *ptr) == CHAR_PLUS) |
6290 | 0 | { |
6291 | 0 | ptr++; |
6292 | 0 | if (!IS_DIGIT(*ptr)) |
6293 | 0 | { |
6294 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR63; |
6295 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
6296 | 0 | } |
6297 | 0 | } |
6298 | 0 | else if (refsign == CHAR_MINUS) |
6299 | 0 | { |
6300 | 0 | if (!IS_DIGIT(ptr[1])) |
6301 | 0 | goto OTHER_CHAR_AFTER_QUERY; |
6302 | 0 | ptr++; |
6303 | 0 | } |
6304 | | |
6305 | 0 | recno = 0; |
6306 | 0 | while(IS_DIGIT(*ptr)) |
6307 | 0 | recno = recno * 10 + *ptr++ - CHAR_0; |
6308 | |
|
6309 | 0 | if (*ptr != terminator) |
6310 | 0 | { |
6311 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR29; |
6312 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
6313 | 0 | } |
6314 | | |
6315 | 0 | if (refsign == CHAR_MINUS) |
6316 | 0 | { |
6317 | 0 | if (recno == 0) |
6318 | 0 | { |
6319 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR58; |
6320 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
6321 | 0 | } |
6322 | 0 | recno = cd->bracount - recno + 1; |
6323 | 0 | if (recno <= 0) |
6324 | 0 | { |
6325 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR15; |
6326 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
6327 | 0 | } |
6328 | 0 | } |
6329 | 0 | else if (refsign == CHAR_PLUS) |
6330 | 0 | { |
6331 | 0 | if (recno == 0) |
6332 | 0 | { |
6333 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR58; |
6334 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
6335 | 0 | } |
6336 | 0 | recno += cd->bracount; |
6337 | 0 | } |
6338 | | |
6339 | | /* Come here from code above that handles a named recursion */ |
6340 | | |
6341 | 0 | HANDLE_RECURSION: |
6342 | |
|
6343 | 0 | previous = code; |
6344 | 0 | called = cd->start_code; |
6345 | | |
6346 | | /* When we are actually compiling, find the bracket that is being |
6347 | | referenced. Temporarily end the regex in case it doesn't exist before |
6348 | | this point. If we end up with a forward reference, first check that |
6349 | | the bracket does occur later so we can give the error (and position) |
6350 | | now. Then remember this forward reference in the workspace so it can |
6351 | | be filled in at the end. */ |
6352 | |
|
6353 | 0 | if (lengthptr == NULL) |
6354 | 0 | { |
6355 | 0 | *code = OP_END; |
6356 | 0 | if (recno != 0) |
6357 | 0 | called = PRIV(find_bracket)(cd->start_code, utf, recno); |
6358 | | |
6359 | | /* Forward reference */ |
6360 | |
|
6361 | 0 | if (called == NULL) |
6362 | 0 | { |
6363 | 0 | if (find_parens(cd, NULL, recno, |
6364 | 0 | (options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0, utf) < 0) |
6365 | 0 | { |
6366 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR15; |
6367 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
6368 | 0 | } |
6369 | | |
6370 | | /* Fudge the value of "called" so that when it is inserted as an |
6371 | | offset below, what it actually inserted is the reference number |
6372 | | of the group. Then remember the forward reference. */ |
6373 | | |
6374 | 0 | called = cd->start_code + recno; |
6375 | 0 | if (cd->hwm >= cd->start_workspace + cd->workspace_size - |
6376 | 0 | WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN) |
6377 | 0 | { |
6378 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = expand_workspace(cd); |
6379 | 0 | if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED; |
6380 | 0 | } |
6381 | 0 | PUTINC(cd->hwm, 0, (int)(code + 1 - cd->start_code)); |
6382 | 0 | } |
6383 | | |
6384 | | /* If not a forward reference, and the subpattern is still open, |
6385 | | this is a recursive call. We check to see if this is a left |
6386 | | recursion that could loop for ever, and diagnose that case. We |
6387 | | must not, however, do this check if we are in a conditional |
6388 | | subpattern because the condition might be testing for recursion in |
6389 | | a pattern such as /(?(R)a+|(?R)b)/, which is perfectly valid. |
6390 | | Forever loops are also detected at runtime, so those that occur in |
6391 | | conditional subpatterns will be picked up then. */ |
6392 | | |
6393 | 0 | else if (GET(called, 1) == 0 && cond_depth <= 0 && |
6394 | 0 | could_be_empty(called, code, bcptr, utf, cd)) |
6395 | 0 | { |
6396 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR40; |
6397 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
6398 | 0 | } |
6399 | 0 | } |
6400 | | |
6401 | | /* Insert the recursion/subroutine item. It does not have a set first |
6402 | | character (relevant if it is repeated, because it will then be |
6403 | | wrapped with ONCE brackets). */ |
6404 | | |
6405 | 0 | *code = OP_RECURSE; |
6406 | 0 | PUT(code, 1, (int)(called - cd->start_code)); |
6407 | 0 | code += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
6408 | 0 | groupsetfirstchar = FALSE; |
6409 | 0 | } |
6410 | | |
6411 | | /* Can't determine a first byte now */ |
6412 | | |
6413 | 0 | if (firstchar == REQ_UNSET) firstchar = REQ_NONE; |
6414 | 0 | continue; |
6415 | | |
6416 | | |
6417 | | /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
6418 | 0 | default: /* Other characters: check option setting */ |
6419 | 0 | OTHER_CHAR_AFTER_QUERY: |
6420 | 0 | set = unset = 0; |
6421 | 0 | optset = &set; |
6422 | |
|
6423 | 0 | while (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS && *ptr != CHAR_COLON) |
6424 | 0 | { |
6425 | 0 | switch (*ptr++) |
6426 | 0 | { |
6427 | 0 | case CHAR_MINUS: optset = &unset; break; |
6428 | | |
6429 | 0 | case CHAR_J: /* Record that it changed in the external options */ |
6430 | 0 | *optset |= PCRE_DUPNAMES; |
6431 | 0 | cd->external_flags |= PCRE_JCHANGED; |
6432 | 0 | break; |
6433 | | |
6434 | 0 | case CHAR_i: *optset |= PCRE_CASELESS; break; |
6435 | 0 | case CHAR_m: *optset |= PCRE_MULTILINE; break; |
6436 | 0 | case CHAR_s: *optset |= PCRE_DOTALL; break; |
6437 | 0 | case CHAR_x: *optset |= PCRE_EXTENDED; break; |
6438 | 0 | case CHAR_U: *optset |= PCRE_UNGREEDY; break; |
6439 | 0 | case CHAR_X: *optset |= PCRE_EXTRA; break; |
6440 | | |
6441 | 0 | default: *errorcodeptr = ERR12; |
6442 | 0 | ptr--; /* Correct the offset */ |
6443 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
6444 | 0 | } |
6445 | 0 | } |
6446 | | |
6447 | | /* Set up the changed option bits, but don't change anything yet. */ |
6448 | | |
6449 | 0 | newoptions = (options | set) & (~unset); |
6450 | | |
6451 | | /* If the options ended with ')' this is not the start of a nested |
6452 | | group with option changes, so the options change at this level. If this |
6453 | | item is right at the start of the pattern, the options can be |
6454 | | abstracted and made external in the pre-compile phase, and ignored in |
6455 | | the compile phase. This can be helpful when matching -- for instance in |
6456 | | caseless checking of required bytes. |
6457 | | |
6458 | | If the code pointer is not (cd->start_code + 1 + LINK_SIZE), we are |
6459 | | definitely *not* at the start of the pattern because something has been |
6460 | | compiled. In the pre-compile phase, however, the code pointer can have |
6461 | | that value after the start, because it gets reset as code is discarded |
6462 | | during the pre-compile. However, this can happen only at top level - if |
6463 | | we are within parentheses, the starting BRA will still be present. At |
6464 | | any parenthesis level, the length value can be used to test if anything |
6465 | | has been compiled at that level. Thus, a test for both these conditions |
6466 | | is necessary to ensure we correctly detect the start of the pattern in |
6467 | | both phases. |
6468 | | |
6469 | | If we are not at the pattern start, reset the greedy defaults and the |
6470 | | case value for firstchar and reqchar. */ |
6471 | |
|
6472 | 0 | if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) |
6473 | 0 | { |
6474 | 0 | if (code == cd->start_code + 1 + LINK_SIZE && |
6475 | 0 | (lengthptr == NULL || *lengthptr == 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE)) |
6476 | 0 | { |
6477 | 0 | cd->external_options = newoptions; |
6478 | 0 | } |
6479 | 0 | else |
6480 | 0 | { |
6481 | 0 | greedy_default = ((newoptions & PCRE_UNGREEDY) != 0); |
6482 | 0 | greedy_non_default = greedy_default ^ 1; |
6483 | 0 | req_caseopt = ((newoptions & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? REQ_CASELESS:0; |
6484 | 0 | } |
6485 | | |
6486 | | /* Change options at this level, and pass them back for use |
6487 | | in subsequent branches. */ |
6488 | |
|
6489 | 0 | *optionsptr = options = newoptions; |
6490 | 0 | previous = NULL; /* This item can't be repeated */ |
6491 | 0 | continue; /* It is complete */ |
6492 | 0 | } |
6493 | | |
6494 | | /* If the options ended with ':' we are heading into a nested group |
6495 | | with possible change of options. Such groups are non-capturing and are |
6496 | | not assertions of any kind. All we need to do is skip over the ':'; |
6497 | | the newoptions value is handled below. */ |
6498 | | |
6499 | 0 | bravalue = OP_BRA; |
6500 | 0 | ptr++; |
6501 | 0 | } /* End of switch for character following (? */ |
6502 | 0 | } /* End of (? handling */ |
6503 | | |
6504 | | /* Opening parenthesis not followed by '*' or '?'. If PCRE_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE |
6505 | | is set, all unadorned brackets become non-capturing and behave like (?:...) |
6506 | | brackets. */ |
6507 | | |
6508 | 0 | else if ((options & PCRE_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE) != 0) |
6509 | 0 | { |
6510 | 0 | bravalue = OP_BRA; |
6511 | 0 | } |
6512 | | |
6513 | | /* Else we have a capturing group. */ |
6514 | | |
6515 | 0 | else |
6516 | 0 | { |
6517 | 0 | NUMBERED_GROUP: |
6518 | 0 | cd->bracount += 1; |
6519 | 0 | PUT2(code, 1+LINK_SIZE, cd->bracount); |
6520 | 0 | skipbytes = IMM2_SIZE; |
6521 | 0 | } |
6522 | | |
6523 | | /* Process nested bracketed regex. Assertions used not to be repeatable, |
6524 | | but this was changed for Perl compatibility, so all kinds can now be |
6525 | | repeated. We copy code into a non-register variable (tempcode) in order to |
6526 | | be able to pass its address because some compilers complain otherwise. */ |
6527 | | |
6528 | 0 | previous = code; /* For handling repetition */ |
6529 | 0 | *code = bravalue; |
6530 | 0 | tempcode = code; |
6531 | 0 | tempreqvary = cd->req_varyopt; /* Save value before bracket */ |
6532 | 0 | tempbracount = cd->bracount; /* Save value before bracket */ |
6533 | 0 | length_prevgroup = 0; /* Initialize for pre-compile phase */ |
6534 | |
|
6535 | 0 | if (!compile_regex( |
6536 | 0 | newoptions, /* The complete new option state */ |
6537 | 0 | &tempcode, /* Where to put code (updated) */ |
6538 | 0 | &ptr, /* Input pointer (updated) */ |
6539 | 0 | errorcodeptr, /* Where to put an error message */ |
6540 | 0 | (bravalue == OP_ASSERTBACK || |
6541 | 0 | bravalue == OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT), /* TRUE if back assert */ |
6542 | 0 | reset_bracount, /* True if (?| group */ |
6543 | 0 | skipbytes, /* Skip over bracket number */ |
6544 | 0 | cond_depth + |
6545 | 0 | ((bravalue == OP_COND)?1:0), /* Depth of condition subpatterns */ |
6546 | 0 | &subfirstchar, /* For possible first char */ |
6547 | 0 | &subreqchar, /* For possible last char */ |
6548 | 0 | bcptr, /* Current branch chain */ |
6549 | 0 | cd, /* Tables block */ |
6550 | 0 | (lengthptr == NULL)? NULL : /* Actual compile phase */ |
6551 | 0 | &length_prevgroup /* Pre-compile phase */ |
6552 | 0 | )) |
6553 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
6554 | | |
6555 | | /* If this was an atomic group and there are no capturing groups within it, |
6556 | | generate OP_ONCE_NC instead of OP_ONCE. */ |
6557 | | |
6558 | 0 | if (bravalue == OP_ONCE && cd->bracount <= tempbracount) |
6559 | 0 | *code = OP_ONCE_NC; |
6560 | |
|
6561 | 0 | if (bravalue >= OP_ASSERT && bravalue <= OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT) |
6562 | 0 | cd->assert_depth -= 1; |
6563 | | |
6564 | | /* At the end of compiling, code is still pointing to the start of the |
6565 | | group, while tempcode has been updated to point past the end of the group. |
6566 | | The pattern pointer (ptr) is on the bracket. |
6567 | | |
6568 | | If this is a conditional bracket, check that there are no more than |
6569 | | two branches in the group, or just one if it's a DEFINE group. We do this |
6570 | | in the real compile phase, not in the pre-pass, where the whole group may |
6571 | | not be available. */ |
6572 | |
|
6573 | 0 | if (bravalue == OP_COND && lengthptr == NULL) |
6574 | 0 | { |
6575 | 0 | pcre_uchar *tc = code; |
6576 | 0 | int condcount = 0; |
6577 | |
|
6578 | 0 | do { |
6579 | 0 | condcount++; |
6580 | 0 | tc += GET(tc,1); |
6581 | 0 | } |
6582 | 0 | while (*tc != OP_KET); |
6583 | | |
6584 | | /* A DEFINE group is never obeyed inline (the "condition" is always |
6585 | | false). It must have only one branch. */ |
6586 | |
|
6587 | 0 | if (code[LINK_SIZE+1] == OP_DEF) |
6588 | 0 | { |
6589 | 0 | if (condcount > 1) |
6590 | 0 | { |
6591 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR54; |
6592 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
6593 | 0 | } |
6594 | 0 | bravalue = OP_DEF; /* Just a flag to suppress char handling below */ |
6595 | 0 | } |
6596 | | |
6597 | | /* A "normal" conditional group. If there is just one branch, we must not |
6598 | | make use of its firstchar or reqchar, because this is equivalent to an |
6599 | | empty second branch. */ |
6600 | | |
6601 | 0 | else |
6602 | 0 | { |
6603 | 0 | if (condcount > 2) |
6604 | 0 | { |
6605 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR27; |
6606 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
6607 | 0 | } |
6608 | 0 | if (condcount == 1) subfirstchar = subreqchar = REQ_NONE; |
6609 | 0 | } |
6610 | 0 | } |
6611 | | |
6612 | | /* Error if hit end of pattern */ |
6613 | | |
6614 | 0 | if (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) |
6615 | 0 | { |
6616 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR14; |
6617 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
6618 | 0 | } |
6619 | | |
6620 | | /* In the pre-compile phase, update the length by the length of the group, |
6621 | | less the brackets at either end. Then reduce the compiled code to just a |
6622 | | set of non-capturing brackets so that it doesn't use much memory if it is |
6623 | | duplicated by a quantifier.*/ |
6624 | | |
6625 | 0 | if (lengthptr != NULL) |
6626 | 0 | { |
6627 | 0 | if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < length_prevgroup - 2 - 2*LINK_SIZE) |
6628 | 0 | { |
6629 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR20; |
6630 | 0 | goto FAILED; |
6631 | 0 | } |
6632 | 0 | *lengthptr += length_prevgroup - 2 - 2*LINK_SIZE; |
6633 | 0 | code++; /* This already contains bravalue */ |
6634 | 0 | PUTINC(code, 0, 1 + LINK_SIZE); |
6635 | 0 | *code++ = OP_KET; |
6636 | 0 | PUTINC(code, 0, 1 + LINK_SIZE); |
6637 | 0 | break; /* No need to waste time with special character handling */ |
6638 | 0 | } |
6639 | | |
6640 | | /* Otherwise update the main code pointer to the end of the group. */ |
6641 | | |
6642 | 0 | code = tempcode; |
6643 | | |
6644 | | /* For a DEFINE group, required and first character settings are not |
6645 | | relevant. */ |
6646 | |
|
6647 | 0 | if (bravalue == OP_DEF) break; |
6648 | | |
6649 | | /* Handle updating of the required and first characters for other types of |
6650 | | group. Update for normal brackets of all kinds, and conditions with two |
6651 | | branches (see code above). If the bracket is followed by a quantifier with |
6652 | | zero repeat, we have to back off. Hence the definition of zeroreqchar and |
6653 | | zerofirstchar outside the main loop so that they can be accessed for the |
6654 | | back off. */ |
6655 | | |
6656 | 0 | zeroreqchar = reqchar; |
6657 | 0 | zerofirstchar = firstchar; |
6658 | 0 | groupsetfirstchar = FALSE; |
6659 | |
|
6660 | 0 | if (bravalue >= OP_ONCE) |
6661 | 0 | { |
6662 | | /* If we have not yet set a firstchar in this branch, take it from the |
6663 | | subpattern, remembering that it was set here so that a repeat of more |
6664 | | than one can replicate it as reqchar if necessary. If the subpattern has |
6665 | | no firstchar, set "none" for the whole branch. In both cases, a zero |
6666 | | repeat forces firstchar to "none". */ |
6667 | |
|
6668 | 0 | if (firstchar == REQ_UNSET) |
6669 | 0 | { |
6670 | 0 | if (subfirstchar >= 0) |
6671 | 0 | { |
6672 | 0 | firstchar = subfirstchar; |
6673 | 0 | groupsetfirstchar = TRUE; |
6674 | 0 | } |
6675 | 0 | else firstchar = REQ_NONE; |
6676 | 0 | zerofirstchar = REQ_NONE; |
6677 | 0 | } |
6678 | | |
6679 | | /* If firstchar was previously set, convert the subpattern's firstchar |
6680 | | into reqchar if there wasn't one, using the vary flag that was in |
6681 | | existence beforehand. */ |
6682 | | |
6683 | 0 | else if (subfirstchar >= 0 && subreqchar < 0) |
6684 | 0 | subreqchar = subfirstchar | tempreqvary; |
6685 | | |
6686 | | /* If the subpattern set a required byte (or set a first byte that isn't |
6687 | | really the first byte - see above), set it. */ |
6688 | |
|
6689 | 0 | if (subreqchar >= 0) reqchar = subreqchar; |
6690 | 0 | } |
6691 | | |
6692 | | /* For a forward assertion, we take the reqchar, if set. This can be |
6693 | | helpful if the pattern that follows the assertion doesn't set a different |
6694 | | char. For example, it's useful for /(?=abcde).+/. We can't set firstchar |
6695 | | for an assertion, however because it leads to incorrect effect for patterns |
6696 | | such as /(?=a)a.+/ when the "real" "a" would then become a reqchar instead |
6697 | | of a firstchar. This is overcome by a scan at the end if there's no |
6698 | | firstchar, looking for an asserted first char. */ |
6699 | | |
6700 | 0 | else if (bravalue == OP_ASSERT && subreqchar >= 0) reqchar = subreqchar; |
6701 | 0 | break; /* End of processing '(' */ |
6702 | | |
6703 | | |
6704 | | /* ===================================================================*/ |
6705 | | /* Handle metasequences introduced by \. For ones like \d, the ESC_ values |
6706 | | are arranged to be the negation of the corresponding OP_values in the |
6707 | | default case when PCRE_UCP is not set. For the back references, the values |
6708 | | are ESC_REF plus the reference number. Only back references and those types |
6709 | | that consume a character may be repeated. We can test for values between |
6710 | | ESC_b and ESC_Z for the latter; this may have to change if any new ones are |
6711 | | ever created. */ |
6712 | | |
6713 | 0 | case CHAR_BACKSLASH: |
6714 | 0 | tempptr = ptr; |
6715 | 0 | c = check_escape(&ptr, errorcodeptr, cd->bracount, options, FALSE); |
6716 | 0 | if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED; |
6717 | | |
6718 | 0 | if (c < 0) |
6719 | 0 | { |
6720 | 0 | if (-c == ESC_Q) /* Handle start of quoted string */ |
6721 | 0 | { |
6722 | 0 | if (ptr[1] == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[2] == CHAR_E) |
6723 | 0 | ptr += 2; /* avoid empty string */ |
6724 | 0 | else inescq = TRUE; |
6725 | 0 | continue; |
6726 | 0 | } |
6727 | | |
6728 | 0 | if (-c == ESC_E) continue; /* Perl ignores an orphan \E */ |
6729 | | |
6730 | | /* For metasequences that actually match a character, we disable the |
6731 | | setting of a first character if it hasn't already been set. */ |
6732 | | |
6733 | 0 | if (firstchar == REQ_UNSET && -c > ESC_b && -c < ESC_Z) |
6734 | 0 | firstchar = REQ_NONE; |
6735 | | |
6736 | | /* Set values to reset to if this is followed by a zero repeat. */ |
6737 | |
|
6738 | 0 | zerofirstchar = firstchar; |
6739 | 0 | zeroreqchar = reqchar; |
6740 | | |
6741 | | /* \g<name> or \g'name' is a subroutine call by name and \g<n> or \g'n' |
6742 | | is a subroutine call by number (Oniguruma syntax). In fact, the value |
6743 | | -ESC_g is returned only for these cases. So we don't need to check for < |
6744 | | or ' if the value is -ESC_g. For the Perl syntax \g{n} the value is |
6745 | | -ESC_REF+n, and for the Perl syntax \g{name} the result is -ESC_k (as |
6746 | | that is a synonym for a named back reference). */ |
6747 | |
|
6748 | 0 | if (-c == ESC_g) |
6749 | 0 | { |
6750 | 0 | const pcre_uchar *p; |
6751 | 0 | save_hwm = cd->hwm; /* Normally this is set when '(' is read */ |
6752 | 0 | terminator = (*(++ptr) == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)? |
6753 | 0 | CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN : CHAR_APOSTROPHE; |
6754 | | |
6755 | | /* These two statements stop the compiler for warning about possibly |
6756 | | unset variables caused by the jump to HANDLE_NUMERICAL_RECURSION. In |
6757 | | fact, because we actually check for a number below, the paths that |
6758 | | would actually be in error are never taken. */ |
6759 | |
|
6760 | 0 | skipbytes = 0; |
6761 | 0 | reset_bracount = FALSE; |
6762 | | |
6763 | | /* Test for a name */ |
6764 | |
|
6765 | 0 | if (ptr[1] != CHAR_PLUS && ptr[1] != CHAR_MINUS) |
6766 | 0 | { |
6767 | 0 | BOOL is_a_number = TRUE; |
6768 | 0 | for (p = ptr + 1; *p != 0 && *p != terminator; p++) |
6769 | 0 | { |
6770 | 0 | if (!MAX_255(*p)) { is_a_number = FALSE; break; } |
6771 | 0 | if ((cd->ctypes[*p] & ctype_digit) == 0) is_a_number = FALSE; |
6772 | 0 | if ((cd->ctypes[*p] & ctype_word) == 0) break; |
6773 | 0 | } |
6774 | 0 | if (*p != terminator) |
6775 | 0 | { |
6776 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR57; |
6777 | 0 | break; |
6778 | 0 | } |
6779 | 0 | if (is_a_number) |
6780 | 0 | { |
6781 | 0 | ptr++; |
6782 | 0 | goto HANDLE_NUMERICAL_RECURSION; |
6783 | 0 | } |
6784 | 0 | is_recurse = TRUE; |
6785 | 0 | goto NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE; |
6786 | 0 | } |
6787 | | |
6788 | | /* Test a signed number in angle brackets or quotes. */ |
6789 | | |
6790 | 0 | p = ptr + 2; |
6791 | 0 | while (IS_DIGIT(*p)) p++; |
6792 | 0 | if (*p != terminator) |
6793 | 0 | { |
6794 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR57; |
6795 | 0 | break; |
6796 | 0 | } |
6797 | 0 | ptr++; |
6798 | 0 | goto HANDLE_NUMERICAL_RECURSION; |
6799 | 0 | } |
6800 | | |
6801 | | /* \k<name> or \k'name' is a back reference by name (Perl syntax). |
6802 | | We also support \k{name} (.NET syntax). */ |
6803 | | |
6804 | 0 | if (-c == ESC_k) |
6805 | 0 | { |
6806 | 0 | if ((ptr[1] != CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN && |
6807 | 0 | ptr[1] != CHAR_APOSTROPHE && ptr[1] != CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET)) |
6808 | 0 | { |
6809 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR69; |
6810 | 0 | break; |
6811 | 0 | } |
6812 | 0 | is_recurse = FALSE; |
6813 | 0 | terminator = (*(++ptr) == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)? |
6814 | 0 | CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN : (*ptr == CHAR_APOSTROPHE)? |
6815 | 0 | CHAR_APOSTROPHE : CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET; |
6816 | 0 | goto NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE; |
6817 | 0 | } |
6818 | | |
6819 | | /* Back references are handled specially; must disable firstchar if |
6820 | | not set to cope with cases like (?=(\w+))\1: which would otherwise set |
6821 | | ':' later. */ |
6822 | | |
6823 | 0 | if (-c >= ESC_REF) |
6824 | 0 | { |
6825 | 0 | open_capitem *oc; |
6826 | 0 | recno = -c - ESC_REF; |
6827 | |
|
6828 | 0 | HANDLE_REFERENCE: /* Come here from named backref handling */ |
6829 | 0 | if (firstchar == REQ_UNSET) firstchar = REQ_NONE; |
6830 | 0 | previous = code; |
6831 | 0 | *code++ = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? OP_REFI : OP_REF; |
6832 | 0 | PUT2INC(code, 0, recno); |
6833 | 0 | cd->backref_map |= (recno < 32)? (1 << recno) : 1; |
6834 | 0 | if (recno > cd->top_backref) cd->top_backref = recno; |
6835 | | |
6836 | | /* Check to see if this back reference is recursive, that it, it |
6837 | | is inside the group that it references. A flag is set so that the |
6838 | | group can be made atomic. */ |
6839 | |
|
6840 | 0 | for (oc = cd->open_caps; oc != NULL; oc = oc->next) |
6841 | 0 | { |
6842 | 0 | if (oc->number == recno) |
6843 | 0 | { |
6844 | 0 | oc->flag = TRUE; |
6845 | 0 | break; |
6846 | 0 | } |
6847 | 0 | } |
6848 | 0 | } |
6849 | | |
6850 | | /* So are Unicode property matches, if supported. */ |
6851 | | |
6852 | 0 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
6853 | 0 | else if (-c == ESC_P || -c == ESC_p) |
6854 | 0 | { |
6855 | 0 | BOOL negated; |
6856 | 0 | int pdata; |
6857 | 0 | int ptype = get_ucp(&ptr, &negated, &pdata, errorcodeptr); |
6858 | 0 | if (ptype < 0) goto FAILED; |
6859 | 0 | previous = code; |
6860 | 0 | *code++ = ((-c == ESC_p) != negated)? OP_PROP : OP_NOTPROP; |
6861 | 0 | *code++ = ptype; |
6862 | 0 | *code++ = pdata; |
6863 | 0 | } |
6864 | | #else |
6865 | | |
6866 | | /* If Unicode properties are not supported, \X, \P, and \p are not |
6867 | | allowed. */ |
6868 | | |
6869 | | else if (-c == ESC_X || -c == ESC_P || -c == ESC_p) |
6870 | | { |
6871 | | *errorcodeptr = ERR45; |
6872 | | goto FAILED; |
6873 | | } |
6874 | | #endif |
6875 | | |
6876 | | /* For the rest (including \X when Unicode properties are supported), we |
6877 | | can obtain the OP value by negating the escape value in the default |
6878 | | situation when PCRE_UCP is not set. When it *is* set, we substitute |
6879 | | Unicode property tests. Note that \b and \B do a one-character |
6880 | | lookbehind. */ |
6881 | | |
6882 | 0 | else |
6883 | 0 | { |
6884 | 0 | if ((-c == ESC_b || -c == ESC_B) && cd->max_lookbehind == 0) |
6885 | 0 | cd->max_lookbehind = 1; |
6886 | 0 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
6887 | 0 | if (-c >= ESC_DU && -c <= ESC_wu) |
6888 | 0 | { |
6889 | 0 | nestptr = ptr + 1; /* Where to resume */ |
6890 | 0 | ptr = substitutes[-c - ESC_DU] - 1; /* Just before substitute */ |
6891 | 0 | } |
6892 | 0 | else |
6893 | 0 | #endif |
6894 | | /* In non-UTF-8 mode, we turn \C into OP_ALLANY instead of OP_ANYBYTE |
6895 | | so that it works in DFA mode and in lookbehinds. */ |
6896 | | |
6897 | 0 | { |
6898 | 0 | previous = (-c > ESC_b && -c < ESC_Z)? code : NULL; |
6899 | 0 | *code++ = (!utf && c == -ESC_C)? OP_ALLANY : -c; |
6900 | 0 | } |
6901 | 0 | } |
6902 | 0 | continue; |
6903 | 0 | } |
6904 | | |
6905 | | /* We have a data character whose value is in c. In UTF-8 mode it may have |
6906 | | a value > 127. We set its representation in the length/buffer, and then |
6907 | | handle it as a data character. */ |
6908 | | |
6909 | 0 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
6910 | 0 | if (utf && c > MAX_VALUE_FOR_SINGLE_CHAR) |
6911 | 0 | mclength = PRIV(ord2utf)(c, mcbuffer); |
6912 | 0 | else |
6913 | 0 | #endif |
6914 | | |
6915 | 0 | { |
6916 | 0 | mcbuffer[0] = c; |
6917 | 0 | mclength = 1; |
6918 | 0 | } |
6919 | 0 | goto ONE_CHAR; |
6920 | | |
6921 | | |
6922 | | /* ===================================================================*/ |
6923 | | /* Handle a literal character. It is guaranteed not to be whitespace or # |
6924 | | when the extended flag is set. If we are in UTF-8 mode, it may be a |
6925 | | multi-byte literal character. */ |
6926 | | |
6927 | 0 | default: |
6928 | 0 | NORMAL_CHAR: |
6929 | 0 | mclength = 1; |
6930 | 0 | mcbuffer[0] = c; |
6931 | |
|
6932 | 0 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
6933 | 0 | if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(c)) |
6934 | 0 | ACROSSCHAR(TRUE, ptr[1], mcbuffer[mclength++] = *(++ptr)); |
6935 | 0 | #endif |
6936 | | |
6937 | | /* At this point we have the character's bytes in mcbuffer, and the length |
6938 | | in mclength. When not in UTF-8 mode, the length is always 1. */ |
6939 | |
|
6940 | 0 | ONE_CHAR: |
6941 | 0 | previous = code; |
6942 | 0 | *code++ = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? OP_CHARI : OP_CHAR; |
6943 | 0 | for (c = 0; c < mclength; c++) *code++ = mcbuffer[c]; |
6944 | | |
6945 | | /* Remember if \r or \n were seen */ |
6946 | |
|
6947 | 0 | if (mcbuffer[0] == CHAR_CR || mcbuffer[0] == CHAR_NL) |
6948 | 0 | cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASCRORLF; |
6949 | | |
6950 | | /* Set the first and required bytes appropriately. If no previous first |
6951 | | byte, set it from this character, but revert to none on a zero repeat. |
6952 | | Otherwise, leave the firstchar value alone, and don't change it on a zero |
6953 | | repeat. */ |
6954 | |
|
6955 | 0 | if (firstchar == REQ_UNSET) |
6956 | 0 | { |
6957 | 0 | zerofirstchar = REQ_NONE; |
6958 | 0 | zeroreqchar = reqchar; |
6959 | | |
6960 | | /* If the character is more than one byte long, we can set firstchar |
6961 | | only if it is not to be matched caselessly. */ |
6962 | |
|
6963 | 0 | if (mclength == 1 || req_caseopt == 0) |
6964 | 0 | { |
6965 | 0 | firstchar = mcbuffer[0] | req_caseopt; |
6966 | 0 | if (mclength != 1) reqchar = code[-1] | cd->req_varyopt; |
6967 | 0 | } |
6968 | 0 | else firstchar = reqchar = REQ_NONE; |
6969 | 0 | } |
6970 | | |
6971 | | /* firstchar was previously set; we can set reqchar only if the length is |
6972 | | 1 or the matching is caseful. */ |
6973 | | |
6974 | 0 | else |
6975 | 0 | { |
6976 | 0 | zerofirstchar = firstchar; |
6977 | 0 | zeroreqchar = reqchar; |
6978 | 0 | if (mclength == 1 || req_caseopt == 0) |
6979 | 0 | reqchar = code[-1] | req_caseopt | cd->req_varyopt; |
6980 | 0 | } |
6981 | |
|
6982 | 0 | break; /* End of literal character handling */ |
6983 | 0 | } |
6984 | 0 | } /* end of big loop */ |
6985 | | |
6986 | | |
6987 | | /* Control never reaches here by falling through, only by a goto for all the |
6988 | | error states. Pass back the position in the pattern so that it can be displayed |
6989 | | to the user for diagnosing the error. */ |
6990 | | |
6991 | 0 | FAILED: |
6992 | 0 | *ptrptr = ptr; |
6993 | 0 | return FALSE; |
6994 | 0 | } |
6995 | | |
6996 | | |
6997 | | |
6998 | | |
6999 | | /************************************************* |
7000 | | * Compile sequence of alternatives * |
7001 | | *************************************************/ |
7002 | | |
7003 | | /* On entry, ptr is pointing past the bracket character, but on return it |
7004 | | points to the closing bracket, or vertical bar, or end of string. The code |
7005 | | variable is pointing at the byte into which the BRA operator has been stored. |
7006 | | This function is used during the pre-compile phase when we are trying to find |
7007 | | out the amount of memory needed, as well as during the real compile phase. The |
7008 | | value of lengthptr distinguishes the two phases. |
7009 | | |
7010 | | Arguments: |
7011 | | options option bits, including any changes for this subpattern |
7012 | | codeptr -> the address of the current code pointer |
7013 | | ptrptr -> the address of the current pattern pointer |
7014 | | errorcodeptr -> pointer to error code variable |
7015 | | lookbehind TRUE if this is a lookbehind assertion |
7016 | | reset_bracount TRUE to reset the count for each branch |
7017 | | skipbytes skip this many bytes at start (for brackets and OP_COND) |
7018 | | cond_depth depth of nesting for conditional subpatterns |
7019 | | firstcharptr place to put the first required character, or a negative number |
7020 | | reqcharptr place to put the last required character, or a negative number |
7021 | | bcptr pointer to the chain of currently open branches |
7022 | | cd points to the data block with tables pointers etc. |
7023 | | lengthptr NULL during the real compile phase |
7024 | | points to length accumulator during pre-compile phase |
7025 | | |
7026 | | Returns: TRUE on success |
7027 | | */ |
7028 | | |
7029 | | static BOOL |
7030 | | compile_regex(int options, pcre_uchar **codeptr, const pcre_uchar **ptrptr, |
7031 | | int *errorcodeptr, BOOL lookbehind, BOOL reset_bracount, int skipbytes, |
7032 | | int cond_depth, pcre_int32 *firstcharptr, pcre_int32 *reqcharptr, |
7033 | | branch_chain *bcptr, compile_data *cd, int *lengthptr) |
7034 | 0 | { |
7035 | 0 | const pcre_uchar *ptr = *ptrptr; |
7036 | 0 | pcre_uchar *code = *codeptr; |
7037 | 0 | pcre_uchar *last_branch = code; |
7038 | 0 | pcre_uchar *start_bracket = code; |
7039 | 0 | pcre_uchar *reverse_count = NULL; |
7040 | 0 | open_capitem capitem; |
7041 | 0 | int capnumber = 0; |
7042 | 0 | pcre_int32 firstchar, reqchar; |
7043 | 0 | pcre_int32 branchfirstchar, branchreqchar; |
7044 | 0 | int length; |
7045 | 0 | int orig_bracount; |
7046 | 0 | int max_bracount; |
7047 | 0 | branch_chain bc; |
7048 | |
|
7049 | 0 | bc.outer = bcptr; |
7050 | 0 | bc.current_branch = code; |
7051 | |
|
7052 | 0 | firstchar = reqchar = REQ_UNSET; |
7053 | | |
7054 | | /* Accumulate the length for use in the pre-compile phase. Start with the |
7055 | | length of the BRA and KET and any extra bytes that are required at the |
7056 | | beginning. We accumulate in a local variable to save frequent testing of |
7057 | | lenthptr for NULL. We cannot do this by looking at the value of code at the |
7058 | | start and end of each alternative, because compiled items are discarded during |
7059 | | the pre-compile phase so that the work space is not exceeded. */ |
7060 | |
|
7061 | 0 | length = 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE + skipbytes; |
7062 | | |
7063 | | /* WARNING: If the above line is changed for any reason, you must also change |
7064 | | the code that abstracts option settings at the start of the pattern and makes |
7065 | | them global. It tests the value of length for (2 + 2*LINK_SIZE) in the |
7066 | | pre-compile phase to find out whether anything has yet been compiled or not. */ |
7067 | | |
7068 | | /* If this is a capturing subpattern, add to the chain of open capturing items |
7069 | | so that we can detect them if (*ACCEPT) is encountered. This is also used to |
7070 | | detect groups that contain recursive back references to themselves. Note that |
7071 | | only OP_CBRA need be tested here; changing this opcode to one of its variants, |
7072 | | e.g. OP_SCBRAPOS, happens later, after the group has been compiled. */ |
7073 | |
|
7074 | 0 | if (*code == OP_CBRA) |
7075 | 0 | { |
7076 | 0 | capnumber = GET2(code, 1 + LINK_SIZE); |
7077 | 0 | capitem.number = capnumber; |
7078 | 0 | capitem.next = cd->open_caps; |
7079 | 0 | capitem.flag = FALSE; |
7080 | 0 | cd->open_caps = &capitem; |
7081 | 0 | } |
7082 | | |
7083 | | /* Offset is set zero to mark that this bracket is still open */ |
7084 | |
|
7085 | 0 | PUT(code, 1, 0); |
7086 | 0 | code += 1 + LINK_SIZE + skipbytes; |
7087 | | |
7088 | | /* Loop for each alternative branch */ |
7089 | |
|
7090 | 0 | orig_bracount = max_bracount = cd->bracount; |
7091 | 0 | for (;;) |
7092 | 0 | { |
7093 | | /* For a (?| group, reset the capturing bracket count so that each branch |
7094 | | uses the same numbers. */ |
7095 | |
|
7096 | 0 | if (reset_bracount) cd->bracount = orig_bracount; |
7097 | | |
7098 | | /* Set up dummy OP_REVERSE if lookbehind assertion */ |
7099 | |
|
7100 | 0 | if (lookbehind) |
7101 | 0 | { |
7102 | 0 | *code++ = OP_REVERSE; |
7103 | 0 | reverse_count = code; |
7104 | 0 | PUTINC(code, 0, 0); |
7105 | 0 | length += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
7106 | 0 | } |
7107 | | |
7108 | | /* Now compile the branch; in the pre-compile phase its length gets added |
7109 | | into the length. */ |
7110 | |
|
7111 | 0 | if (!compile_branch(&options, &code, &ptr, errorcodeptr, &branchfirstchar, |
7112 | 0 | &branchreqchar, &bc, cond_depth, cd, |
7113 | 0 | (lengthptr == NULL)? NULL : &length)) |
7114 | 0 | { |
7115 | 0 | *ptrptr = ptr; |
7116 | 0 | return FALSE; |
7117 | 0 | } |
7118 | | |
7119 | | /* Keep the highest bracket count in case (?| was used and some branch |
7120 | | has fewer than the rest. */ |
7121 | | |
7122 | 0 | if (cd->bracount > max_bracount) max_bracount = cd->bracount; |
7123 | | |
7124 | | /* In the real compile phase, there is some post-processing to be done. */ |
7125 | |
|
7126 | 0 | if (lengthptr == NULL) |
7127 | 0 | { |
7128 | | /* If this is the first branch, the firstchar and reqchar values for the |
7129 | | branch become the values for the regex. */ |
7130 | |
|
7131 | 0 | if (*last_branch != OP_ALT) |
7132 | 0 | { |
7133 | 0 | firstchar = branchfirstchar; |
7134 | 0 | reqchar = branchreqchar; |
7135 | 0 | } |
7136 | | |
7137 | | /* If this is not the first branch, the first char and reqchar have to |
7138 | | match the values from all the previous branches, except that if the |
7139 | | previous value for reqchar didn't have REQ_VARY set, it can still match, |
7140 | | and we set REQ_VARY for the regex. */ |
7141 | | |
7142 | 0 | else |
7143 | 0 | { |
7144 | | /* If we previously had a firstchar, but it doesn't match the new branch, |
7145 | | we have to abandon the firstchar for the regex, but if there was |
7146 | | previously no reqchar, it takes on the value of the old firstchar. */ |
7147 | |
|
7148 | 0 | if (firstchar >= 0 && firstchar != branchfirstchar) |
7149 | 0 | { |
7150 | 0 | if (reqchar < 0) reqchar = firstchar; |
7151 | 0 | firstchar = REQ_NONE; |
7152 | 0 | } |
7153 | | |
7154 | | /* If we (now or from before) have no firstchar, a firstchar from the |
7155 | | branch becomes a reqchar if there isn't a branch reqchar. */ |
7156 | |
|
7157 | 0 | if (firstchar < 0 && branchfirstchar >= 0 && branchreqchar < 0) |
7158 | 0 | branchreqchar = branchfirstchar; |
7159 | | |
7160 | | /* Now ensure that the reqchars match */ |
7161 | |
|
7162 | 0 | if ((reqchar & ~REQ_VARY) != (branchreqchar & ~REQ_VARY)) |
7163 | 0 | reqchar = REQ_NONE; |
7164 | 0 | else reqchar |= branchreqchar; /* To "or" REQ_VARY */ |
7165 | 0 | } |
7166 | | |
7167 | | /* If lookbehind, check that this branch matches a fixed-length string, and |
7168 | | put the length into the OP_REVERSE item. Temporarily mark the end of the |
7169 | | branch with OP_END. If the branch contains OP_RECURSE, the result is -3 |
7170 | | because there may be forward references that we can't check here. Set a |
7171 | | flag to cause another lookbehind check at the end. Why not do it all at the |
7172 | | end? Because common, erroneous checks are picked up here and the offset of |
7173 | | the problem can be shown. */ |
7174 | |
|
7175 | 0 | if (lookbehind) |
7176 | 0 | { |
7177 | 0 | int fixed_length; |
7178 | 0 | *code = OP_END; |
7179 | 0 | fixed_length = find_fixedlength(last_branch, (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0, |
7180 | 0 | FALSE, cd); |
7181 | 0 | DPRINTF(("fixed length = %d\n", fixed_length)); |
7182 | 0 | if (fixed_length == -3) |
7183 | 0 | { |
7184 | 0 | cd->check_lookbehind = TRUE; |
7185 | 0 | } |
7186 | 0 | else if (fixed_length < 0) |
7187 | 0 | { |
7188 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = (fixed_length == -2)? ERR36 : |
7189 | 0 | (fixed_length == -4)? ERR70: ERR25; |
7190 | 0 | *ptrptr = ptr; |
7191 | 0 | return FALSE; |
7192 | 0 | } |
7193 | 0 | else |
7194 | 0 | { |
7195 | 0 | if (fixed_length > cd->max_lookbehind) |
7196 | 0 | cd->max_lookbehind = fixed_length; |
7197 | 0 | PUT(reverse_count, 0, fixed_length); |
7198 | 0 | } |
7199 | 0 | } |
7200 | 0 | } |
7201 | | |
7202 | | /* Reached end of expression, either ')' or end of pattern. In the real |
7203 | | compile phase, go back through the alternative branches and reverse the chain |
7204 | | of offsets, with the field in the BRA item now becoming an offset to the |
7205 | | first alternative. If there are no alternatives, it points to the end of the |
7206 | | group. The length in the terminating ket is always the length of the whole |
7207 | | bracketed item. Return leaving the pointer at the terminating char. */ |
7208 | | |
7209 | 0 | if (*ptr != CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE) |
7210 | 0 | { |
7211 | 0 | if (lengthptr == NULL) |
7212 | 0 | { |
7213 | 0 | int branch_length = (int)(code - last_branch); |
7214 | 0 | do |
7215 | 0 | { |
7216 | 0 | int prev_length = GET(last_branch, 1); |
7217 | 0 | PUT(last_branch, 1, branch_length); |
7218 | 0 | branch_length = prev_length; |
7219 | 0 | last_branch -= branch_length; |
7220 | 0 | } |
7221 | 0 | while (branch_length > 0); |
7222 | 0 | } |
7223 | | |
7224 | | /* Fill in the ket */ |
7225 | |
|
7226 | 0 | *code = OP_KET; |
7227 | 0 | PUT(code, 1, (int)(code - start_bracket)); |
7228 | 0 | code += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
7229 | | |
7230 | | /* If it was a capturing subpattern, check to see if it contained any |
7231 | | recursive back references. If so, we must wrap it in atomic brackets. |
7232 | | In any event, remove the block from the chain. */ |
7233 | |
|
7234 | 0 | if (capnumber > 0) |
7235 | 0 | { |
7236 | 0 | if (cd->open_caps->flag) |
7237 | 0 | { |
7238 | 0 | memmove(start_bracket + 1 + LINK_SIZE, start_bracket, |
7239 | 0 | IN_UCHARS(code - start_bracket)); |
7240 | 0 | *start_bracket = OP_ONCE; |
7241 | 0 | code += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
7242 | 0 | PUT(start_bracket, 1, (int)(code - start_bracket)); |
7243 | 0 | *code = OP_KET; |
7244 | 0 | PUT(code, 1, (int)(code - start_bracket)); |
7245 | 0 | code += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
7246 | 0 | length += 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE; |
7247 | 0 | } |
7248 | 0 | cd->open_caps = cd->open_caps->next; |
7249 | 0 | } |
7250 | | |
7251 | | /* Retain the highest bracket number, in case resetting was used. */ |
7252 | |
|
7253 | 0 | cd->bracount = max_bracount; |
7254 | | |
7255 | | /* Set values to pass back */ |
7256 | |
|
7257 | 0 | *codeptr = code; |
7258 | 0 | *ptrptr = ptr; |
7259 | 0 | *firstcharptr = firstchar; |
7260 | 0 | *reqcharptr = reqchar; |
7261 | 0 | if (lengthptr != NULL) |
7262 | 0 | { |
7263 | 0 | if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < length) |
7264 | 0 | { |
7265 | 0 | *errorcodeptr = ERR20; |
7266 | 0 | return FALSE; |
7267 | 0 | } |
7268 | 0 | *lengthptr += length; |
7269 | 0 | } |
7270 | 0 | return TRUE; |
7271 | 0 | } |
7272 | | |
7273 | | /* Another branch follows. In the pre-compile phase, we can move the code |
7274 | | pointer back to where it was for the start of the first branch. (That is, |
7275 | | pretend that each branch is the only one.) |
7276 | | |
7277 | | In the real compile phase, insert an ALT node. Its length field points back |
7278 | | to the previous branch while the bracket remains open. At the end the chain |
7279 | | is reversed. It's done like this so that the start of the bracket has a |
7280 | | zero offset until it is closed, making it possible to detect recursion. */ |
7281 | | |
7282 | 0 | if (lengthptr != NULL) |
7283 | 0 | { |
7284 | 0 | code = *codeptr + 1 + LINK_SIZE + skipbytes; |
7285 | 0 | length += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
7286 | 0 | } |
7287 | 0 | else |
7288 | 0 | { |
7289 | 0 | *code = OP_ALT; |
7290 | 0 | PUT(code, 1, (int)(code - last_branch)); |
7291 | 0 | bc.current_branch = last_branch = code; |
7292 | 0 | code += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
7293 | 0 | } |
7294 | |
|
7295 | 0 | ptr++; |
7296 | 0 | } |
7297 | | /* Control never reaches here */ |
7298 | 0 | } |
7299 | | |
7300 | | |
7301 | | |
7302 | | |
7303 | | /************************************************* |
7304 | | * Check for anchored expression * |
7305 | | *************************************************/ |
7306 | | |
7307 | | /* Try to find out if this is an anchored regular expression. Consider each |
7308 | | alternative branch. If they all start with OP_SOD or OP_CIRC, or with a bracket |
7309 | | all of whose alternatives start with OP_SOD or OP_CIRC (recurse ad lib), then |
7310 | | it's anchored. However, if this is a multiline pattern, then only OP_SOD will |
7311 | | be found, because ^ generates OP_CIRCM in that mode. |
7312 | | |
7313 | | We can also consider a regex to be anchored if OP_SOM starts all its branches. |
7314 | | This is the code for \G, which means "match at start of match position, taking |
7315 | | into account the match offset". |
7316 | | |
7317 | | A branch is also implicitly anchored if it starts with .* and DOTALL is set, |
7318 | | because that will try the rest of the pattern at all possible matching points, |
7319 | | so there is no point trying again.... er .... |
7320 | | |
7321 | | .... except when the .* appears inside capturing parentheses, and there is a |
7322 | | subsequent back reference to those parentheses. We haven't enough information |
7323 | | to catch that case precisely. |
7324 | | |
7325 | | At first, the best we could do was to detect when .* was in capturing brackets |
7326 | | and the highest back reference was greater than or equal to that level. |
7327 | | However, by keeping a bitmap of the first 31 back references, we can catch some |
7328 | | of the more common cases more precisely. |
7329 | | |
7330 | | Arguments: |
7331 | | code points to start of expression (the bracket) |
7332 | | bracket_map a bitmap of which brackets we are inside while testing; this |
7333 | | handles up to substring 31; after that we just have to take |
7334 | | the less precise approach |
7335 | | backref_map the back reference bitmap |
7336 | | |
7337 | | Returns: TRUE or FALSE |
7338 | | */ |
7339 | | |
7340 | | static BOOL |
7341 | | is_anchored(const pcre_uchar *code, unsigned int bracket_map, |
7342 | | unsigned int backref_map) |
7343 | 0 | { |
7344 | 0 | do { |
7345 | 0 | const pcre_uchar *scode = first_significant_code( |
7346 | 0 | code + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*code], FALSE); |
7347 | 0 | int op = *scode; |
7348 | | |
7349 | | /* Non-capturing brackets */ |
7350 | |
|
7351 | 0 | if (op == OP_BRA || op == OP_BRAPOS || |
7352 | 0 | op == OP_SBRA || op == OP_SBRAPOS) |
7353 | 0 | { |
7354 | 0 | if (!is_anchored(scode, bracket_map, backref_map)) return FALSE; |
7355 | 0 | } |
7356 | | |
7357 | | /* Capturing brackets */ |
7358 | | |
7359 | 0 | else if (op == OP_CBRA || op == OP_CBRAPOS || |
7360 | 0 | op == OP_SCBRA || op == OP_SCBRAPOS) |
7361 | 0 | { |
7362 | 0 | int n = GET2(scode, 1+LINK_SIZE); |
7363 | 0 | int new_map = bracket_map | ((n < 32)? (1 << n) : 1); |
7364 | 0 | if (!is_anchored(scode, new_map, backref_map)) return FALSE; |
7365 | 0 | } |
7366 | | |
7367 | | /* Other brackets */ |
7368 | | |
7369 | 0 | else if (op == OP_ASSERT || op == OP_ONCE || op == OP_ONCE_NC || |
7370 | 0 | op == OP_COND) |
7371 | 0 | { |
7372 | 0 | if (!is_anchored(scode, bracket_map, backref_map)) return FALSE; |
7373 | 0 | } |
7374 | | |
7375 | | /* .* is not anchored unless DOTALL is set (which generates OP_ALLANY) and |
7376 | | it isn't in brackets that are or may be referenced. */ |
7377 | | |
7378 | 0 | else if ((op == OP_TYPESTAR || op == OP_TYPEMINSTAR || |
7379 | 0 | op == OP_TYPEPOSSTAR)) |
7380 | 0 | { |
7381 | 0 | if (scode[1] != OP_ALLANY || (bracket_map & backref_map) != 0) |
7382 | 0 | return FALSE; |
7383 | 0 | } |
7384 | | |
7385 | | /* Check for explicit anchoring */ |
7386 | | |
7387 | 0 | else if (op != OP_SOD && op != OP_SOM && op != OP_CIRC) return FALSE; |
7388 | 0 | code += GET(code, 1); |
7389 | 0 | } |
7390 | 0 | while (*code == OP_ALT); /* Loop for each alternative */ |
7391 | 0 | return TRUE; |
7392 | 0 | } |
7393 | | |
7394 | | |
7395 | | |
7396 | | /************************************************* |
7397 | | * Check for starting with ^ or .* * |
7398 | | *************************************************/ |
7399 | | |
7400 | | /* This is called to find out if every branch starts with ^ or .* so that |
7401 | | "first char" processing can be done to speed things up in multiline |
7402 | | matching and for non-DOTALL patterns that start with .* (which must start at |
7403 | | the beginning or after \n). As in the case of is_anchored() (see above), we |
7404 | | have to take account of back references to capturing brackets that contain .* |
7405 | | because in that case we can't make the assumption. |
7406 | | |
7407 | | Arguments: |
7408 | | code points to start of expression (the bracket) |
7409 | | bracket_map a bitmap of which brackets we are inside while testing; this |
7410 | | handles up to substring 31; after that we just have to take |
7411 | | the less precise approach |
7412 | | backref_map the back reference bitmap |
7413 | | |
7414 | | Returns: TRUE or FALSE |
7415 | | */ |
7416 | | |
7417 | | static BOOL |
7418 | | is_startline(const pcre_uchar *code, unsigned int bracket_map, |
7419 | | unsigned int backref_map) |
7420 | 0 | { |
7421 | 0 | do { |
7422 | 0 | const pcre_uchar *scode = first_significant_code( |
7423 | 0 | code + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*code], FALSE); |
7424 | 0 | int op = *scode; |
7425 | | |
7426 | | /* If we are at the start of a conditional assertion group, *both* the |
7427 | | conditional assertion *and* what follows the condition must satisfy the test |
7428 | | for start of line. Other kinds of condition fail. Note that there may be an |
7429 | | auto-callout at the start of a condition. */ |
7430 | |
|
7431 | 0 | if (op == OP_COND) |
7432 | 0 | { |
7433 | 0 | scode += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
7434 | 0 | if (*scode == OP_CALLOUT) scode += PRIV(OP_lengths)[OP_CALLOUT]; |
7435 | 0 | switch (*scode) |
7436 | 0 | { |
7437 | 0 | case OP_CREF: |
7438 | 0 | case OP_NCREF: |
7439 | 0 | case OP_RREF: |
7440 | 0 | case OP_NRREF: |
7441 | 0 | case OP_DEF: |
7442 | 0 | return FALSE; |
7443 | | |
7444 | 0 | default: /* Assertion */ |
7445 | 0 | if (!is_startline(scode, bracket_map, backref_map)) return FALSE; |
7446 | 0 | do scode += GET(scode, 1); while (*scode == OP_ALT); |
7447 | 0 | scode += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
7448 | 0 | break; |
7449 | 0 | } |
7450 | 0 | scode = first_significant_code(scode, FALSE); |
7451 | 0 | op = *scode; |
7452 | 0 | } |
7453 | | |
7454 | | /* Non-capturing brackets */ |
7455 | | |
7456 | 0 | if (op == OP_BRA || op == OP_BRAPOS || |
7457 | 0 | op == OP_SBRA || op == OP_SBRAPOS) |
7458 | 0 | { |
7459 | 0 | if (!is_startline(scode, bracket_map, backref_map)) return FALSE; |
7460 | 0 | } |
7461 | | |
7462 | | /* Capturing brackets */ |
7463 | | |
7464 | 0 | else if (op == OP_CBRA || op == OP_CBRAPOS || |
7465 | 0 | op == OP_SCBRA || op == OP_SCBRAPOS) |
7466 | 0 | { |
7467 | 0 | int n = GET2(scode, 1+LINK_SIZE); |
7468 | 0 | int new_map = bracket_map | ((n < 32)? (1 << n) : 1); |
7469 | 0 | if (!is_startline(scode, new_map, backref_map)) return FALSE; |
7470 | 0 | } |
7471 | | |
7472 | | /* Other brackets */ |
7473 | | |
7474 | 0 | else if (op == OP_ASSERT || op == OP_ONCE || op == OP_ONCE_NC) |
7475 | 0 | { |
7476 | 0 | if (!is_startline(scode, bracket_map, backref_map)) return FALSE; |
7477 | 0 | } |
7478 | | |
7479 | | /* .* means "start at start or after \n" if it isn't in brackets that |
7480 | | may be referenced. */ |
7481 | | |
7482 | 0 | else if (op == OP_TYPESTAR || op == OP_TYPEMINSTAR || op == OP_TYPEPOSSTAR) |
7483 | 0 | { |
7484 | 0 | if (scode[1] != OP_ANY || (bracket_map & backref_map) != 0) return FALSE; |
7485 | 0 | } |
7486 | | |
7487 | | /* Check for explicit circumflex */ |
7488 | | |
7489 | 0 | else if (op != OP_CIRC && op != OP_CIRCM) return FALSE; |
7490 | | |
7491 | | /* Move on to the next alternative */ |
7492 | | |
7493 | 0 | code += GET(code, 1); |
7494 | 0 | } |
7495 | 0 | while (*code == OP_ALT); /* Loop for each alternative */ |
7496 | 0 | return TRUE; |
7497 | 0 | } |
7498 | | |
7499 | | |
7500 | | |
7501 | | /************************************************* |
7502 | | * Check for asserted fixed first char * |
7503 | | *************************************************/ |
7504 | | |
7505 | | /* During compilation, the "first char" settings from forward assertions are |
7506 | | discarded, because they can cause conflicts with actual literals that follow. |
7507 | | However, if we end up without a first char setting for an unanchored pattern, |
7508 | | it is worth scanning the regex to see if there is an initial asserted first |
7509 | | char. If all branches start with the same asserted char, or with a bracket all |
7510 | | of whose alternatives start with the same asserted char (recurse ad lib), then |
7511 | | we return that char, otherwise -1. |
7512 | | |
7513 | | Arguments: |
7514 | | code points to start of expression (the bracket) |
7515 | | inassert TRUE if in an assertion |
7516 | | |
7517 | | Returns: -1 or the fixed first char |
7518 | | */ |
7519 | | |
7520 | | static int |
7521 | | find_firstassertedchar(const pcre_uchar *code, BOOL inassert) |
7522 | 0 | { |
7523 | 0 | int c = -1; |
7524 | 0 | do { |
7525 | 0 | int d; |
7526 | 0 | int xl = (*code == OP_CBRA || *code == OP_SCBRA || |
7527 | 0 | *code == OP_CBRAPOS || *code == OP_SCBRAPOS)? IMM2_SIZE:0; |
7528 | 0 | const pcre_uchar *scode = first_significant_code(code + 1+LINK_SIZE + xl, |
7529 | 0 | TRUE); |
7530 | 0 | int op = *scode; |
7531 | |
|
7532 | 0 | switch(op) |
7533 | 0 | { |
7534 | 0 | default: |
7535 | 0 | return -1; |
7536 | | |
7537 | 0 | case OP_BRA: |
7538 | 0 | case OP_BRAPOS: |
7539 | 0 | case OP_CBRA: |
7540 | 0 | case OP_SCBRA: |
7541 | 0 | case OP_CBRAPOS: |
7542 | 0 | case OP_SCBRAPOS: |
7543 | 0 | case OP_ASSERT: |
7544 | 0 | case OP_ONCE: |
7545 | 0 | case OP_ONCE_NC: |
7546 | 0 | case OP_COND: |
7547 | 0 | if ((d = find_firstassertedchar(scode, op == OP_ASSERT)) < 0) |
7548 | 0 | return -1; |
7549 | 0 | if (c < 0) c = d; else if (c != d) return -1; |
7550 | 0 | break; |
7551 | | |
7552 | 0 | case OP_EXACT: |
7553 | 0 | scode += IMM2_SIZE; |
7554 | | /* Fall through */ |
7555 | |
|
7556 | 0 | case OP_CHAR: |
7557 | 0 | case OP_PLUS: |
7558 | 0 | case OP_MINPLUS: |
7559 | 0 | case OP_POSPLUS: |
7560 | 0 | if (!inassert) return -1; |
7561 | 0 | if (c < 0) c = scode[1]; |
7562 | 0 | else if (c != scode[1]) return -1; |
7563 | 0 | break; |
7564 | | |
7565 | 0 | case OP_EXACTI: |
7566 | 0 | scode += IMM2_SIZE; |
7567 | | /* Fall through */ |
7568 | |
|
7569 | 0 | case OP_CHARI: |
7570 | 0 | case OP_PLUSI: |
7571 | 0 | case OP_MINPLUSI: |
7572 | 0 | case OP_POSPLUSI: |
7573 | 0 | if (!inassert) return -1; |
7574 | 0 | if (c < 0) c = scode[1] | REQ_CASELESS; |
7575 | 0 | else if (c != scode[1]) return -1; |
7576 | 0 | break; |
7577 | 0 | } |
7578 | | |
7579 | 0 | code += GET(code, 1); |
7580 | 0 | } |
7581 | 0 | while (*code == OP_ALT); |
7582 | 0 | return c; |
7583 | 0 | } |
7584 | | |
7585 | | |
7586 | | |
7587 | | /************************************************* |
7588 | | * Compile a Regular Expression * |
7589 | | *************************************************/ |
7590 | | |
7591 | | /* This function takes a string and returns a pointer to a block of store |
7592 | | holding a compiled version of the expression. The original API for this |
7593 | | function had no error code return variable; it is retained for backwards |
7594 | | compatibility. The new function is given a new name. |
7595 | | |
7596 | | Arguments: |
7597 | | pattern the regular expression |
7598 | | options various option bits |
7599 | | errorcodeptr pointer to error code variable (pcre_compile2() only) |
7600 | | can be NULL if you don't want a code value |
7601 | | errorptr pointer to pointer to error text |
7602 | | erroroffset ptr offset in pattern where error was detected |
7603 | | tables pointer to character tables or NULL |
7604 | | |
7605 | | Returns: pointer to compiled data block, or NULL on error, |
7606 | | with errorptr and erroroffset set |
7607 | | */ |
7608 | | |
7609 | | #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 |
7610 | | PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION |
7611 | | pcre_compile(const char *pattern, int options, const char **errorptr, |
7612 | | int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables) |
7613 | | #else |
7614 | | PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre16 * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION |
7615 | | pcre16_compile(PCRE_SPTR16 pattern, int options, const char **errorptr, |
7616 | | int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables) |
7617 | | #endif |
7618 | 0 | { |
7619 | 0 | #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 |
7620 | 0 | return pcre_compile2(pattern, options, NULL, errorptr, erroroffset, tables); |
7621 | | #else |
7622 | | return pcre16_compile2(pattern, options, NULL, errorptr, erroroffset, tables); |
7623 | | #endif |
7624 | 0 | } |
7625 | | |
7626 | | |
7627 | | #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 |
7628 | | PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION |
7629 | | pcre_compile2(const char *pattern, int options, int *errorcodeptr, |
7630 | | const char **errorptr, int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables) |
7631 | | #else |
7632 | | PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre16 * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION |
7633 | | pcre16_compile2(PCRE_SPTR16 pattern, int options, int *errorcodeptr, |
7634 | | const char **errorptr, int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables) |
7635 | | #endif |
7636 | 0 | { |
7637 | 0 | REAL_PCRE *re; |
7638 | 0 | int length = 1; /* For final END opcode */ |
7639 | 0 | pcre_int32 firstchar, reqchar; |
7640 | 0 | int newline; |
7641 | 0 | int errorcode = 0; |
7642 | 0 | int skipatstart = 0; |
7643 | 0 | BOOL utf; |
7644 | 0 | size_t size; |
7645 | 0 | pcre_uchar *code; |
7646 | 0 | const pcre_uchar *codestart; |
7647 | 0 | const pcre_uchar *ptr; |
7648 | 0 | compile_data compile_block; |
7649 | 0 | compile_data *cd = &compile_block; |
7650 | | |
7651 | | /* This space is used for "compiling" into during the first phase, when we are |
7652 | | computing the amount of memory that is needed. Compiled items are thrown away |
7653 | | as soon as possible, so that a fairly large buffer should be sufficient for |
7654 | | this purpose. The same space is used in the second phase for remembering where |
7655 | | to fill in forward references to subpatterns. That may overflow, in which case |
7656 | | new memory is obtained from malloc(). */ |
7657 | |
|
7658 | 0 | pcre_uchar cworkspace[COMPILE_WORK_SIZE]; |
7659 | | |
7660 | | /* Set this early so that early errors get offset 0. */ |
7661 | |
|
7662 | 0 | ptr = (const pcre_uchar *)pattern; |
7663 | | |
7664 | | /* We can't pass back an error message if errorptr is NULL; I guess the best we |
7665 | | can do is just return NULL, but we can set a code value if there is a code |
7666 | | pointer. */ |
7667 | |
|
7668 | 0 | if (errorptr == NULL) |
7669 | 0 | { |
7670 | 0 | if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = 99; |
7671 | 0 | return NULL; |
7672 | 0 | } |
7673 | | |
7674 | 0 | *errorptr = NULL; |
7675 | 0 | if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = ERR0; |
7676 | | |
7677 | | /* However, we can give a message for this error */ |
7678 | |
|
7679 | 0 | if (erroroffset == NULL) |
7680 | 0 | { |
7681 | 0 | errorcode = ERR16; |
7682 | 0 | goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN2; |
7683 | 0 | } |
7684 | | |
7685 | 0 | *erroroffset = 0; |
7686 | | |
7687 | | /* Set up pointers to the individual character tables */ |
7688 | |
|
7689 | 0 | if (tables == NULL) tables = PRIV(default_tables); |
7690 | 0 | cd->lcc = tables + lcc_offset; |
7691 | 0 | cd->fcc = tables + fcc_offset; |
7692 | 0 | cd->cbits = tables + cbits_offset; |
7693 | 0 | cd->ctypes = tables + ctypes_offset; |
7694 | | |
7695 | | /* Check that all undefined public option bits are zero */ |
7696 | |
|
7697 | 0 | if ((options & ~PUBLIC_COMPILE_OPTIONS) != 0) |
7698 | 0 | { |
7699 | 0 | errorcode = ERR17; |
7700 | 0 | goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN; |
7701 | 0 | } |
7702 | | |
7703 | | /* Check for global one-time settings at the start of the pattern, and remember |
7704 | | the offset for later. */ |
7705 | | |
7706 | 0 | while (ptr[skipatstart] == CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS && |
7707 | 0 | ptr[skipatstart+1] == CHAR_ASTERISK) |
7708 | 0 | { |
7709 | 0 | int newnl = 0; |
7710 | 0 | int newbsr = 0; |
7711 | |
|
7712 | 0 | #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 |
7713 | 0 | if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_UTF_RIGHTPAR, 5) == 0) |
7714 | 0 | { skipatstart += 7; options |= PCRE_UTF8; continue; } |
7715 | 0 | #endif |
7716 | | #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE16 |
7717 | | if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_UTF_RIGHTPAR, 6) == 0) |
7718 | | { skipatstart += 8; options |= PCRE_UTF16; continue; } |
7719 | | #endif |
7720 | 0 | else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_UCP_RIGHTPAR, 4) == 0) |
7721 | 0 | { skipatstart += 6; options |= PCRE_UCP; continue; } |
7722 | 0 | else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_NO_START_OPT_RIGHTPAR, 13) == 0) |
7723 | 0 | { skipatstart += 15; options |= PCRE_NO_START_OPTIMIZE; continue; } |
7724 | | |
7725 | 0 | if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_CR_RIGHTPAR, 3) == 0) |
7726 | 0 | { skipatstart += 5; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_CR; } |
7727 | 0 | else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_LF_RIGHTPAR, 3) == 0) |
7728 | 0 | { skipatstart += 5; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_LF; } |
7729 | 0 | else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_CRLF_RIGHTPAR, 5) == 0) |
7730 | 0 | { skipatstart += 7; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_CR + PCRE_NEWLINE_LF; } |
7731 | 0 | else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_ANY_RIGHTPAR, 4) == 0) |
7732 | 0 | { skipatstart += 6; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_ANY; } |
7733 | 0 | else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_ANYCRLF_RIGHTPAR, 8) == 0) |
7734 | 0 | { skipatstart += 10; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_ANYCRLF; } |
7735 | | |
7736 | 0 | else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_BSR_ANYCRLF_RIGHTPAR, 12) == 0) |
7737 | 0 | { skipatstart += 14; newbsr = PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF; } |
7738 | 0 | else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_BSR_UNICODE_RIGHTPAR, 12) == 0) |
7739 | 0 | { skipatstart += 14; newbsr = PCRE_BSR_UNICODE; } |
7740 | |
|
7741 | 0 | if (newnl != 0) |
7742 | 0 | options = (options & ~PCRE_NEWLINE_BITS) | newnl; |
7743 | 0 | else if (newbsr != 0) |
7744 | 0 | options = (options & ~(PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF|PCRE_BSR_UNICODE)) | newbsr; |
7745 | 0 | else break; |
7746 | 0 | } |
7747 | | |
7748 | | /* PCRE_UTF16 has the same value as PCRE_UTF8. */ |
7749 | 0 | utf = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0; |
7750 | | |
7751 | | /* Can't support UTF unless PCRE has been compiled to include the code. The |
7752 | | return of an error code from PRIV(valid_utf)() is a new feature, introduced in |
7753 | | release 8.13. It is passed back from pcre_[dfa_]exec(), but at the moment is |
7754 | | not used here. */ |
7755 | |
|
7756 | 0 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
7757 | 0 | if (utf && (options & PCRE_NO_UTF8_CHECK) == 0 && |
7758 | 0 | (errorcode = PRIV(valid_utf)((PCRE_PUCHAR)pattern, -1, erroroffset)) != 0) |
7759 | 0 | { |
7760 | 0 | #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 |
7761 | 0 | errorcode = ERR44; |
7762 | | #else |
7763 | | errorcode = ERR74; |
7764 | | #endif |
7765 | 0 | goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN2; |
7766 | 0 | } |
7767 | | #else |
7768 | | if (utf) |
7769 | | { |
7770 | | errorcode = ERR32; |
7771 | | goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN; |
7772 | | } |
7773 | | #endif |
7774 | | |
7775 | | /* Can't support UCP unless PCRE has been compiled to include the code. */ |
7776 | | |
7777 | | #ifndef SUPPORT_UCP |
7778 | | if ((options & PCRE_UCP) != 0) |
7779 | | { |
7780 | | errorcode = ERR67; |
7781 | | goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN; |
7782 | | } |
7783 | | #endif |
7784 | | |
7785 | | /* Check validity of \R options. */ |
7786 | | |
7787 | 0 | if ((options & (PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF|PCRE_BSR_UNICODE)) == |
7788 | 0 | (PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF|PCRE_BSR_UNICODE)) |
7789 | 0 | { |
7790 | 0 | errorcode = ERR56; |
7791 | 0 | goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN; |
7792 | 0 | } |
7793 | | |
7794 | | /* Handle different types of newline. The three bits give seven cases. The |
7795 | | current code allows for fixed one- or two-byte sequences, plus "any" and |
7796 | | "anycrlf". */ |
7797 | | |
7798 | 0 | switch (options & PCRE_NEWLINE_BITS) |
7799 | 0 | { |
7800 | 0 | case 0: newline = NEWLINE; break; /* Build-time default */ |
7801 | 0 | case PCRE_NEWLINE_CR: newline = CHAR_CR; break; |
7802 | 0 | case PCRE_NEWLINE_LF: newline = CHAR_NL; break; |
7803 | 0 | case PCRE_NEWLINE_CR+ |
7804 | 0 | PCRE_NEWLINE_LF: newline = (CHAR_CR << 8) | CHAR_NL; break; |
7805 | 0 | case PCRE_NEWLINE_ANY: newline = -1; break; |
7806 | 0 | case PCRE_NEWLINE_ANYCRLF: newline = -2; break; |
7807 | 0 | default: errorcode = ERR56; goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN; |
7808 | 0 | } |
7809 | | |
7810 | 0 | if (newline == -2) |
7811 | 0 | { |
7812 | 0 | cd->nltype = NLTYPE_ANYCRLF; |
7813 | 0 | } |
7814 | 0 | else if (newline < 0) |
7815 | 0 | { |
7816 | 0 | cd->nltype = NLTYPE_ANY; |
7817 | 0 | } |
7818 | 0 | else |
7819 | 0 | { |
7820 | 0 | cd->nltype = NLTYPE_FIXED; |
7821 | 0 | if (newline > 255) |
7822 | 0 | { |
7823 | 0 | cd->nllen = 2; |
7824 | 0 | cd->nl[0] = (newline >> 8) & 255; |
7825 | 0 | cd->nl[1] = newline & 255; |
7826 | 0 | } |
7827 | 0 | else |
7828 | 0 | { |
7829 | 0 | cd->nllen = 1; |
7830 | 0 | cd->nl[0] = newline; |
7831 | 0 | } |
7832 | 0 | } |
7833 | | |
7834 | | /* Maximum back reference and backref bitmap. The bitmap records up to 31 back |
7835 | | references to help in deciding whether (.*) can be treated as anchored or not. |
7836 | | */ |
7837 | |
|
7838 | 0 | cd->top_backref = 0; |
7839 | 0 | cd->backref_map = 0; |
7840 | | |
7841 | | /* Reflect pattern for debugging output */ |
7842 | |
|
7843 | 0 | DPRINTF(("------------------------------------------------------------------\n")); |
7844 | | #ifdef PCRE_DEBUG |
7845 | | print_puchar(stdout, (PCRE_PUCHAR)pattern); |
7846 | | #endif |
7847 | 0 | DPRINTF(("\n")); |
7848 | | |
7849 | | /* Pretend to compile the pattern while actually just accumulating the length |
7850 | | of memory required. This behaviour is triggered by passing a non-NULL final |
7851 | | argument to compile_regex(). We pass a block of workspace (cworkspace) for it |
7852 | | to compile parts of the pattern into; the compiled code is discarded when it is |
7853 | | no longer needed, so hopefully this workspace will never overflow, though there |
7854 | | is a test for its doing so. */ |
7855 | |
|
7856 | 0 | cd->bracount = cd->final_bracount = 0; |
7857 | 0 | cd->names_found = 0; |
7858 | 0 | cd->name_entry_size = 0; |
7859 | 0 | cd->name_table = NULL; |
7860 | 0 | cd->start_code = cworkspace; |
7861 | 0 | cd->hwm = cworkspace; |
7862 | 0 | cd->start_workspace = cworkspace; |
7863 | 0 | cd->workspace_size = COMPILE_WORK_SIZE; |
7864 | 0 | cd->start_pattern = (const pcre_uchar *)pattern; |
7865 | 0 | cd->end_pattern = (const pcre_uchar *)(pattern + STRLEN_UC((const pcre_uchar *)pattern)); |
7866 | 0 | cd->req_varyopt = 0; |
7867 | 0 | cd->assert_depth = 0; |
7868 | 0 | cd->max_lookbehind = 0; |
7869 | 0 | cd->external_options = options; |
7870 | 0 | cd->external_flags = 0; |
7871 | 0 | cd->open_caps = NULL; |
7872 | | |
7873 | | /* Now do the pre-compile. On error, errorcode will be set non-zero, so we |
7874 | | don't need to look at the result of the function here. The initial options have |
7875 | | been put into the cd block so that they can be changed if an option setting is |
7876 | | found within the regex right at the beginning. Bringing initial option settings |
7877 | | outside can help speed up starting point checks. */ |
7878 | |
|
7879 | 0 | ptr += skipatstart; |
7880 | 0 | code = cworkspace; |
7881 | 0 | *code = OP_BRA; |
7882 | 0 | (void)compile_regex(cd->external_options, &code, &ptr, &errorcode, FALSE, |
7883 | 0 | FALSE, 0, 0, &firstchar, &reqchar, NULL, cd, &length); |
7884 | 0 | if (errorcode != 0) goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN; |
7885 | | |
7886 | 0 | DPRINTF(("end pre-compile: length=%d workspace=%d\n", length, |
7887 | 0 | (int)(cd->hwm - cworkspace))); |
7888 | |
|
7889 | 0 | if (length > MAX_PATTERN_SIZE) |
7890 | 0 | { |
7891 | 0 | errorcode = ERR20; |
7892 | 0 | goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN; |
7893 | 0 | } |
7894 | | |
7895 | | /* Compute the size of data block needed and get it, either from malloc or |
7896 | | externally provided function. Integer overflow should no longer be possible |
7897 | | because nowadays we limit the maximum value of cd->names_found and |
7898 | | cd->name_entry_size. */ |
7899 | | |
7900 | 0 | size = sizeof(REAL_PCRE) + (length + cd->names_found * cd->name_entry_size) * sizeof(pcre_uchar); |
7901 | 0 | re = (REAL_PCRE *)(PUBL(malloc))(size); |
7902 | |
|
7903 | 0 | if (re == NULL) |
7904 | 0 | { |
7905 | 0 | errorcode = ERR21; |
7906 | 0 | goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN; |
7907 | 0 | } |
7908 | | |
7909 | | /* Put in the magic number, and save the sizes, initial options, internal |
7910 | | flags, and character table pointer. NULL is used for the default character |
7911 | | tables. The nullpad field is at the end; it's there to help in the case when a |
7912 | | regex compiled on a system with 4-byte pointers is run on another with 8-byte |
7913 | | pointers. */ |
7914 | | |
7915 | 0 | re->magic_number = MAGIC_NUMBER; |
7916 | 0 | re->size = (int)size; |
7917 | 0 | re->options = cd->external_options; |
7918 | 0 | re->flags = cd->external_flags; |
7919 | 0 | re->first_char = 0; |
7920 | 0 | re->req_char = 0; |
7921 | 0 | re->name_table_offset = sizeof(REAL_PCRE) / sizeof(pcre_uchar); |
7922 | 0 | re->name_entry_size = cd->name_entry_size; |
7923 | 0 | re->name_count = cd->names_found; |
7924 | 0 | re->ref_count = 0; |
7925 | 0 | re->tables = (tables == PRIV(default_tables))? NULL : tables; |
7926 | 0 | re->nullpad = NULL; |
7927 | | |
7928 | | /* The starting points of the name/number translation table and of the code are |
7929 | | passed around in the compile data block. The start/end pattern and initial |
7930 | | options are already set from the pre-compile phase, as is the name_entry_size |
7931 | | field. Reset the bracket count and the names_found field. Also reset the hwm |
7932 | | field; this time it's used for remembering forward references to subpatterns. |
7933 | | */ |
7934 | |
|
7935 | 0 | cd->final_bracount = cd->bracount; /* Save for checking forward references */ |
7936 | 0 | cd->assert_depth = 0; |
7937 | 0 | cd->bracount = 0; |
7938 | 0 | cd->max_lookbehind = 0; |
7939 | 0 | cd->names_found = 0; |
7940 | 0 | cd->name_table = (pcre_uchar *)re + re->name_table_offset; |
7941 | 0 | codestart = cd->name_table + re->name_entry_size * re->name_count; |
7942 | 0 | cd->start_code = codestart; |
7943 | 0 | cd->hwm = (pcre_uchar *)(cd->start_workspace); |
7944 | 0 | cd->req_varyopt = 0; |
7945 | 0 | cd->had_accept = FALSE; |
7946 | 0 | cd->check_lookbehind = FALSE; |
7947 | 0 | cd->open_caps = NULL; |
7948 | | |
7949 | | /* Set up a starting, non-extracting bracket, then compile the expression. On |
7950 | | error, errorcode will be set non-zero, so we don't need to look at the result |
7951 | | of the function here. */ |
7952 | |
|
7953 | 0 | ptr = (const pcre_uchar *)pattern + skipatstart; |
7954 | 0 | code = (pcre_uchar *)codestart; |
7955 | 0 | *code = OP_BRA; |
7956 | 0 | (void)compile_regex(re->options, &code, &ptr, &errorcode, FALSE, FALSE, 0, 0, |
7957 | 0 | &firstchar, &reqchar, NULL, cd, NULL); |
7958 | 0 | re->top_bracket = cd->bracount; |
7959 | 0 | re->top_backref = cd->top_backref; |
7960 | 0 | re->max_lookbehind = cd->max_lookbehind; |
7961 | 0 | re->flags = cd->external_flags | PCRE_MODE; |
7962 | |
|
7963 | 0 | if (cd->had_accept) reqchar = REQ_NONE; /* Must disable after (*ACCEPT) */ |
7964 | | |
7965 | | /* If not reached end of pattern on success, there's an excess bracket. */ |
7966 | |
|
7967 | 0 | if (errorcode == 0 && *ptr != 0) errorcode = ERR22; |
7968 | | |
7969 | | /* Fill in the terminating state and check for disastrous overflow, but |
7970 | | if debugging, leave the test till after things are printed out. */ |
7971 | |
|
7972 | 0 | *code++ = OP_END; |
7973 | |
|
7974 | 0 | #ifndef PCRE_DEBUG |
7975 | 0 | if (code - codestart > length) errorcode = ERR23; |
7976 | 0 | #endif |
7977 | | |
7978 | | /* Fill in any forward references that are required. There may be repeated |
7979 | | references; optimize for them, as searching a large regex takes time. */ |
7980 | |
|
7981 | 0 | if (cd->hwm > cd->start_workspace) |
7982 | 0 | { |
7983 | 0 | int prev_recno = -1; |
7984 | 0 | const pcre_uchar *groupptr = NULL; |
7985 | 0 | while (errorcode == 0 && cd->hwm > cd->start_workspace) |
7986 | 0 | { |
7987 | 0 | int offset, recno; |
7988 | 0 | cd->hwm -= LINK_SIZE; |
7989 | 0 | offset = GET(cd->hwm, 0); |
7990 | 0 | recno = GET(codestart, offset); |
7991 | 0 | if (recno != prev_recno) |
7992 | 0 | { |
7993 | 0 | groupptr = PRIV(find_bracket)(codestart, utf, recno); |
7994 | 0 | prev_recno = recno; |
7995 | 0 | } |
7996 | 0 | if (groupptr == NULL) errorcode = ERR53; |
7997 | 0 | else PUT(((pcre_uchar *)codestart), offset, (int)(groupptr - codestart)); |
7998 | 0 | } |
7999 | 0 | } |
8000 | | |
8001 | | /* If the workspace had to be expanded, free the new memory. */ |
8002 | |
|
8003 | 0 | if (cd->workspace_size > COMPILE_WORK_SIZE) |
8004 | 0 | (PUBL(free))((void *)cd->start_workspace); |
8005 | | |
8006 | | /* Give an error if there's back reference to a non-existent capturing |
8007 | | subpattern. */ |
8008 | |
|
8009 | 0 | if (errorcode == 0 && re->top_backref > re->top_bracket) errorcode = ERR15; |
8010 | | |
8011 | | /* If there were any lookbehind assertions that contained OP_RECURSE |
8012 | | (recursions or subroutine calls), a flag is set for them to be checked here, |
8013 | | because they may contain forward references. Actual recursions can't be fixed |
8014 | | length, but subroutine calls can. It is done like this so that those without |
8015 | | OP_RECURSE that are not fixed length get a diagnosic with a useful offset. The |
8016 | | exceptional ones forgo this. We scan the pattern to check that they are fixed |
8017 | | length, and set their lengths. */ |
8018 | |
|
8019 | 0 | if (cd->check_lookbehind) |
8020 | 0 | { |
8021 | 0 | pcre_uchar *cc = (pcre_uchar *)codestart; |
8022 | | |
8023 | | /* Loop, searching for OP_REVERSE items, and process those that do not have |
8024 | | their length set. (Actually, it will also re-process any that have a length |
8025 | | of zero, but that is a pathological case, and it does no harm.) When we find |
8026 | | one, we temporarily terminate the branch it is in while we scan it. */ |
8027 | |
|
8028 | 0 | for (cc = (pcre_uchar *)PRIV(find_bracket)(codestart, utf, -1); |
8029 | 0 | cc != NULL; |
8030 | 0 | cc = (pcre_uchar *)PRIV(find_bracket)(cc, utf, -1)) |
8031 | 0 | { |
8032 | 0 | if (GET(cc, 1) == 0) |
8033 | 0 | { |
8034 | 0 | int fixed_length; |
8035 | 0 | pcre_uchar *be = cc - 1 - LINK_SIZE + GET(cc, -LINK_SIZE); |
8036 | 0 | int end_op = *be; |
8037 | 0 | *be = OP_END; |
8038 | 0 | fixed_length = find_fixedlength(cc, (re->options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0, TRUE, |
8039 | 0 | cd); |
8040 | 0 | *be = end_op; |
8041 | 0 | DPRINTF(("fixed length = %d\n", fixed_length)); |
8042 | 0 | if (fixed_length < 0) |
8043 | 0 | { |
8044 | 0 | errorcode = (fixed_length == -2)? ERR36 : |
8045 | 0 | (fixed_length == -4)? ERR70 : ERR25; |
8046 | 0 | break; |
8047 | 0 | } |
8048 | 0 | if (fixed_length > cd->max_lookbehind) cd->max_lookbehind = fixed_length; |
8049 | 0 | PUT(cc, 1, fixed_length); |
8050 | 0 | } |
8051 | 0 | cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
8052 | 0 | } |
8053 | 0 | } |
8054 | | |
8055 | | /* Failed to compile, or error while post-processing */ |
8056 | |
|
8057 | 0 | if (errorcode != 0) |
8058 | 0 | { |
8059 | 0 | (PUBL(free))(re); |
8060 | 0 | PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN: |
8061 | 0 | *erroroffset = (int)(ptr - (const pcre_uchar *)pattern); |
8062 | 0 | PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN2: |
8063 | 0 | *errorptr = find_error_text(errorcode); |
8064 | 0 | if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = errorcode; |
8065 | 0 | return NULL; |
8066 | 0 | } |
8067 | | |
8068 | | /* If the anchored option was not passed, set the flag if we can determine that |
8069 | | the pattern is anchored by virtue of ^ characters or \A or anything else (such |
8070 | | as starting with .* when DOTALL is set). |
8071 | | |
8072 | | Otherwise, if we know what the first byte has to be, save it, because that |
8073 | | speeds up unanchored matches no end. If not, see if we can set the |
8074 | | PCRE_STARTLINE flag. This is helpful for multiline matches when all branches |
8075 | | start with ^. and also when all branches start with .* for non-DOTALL matches. |
8076 | | */ |
8077 | | |
8078 | 0 | if ((re->options & PCRE_ANCHORED) == 0) |
8079 | 0 | { |
8080 | 0 | if (is_anchored(codestart, 0, cd->backref_map)) |
8081 | 0 | re->options |= PCRE_ANCHORED; |
8082 | 0 | else |
8083 | 0 | { |
8084 | 0 | if (firstchar < 0) |
8085 | 0 | firstchar = find_firstassertedchar(codestart, FALSE); |
8086 | 0 | if (firstchar >= 0) /* Remove caseless flag for non-caseable chars */ |
8087 | 0 | { |
8088 | 0 | #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 |
8089 | 0 | re->first_char = firstchar & 0xff; |
8090 | | #else |
8091 | | #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE16 |
8092 | | re->first_char = firstchar & 0xffff; |
8093 | | #endif |
8094 | | #endif |
8095 | 0 | if ((firstchar & REQ_CASELESS) != 0) |
8096 | 0 | { |
8097 | | #if defined SUPPORT_UCP && !(defined COMPILE_PCRE8) |
8098 | | /* We ignore non-ASCII first chars in 8 bit mode. */ |
8099 | | if (utf) |
8100 | | { |
8101 | | if (re->first_char < 128) |
8102 | | { |
8103 | | if (cd->fcc[re->first_char] != re->first_char) |
8104 | | re->flags |= PCRE_FCH_CASELESS; |
8105 | | } |
8106 | | else if (UCD_OTHERCASE(re->first_char) != re->first_char) |
8107 | | re->flags |= PCRE_FCH_CASELESS; |
8108 | | } |
8109 | | else |
8110 | | #endif |
8111 | 0 | if (MAX_255(re->first_char) |
8112 | 0 | && cd->fcc[re->first_char] != re->first_char) |
8113 | 0 | re->flags |= PCRE_FCH_CASELESS; |
8114 | 0 | } |
8115 | |
|
8116 | 0 | re->flags |= PCRE_FIRSTSET; |
8117 | 0 | } |
8118 | 0 | else if (is_startline(codestart, 0, cd->backref_map)) |
8119 | 0 | re->flags |= PCRE_STARTLINE; |
8120 | 0 | } |
8121 | 0 | } |
8122 | | |
8123 | | /* For an anchored pattern, we use the "required byte" only if it follows a |
8124 | | variable length item in the regex. Remove the caseless flag for non-caseable |
8125 | | bytes. */ |
8126 | |
|
8127 | 0 | if (reqchar >= 0 && |
8128 | 0 | ((re->options & PCRE_ANCHORED) == 0 || (reqchar & REQ_VARY) != 0)) |
8129 | 0 | { |
8130 | 0 | #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 |
8131 | 0 | re->req_char = reqchar & 0xff; |
8132 | | #else |
8133 | | #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE16 |
8134 | | re->req_char = reqchar & 0xffff; |
8135 | | #endif |
8136 | | #endif |
8137 | 0 | if ((reqchar & REQ_CASELESS) != 0) |
8138 | 0 | { |
8139 | | #if defined SUPPORT_UCP && !(defined COMPILE_PCRE8) |
8140 | | /* We ignore non-ASCII first chars in 8 bit mode. */ |
8141 | | if (utf) |
8142 | | { |
8143 | | if (re->req_char < 128) |
8144 | | { |
8145 | | if (cd->fcc[re->req_char] != re->req_char) |
8146 | | re->flags |= PCRE_RCH_CASELESS; |
8147 | | } |
8148 | | else if (UCD_OTHERCASE(re->req_char) != re->req_char) |
8149 | | re->flags |= PCRE_RCH_CASELESS; |
8150 | | } |
8151 | | else |
8152 | | #endif |
8153 | 0 | if (MAX_255(re->req_char) && cd->fcc[re->req_char] != re->req_char) |
8154 | 0 | re->flags |= PCRE_RCH_CASELESS; |
8155 | 0 | } |
8156 | |
|
8157 | 0 | re->flags |= PCRE_REQCHSET; |
8158 | 0 | } |
8159 | | |
8160 | | /* Print out the compiled data if debugging is enabled. This is never the |
8161 | | case when building a production library. */ |
8162 | |
|
8163 | | #ifdef PCRE_DEBUG |
8164 | | printf("Length = %d top_bracket = %d top_backref = %d\n", |
8165 | | length, re->top_bracket, re->top_backref); |
8166 | | |
8167 | | printf("Options=%08x\n", re->options); |
8168 | | |
8169 | | if ((re->flags & PCRE_FIRSTSET) != 0) |
8170 | | { |
8171 | | pcre_uchar ch = re->first_char; |
8172 | | const char *caseless = |
8173 | | ((re->flags & PCRE_FCH_CASELESS) == 0)? "" : " (caseless)"; |
8174 | | if (PRINTABLE(ch)) printf("First char = %c%s\n", ch, caseless); |
8175 | | else printf("First char = \\x%02x%s\n", ch, caseless); |
8176 | | } |
8177 | | |
8178 | | if ((re->flags & PCRE_REQCHSET) != 0) |
8179 | | { |
8180 | | pcre_uchar ch = re->req_char; |
8181 | | const char *caseless = |
8182 | | ((re->flags & PCRE_RCH_CASELESS) == 0)? "" : " (caseless)"; |
8183 | | if (PRINTABLE(ch)) printf("Req char = %c%s\n", ch, caseless); |
8184 | | else printf("Req char = \\x%02x%s\n", ch, caseless); |
8185 | | } |
8186 | | |
8187 | | #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 |
8188 | | pcre_printint((pcre *)re, stdout, TRUE); |
8189 | | #else |
8190 | | pcre16_printint((pcre *)re, stdout, TRUE); |
8191 | | #endif |
8192 | | |
8193 | | /* This check is done here in the debugging case so that the code that |
8194 | | was compiled can be seen. */ |
8195 | | |
8196 | | if (code - codestart > length) |
8197 | | { |
8198 | | (PUBL(free))(re); |
8199 | | *errorptr = find_error_text(ERR23); |
8200 | | *erroroffset = ptr - (pcre_uchar *)pattern; |
8201 | | if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = ERR23; |
8202 | | return NULL; |
8203 | | } |
8204 | | #endif /* PCRE_DEBUG */ |
8205 | |
|
8206 | 0 | #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 |
8207 | 0 | return (pcre *)re; |
8208 | | #else |
8209 | | return (pcre16 *)re; |
8210 | | #endif |
8211 | 0 | } |
8212 | | |
8213 | | /* End of pcre_compile.c */ |